Atlanta Air Route Traffic Control Center Hampton, Georgia - FAACO ...

Atlanta Air Route Traffic Control CenterHampton, GeorgiaAdministration Wing BasementRestroom Renovation ProjectSPECIFICATIONSJULY 2010SPEC. # FAA-ZTL-908233Prepared by: Federal Aviation AdministrationATO Tech Ops Engineering ServicesAtlanta Enroute Unit

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233TABLE OF CONTENTSDIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS01010 SUMMARY OF WORK01030 SITE ACCESS, CONSTRUCTION LIMITS, USE OF FACILITIES AND WORK HOURS01040 COORDINATION AND TESTING01042 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES01300 SUBMITTALS01651 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT01652 PROTECTION OF WORK01710 CLEANING01720 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE01730 OSHA SAFETY REQUIREMENTS01800 CONTRACT CLOSEOUTDIVISION 2 - SITEWORK02070 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION02080 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITIONDIVISION 3 - CONCRETE03301 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETEDIVISION 4 - MASONRY04220 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITDIVISION 5 - METALS (NOT USED)DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS06615 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORKDIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION07900 JOINT SEALANTSDIVISION 8 - DOORS08110 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS08710 DOOR HARDWARE08830 MIRRORSTABLE OF CONTENTS 002 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233DIVISION 9 - FINISHES09910 PAINTING09111 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING09250 GYPSUM BOARD09310 TILINGDIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES10155 TOILET COMPARTMENTS10500 PHENOLIC LOCKERS10801 TOILET ACCESSORIESDIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT (NOT USED)DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS (NOT USED)DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION13930 WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMDIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS (NOT USED)DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL15010 MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISION15052 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING15058 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT15061 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS15076 IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING15080 PIPE INSULATION15110 VALVES15140 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING15145 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES15150 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING15155 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING SPECIALTIES15410 PLUMBING FIXTURES15815 METAL DUCTS15838 POWER VENTILATORS15950 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCINGDIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS16100 RACEWAYS AND BOXES16120 WIRES AND CABLES16140 WIRING DEVICES16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION16452 GROUNDINGEND OF DOCUMENT 002TABLE OF CONTENTS 002 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 01000GENERAL REQUIREMENTSPART 1 – GENERAL1.1 SCOPEScope - These specifications, together with referenced specifications, standards, construction drawingsspecified on the Contract Documents and the conditions of the Construction Contract cover therequirements of the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) for the work associated with this project.1.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTIONA. General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample taking and similar services, repair damagedconstruction and restore substrates and finishes.B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities, and protect repaired construction.C. Contractor is responsible for, but not limited to, all repair and protection of existing equipment, systemsand services, associated with or affected by the contract requirements and work area.1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDSA. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicableconstruction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into theContract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents byreference.B. Publication Dates: Comply with the standards in effect as of the date of the Contract Documents.C. Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standardsestablish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with themost stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different but apparently equal tothe COR for a decision before proceeding.1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be theminimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimumquantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply withthese requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the contextof the requirements. Refer uncertainties to the COR for a decision before proceeding.D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on the Project must be familiar with industrystandards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable industry standards are not bound withthe Contract Documents.1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, the Contractor shallobtain copies directly from the publication source and make them available on request.E. Abbreviations and Names: Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequentlyabbreviated. Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in the Specifications or other ContractDocuments, they mean the recognized name of the trade association, standards-generating organization,authorities having jurisdiction, or other entity applicable to the context of the text provision. Refer to GaleResearch's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or Columbia Books' "National Trade & ProfessionalAssociations of the U.S.," which are available in most libraries.GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000-1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082331.4 RECORD DRAWINGSThe Government shall provide the Contractor with an electronic copy of the record drawings in .PDF format.Changes to the original plans, drawings or shop drawings shall be annotated in red.END OF SECTION 01000* * * * *GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000-2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 01030HOURSSITE ACCESS, CONSTRUCTION LIMITS, USE OF FACILITIES AND WORKPART 1 – GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. Existing facility operations. - Construction/demolition shall in no way interfere with Air Traffic ControlOperations. The ARTCC is a 24 hour, seven day a week facility. Extreme care shall be exercised so as not tocause any interference or interruption of service from this facility. Controller functions are vital to the safety ofthe flying public. It is absolutely mandatory that the contractor protects FAA personnel and existing FAAcommunication, electrical and mechanical equipment both inside and outside buildings from damage caused byimpact, water, debris, dust or odor. The contractor shall have the overall responsibility for the performanceand enforcement of all forms of protection within the ARTCC premises against any damages due to workperformed under this contract. Any damages incurred, as a result of construction activity during theperformance of this contract will be repaired/replaced immediately by the contractor at no cost to the FAA.Any work or activity that may impact the National Airspace System (NAS), such as work on critical equipmentor circuits, will require coordination with the Contractor Office Representative (COR). The COR will prepareand submit a work or activity specific “Risk Assessment” for the facility’s review and approval. This processmay take one week to complete. Typically, this type of work or activity is performed from midnight to 05:00am and/or on weekends.B. Construction limits and access. -1. Construction limits.- The contractor shall confine operations, activities, storage of materials andemployee parking within the designated areas, as indicated on the construction staging plan, or asdesignated by the COR. Additional space the contractor deems necessary shall be obtained offsite, at no additional cost to the Government.2. Access. - Access route for the contractor, subcontractors, employees, deliveries, etc., shall be offWoolsey Road, or as designated by the COR. Access to all, parking areas, and loading dock shallbe kept unobstructed. If temporary access obstruction is unavoidable, the contractor shall advisethe COR immediately. Vehicles transporting materials shall not be loaded beyond the capacityprescribed by federal, state, or local laws. Obstruction of existing roadways, driveways, to theARTCC is strictly prohibited.3. Damage to site. - Damage to existing paving, lawns, curbs, sidewalks, and utilities caused by thecontractor's activities shall be repaired immediately. Any damage to the building, interior orexterior, that are a result of the contractor’s activities shall be repaired. All costs of repairs shallbe paid by the contractor. After notice to proceed and prior to the commencement ofconstruction, the contractor and COR shall conduct joint inspections of the existing areas affectedby the construction. Existing damage or defects shall be noted and will be used as the basis fordetermination of damages caused by the contractor's operations.4. The Contractors’ employees shall not use the Cafeteria.C. Inspection of site by contractor. - It is strongly urged that the contractor carefully examine the premises todetermine the extent of work and the conditions under which it must be done.SITE ACCESS CONSTRUCTION LIMITS 01030- 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 01010SUMMARY OF WORKPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. Scope of Work - These specifications, together with the referenced specifications, standards, anddrawings specified in the contract documents cover the requirements for all work associated with thefollowing:1. Construct new Men’s and Women’s restrooms for the basement of the Administration Wing.The new restrooms are to encompass the existing men’s restroom, corridor, janitor’s storage room,and janitor’s closet. Construction of the new restrooms will include, but will not be limited to:a. Demolition of existing toilets, showers, sinks, urinals and partitions.b. Demolition of all existing receptacles, light fixtures, domestic water piping, sanitarydrain piping and vent piping.c. Demolition of CMU walls, hard ceilings, and 4” concrete floor slabd. Asbestos abatemente. Construction of new CMU and metal stud walls, hard ceiling and concrete slab.f. Installation of new plumbing systems and fixtures, GFCI receptacles, light fixtures,floor drains, partitions, ceiling, and ventilation system.g. Installation of new finishes and bathroom accessories.The work is located at the Atlanta Air Route Traffic Control Center, (ARTCC) located in Hampton,Georgia.2. The General Contractor (GC) shall be expected to work Monday through Friday during theday time hours of 0700 AM to 0430 PM. Extensive coordination between the GC and FAA personnelshall be required at all times in order to maintain an operational facility. However, items of workwhich may impact the operation of the control room or the related National Air Space (NAS)equipment must be accomplished during off-peak hours (10:00 PM to 6:00 AM). This includes, but isnot limited to the following:a. Noisy work in the vicinity of the Control Roomb. Work which will emit or result in undesirable dust/odors in the vicinity of theControl Roomc. Work above and/or near NAS equipmentd. Work in electrical panelsProspective bidders are strongly recommended to perform a site visit to assess the actual conditionsbefore submitting a bid. Site visits should be arranged through the Contracting Officer’s Office.B. FAA Holiday Moratorium - No work shall be scheduled or take place during the week of and theweekend preceding and following: The Thanksgiving, Christmas, New Years Holidays and RaceWeekend. Only emergency work to restore critical services to the Facility will be considered and amoratorium waiver must be submitted and approved. The moratorium period will not be countedagainst the contract construction duration of the project.C. Intent of Specifications - This specification identifies all material, labor, and equipment required toperform this work. All work performed and all materials and equipment used are subject to approvalby the Contracting Officer (CO) and /or the Resident Engineer (RE). This shall include but is notlimited to inspection, scheduling, reporting and submittals.SUMMARY OF WORK 01010- 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233D. Title - Titles to division and sections of the specifications and notes and titles on drawings referringto subcontractors, division of work by trade, or type of work, are introduced merely for conveniencein reading the specifications and drawings and do not imply any separate contractual arrangements ofwork assignments. Such separations into titled divisions and sections shall not operate to make theGovernment an arbiter to establish subcontract limits between the contractor and subcontractors, orbetween the subcontractors themselves.E. Contract Documents - The drawings, as shown on the "List of Drawings" in Attachment 2 in eachspecification package, General, Architectural, Mechanical, Electrical, and Southern Standards, allform a part of the construction requirements for this project. The renovation of these systems shall bein accordance with the lines and grades shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall not usedimensions scaled from drawings. All dimensions shown on the drawings shall be field verified bythe contractor prior to any modifications and fabrications. Any discrepancies between the drawingsand specifications and the existing conditions shall be referred to the CO for adjustment before anywork affected is performed.F. Precedence of Contract Documents - In the event of a difference between the following contractprovisions, the order of precedence to determine which provision shall govern is:1. Contract Clauses and Provisions2. Project Specifications3. Project DrawingsAny discrepancies between the contract provisions, the specifications and the contract drawings shallbe referred to the CO for a written determination in accordance with Contract Clause entitled Order ofPrecedence.G. Contracting Officer -The term "Contracting Officer" (CO) as used herein denotes the persondesignated to act on behalf of the Government in the performance of this contract. Where reference ismade to "Federal Aviation Administration" (FAA), "Resident Engineer" (RE), "Contracting Officer'sRepresentative" (COR), or the like, this shall mean the Contracting Officer or his/her authorizedrepresentative.H. Contractor Superintendence - In accordance with Contract Clause entitled SUPERINTENDENCE BYTHE CONTRACTOR, the Contractor shall at all times during performance of this contract and untilthe work is completed and accepted, directly superintend the work or assign and have on site acompetent superintendent with the authority to act for the Contractor.The Contractor shall submit a Project Organizational Chart with the key personnel identified and theirqualifications for the Government’s review and approval.1.2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTSA. Asbestos Containing Materials. - No new materials supplied by the contractor for thisconstruction shall contain asbestos or lead-based products. The contractor shall verify that allmaterials, including those supplied by third parties, are asbestos free and/or lead-based free materials.1. Contractor certification requirements. - The contractor shall provide to the ContractingOfficer (CO) a signed and notarized document stating that to the best of his/her knowledge,no asbestos containing or lead-based materials were used during the construction,renovation, and/or modernization of this facility.SUMMARY OF WORK 01010- 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082332. Material Safety Data Sheets. - The contractor shall submit Material Safety Data Sheets(MSDS) with all submittals for review and approval by the Contracting Officer. Newmaterials found to contain asbestos and/or lead-based products will be automaticallydisapproved. Copies of all MSDS sheets shall be provided to the facility FAA personnel forthe building records. The contractor shall comply with all health and safety provisionsoutlined in each MSDS and shall follow all OSHA guidelines regarding personnelprotection.3. Hazardous materials.- If the FAA RE suspects the presence of asbestos or lead-basedproducts in the new materials, the FAA will sample the suspect material to verify that noasbestos containing material or lead-based material were used. If these materials are foundto contain asbestos or lead-based products, the cost of the survey and all subsequentremoval/replacement of any hazardous materials shall be at the contractors’ expense.B. Work plan and scheduling. – Prior to the Contracting Officer issuing the Notice To Proceed (NTP),the contractor shall submit for approval a plan and schedule of his work. This schedule shall includeall of the requirements as defined in Section 01042 of this specification.C. Sequence of work. - The contractor shall be responsible for scheduling all aspects of the work andcoordinating among the different trades involved in the project. The contractor shall follow theguidelines outlined in the sequence of work as described in the contract drawings. The FederalAviation Administration has developed a list of milestones that the contractor shall be required tomeet.D. Construction Activities and Milestones. – Construction Activities and Milestones below shall beincluded in the submitted schedule. They are provided for guidance, but are not intended to direct howand when contract activities shall be ordered or take place in the submitted schedule.1. SUBMITTAL APPROVAL2. ORDER LONG LEAD ITEMS3. NOTICE TO PROCEEDa. Scheduled by the FAA’s CO4. ESTABLISH PROTECTION OF PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT5. ASBESTOS ABATEMENT6. COMPLETE DEMOLITION7. REMOVE CONCRETE SLAB8. ACCEPTANCE OF BELOW-GRADE PIPING9. INSTALL NEW SLAB10. INSTALL CMU WALLS11. INSTALL METAL FRAMING12. ACCEPTANCE OF ROUGH PLUMBING WORK13. ACCEPTANCE OF ROUGH MECHANICAL WORK14. ACCEPTANCE OF ROUGH ELECTRICAL WORK15. INSTALL CEILING DRYWALL AND TILE BACKER16. INSTALL TILE17. FINISH ELECTRICAL18. SET FIXTURES AND FINISH PLUMBING19. PAINT HALLWAY AND REPAIR HALLWAY CEILING AND VCT20. TEST AND BALANCE HVAC21. REMOVE PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT PROTECTIONSUMMARY OF WORK 01010- 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233a. Remove equipment Lockout devices22. EQUIPMENT WARRANTY23. CLOSE JOBE. Driveway Closures - Contractor shall maintain access to the loading dock at all times.END OF SECTION 01010* * * * *SUMMARY OF WORK 01010- 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233D. Government use and access to premises. - The Government reserves the right to enter the constructionarea at any time for work inspection and for the operation of the facility.E. Work hours. - All work hours, shifts, and overtime work shall be coordinated with the COR. Beforecommencing construction, furnish to the COR a statement of hours per day and days per week tonormally be worked and approximate number of persons on the job for a normal work shift.F. Security requirements.1. Personnel List. - Contractor shall provide the COR with a list of contractor personnel who requireaccess to the ARTCC. The list shall be submitted immediately after contract award. The list shallbe kept current during the project and shall include the following:Full name, including middle initialFederal or State issued photo IDDate of BirthPlace of Birth2. Security Investigation and identification. - Contractor's personnel may be subject to securityinvestigation by FAA. The contractor shall promptly complete all security forms provided bythe CO. Contractor's personnel shall report to the FAA security guard at entrance to thefacility and submit proper identification when signing in to obtain an FAA badge which willbe worn on an outside garment, above the waist and below the neck, facing forwards, at alltimes while on the ARTCC premises. This badge shall be returned daily to the security guardwhen leaving the premises, unless otherwise noted.3. Vehicle identification. - Vehicle identification tags will be issued for contractor's andcontractor's employees' vehicles that require access into the ARTCC site. The identificationtags shall be displayed in the windshield of the vehicle at all times when the vehicle is on thesite. The contractor shall be responsible for the collection and return of all vehicle tags whichare no longer required.4. Escort requirement. - Contractor is responsible to provide an escort for his employees. Thiswill required a security background investigation by the FAA. Contractor's personnel shallnot violate any security regulations pertaining to the ARTCC facility. Violators may beremoved from the premises with the right to reenter revocable. Contractor's day-to-day workschedules in the classified areas shall be so arranged to allow for minimum escort.5. Right to search. - Current procedures at FAA facilities include the "right to search." If in thejudgment of the FAA a cause to search a vehicle or the person of personnel exists, suchsearch will be made.6. Replacement of lost identification. - The FAA will provide personnel badges and vehicleidentification tags as described above. It is the contractor's responsibility to return thesebadges and tags daily and upon completion of the project. The contractor shall be liable topay for any FAA badge or tag not returned or replaced at the completion of the work. Thepayment for lost I.D. will be $10.00 for each and every tag or badge not returned or replaced,excluding temporary badges.7. Physical Security. - At the end of each work day, the contractor shall secure all constructionareas by closing and locking all doors and gates. The contractor is responsible for theSITE ACCESS CONSTRUCTION LIMITS 01030- 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233security of the staging area, and shall provide the required measures at no additional expenseto the government.END OF SECTION 01030* * * * *SITE ACCESS CONSTRUCTION LIMITS 01030- 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 01040 COORDINATION, LOCAL PERMITS AND TESTINGPART 1 – GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. Project coordination. - It shall be the duty of the Contractor to prepare a detailed schedule of workand work layout to resolve conflicts and to assure coordination of the work by different trades.B. Weekly Meeting. - Coordination between the COR and Contractor shall take place weekly at thesite. Special meetings will be scheduled if requested by either the COR or Contractor. The subjectsto be discussed at the progress meetings shall include, but are not limited to, the following:-Safety concerns/Issues-Progress of Work-Previous meeting action items/issues-Field problems-Material and Equipment delivery status-Submittal status/schedules-Progress planned during the upcoming week(s)-Review of changes, and potential effects on the schedule-Construction schedule revisions-Schedule Revisions-Other current businessThe following persons will be expected to attend meetings; FAA COR, Prime ContractorSuperintendent, Project Manager and Project Manager/Superintendents for other major trades.C. Facility Coordination Meeting. - Weekly coordination meeting shall take place between the facilitymanagers, COR and the Contractor’s Project Superintendent.D. Work Affecting Operational Systems. - The contractor shall coordinate all work which hasany or may have any impact on any operational system within the facility through the COR.The contractor shall immediately cease any work which is adversely impacting the operationof the ARTCC and shall immediately repair or restore any portion of the operational systemthat has been damaged or suffered diminished performance as a result of the contractor'sactivities.E. Local permits and Coordination. - The Contractor will be responsible for obtaining andpayment of all building fees, inspection fees, utility connection charges and any other fees orcharges which may be incurred in the performance of this contract.F. Applicable documents. - The contractor shall comply with all local city, county, and stateconstruction codes.1.2 TESTINGA. Contractor's responsibility.- Unless otherwise indicated as the responsibility of another identified entity,Contractor shall provide certified testing and inspection agencies, inspections, tests, and other qualitycontrolservices specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents and required by authorities havingjurisdiction.1. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and other qualitycontrolservices are the Contractor's responsibility, the Contractor shall employ and pay a qualifiedindependent testing agency to perform quality-control services.COORDINATION, LOCAL PERMITS AND TESTING 01040-1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082332. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and other qualitycontrolservices are the Government's responsibility, the Government will employ and pay a qualifiedindependent testing agency to perform those services.a. Where the Government has engaged a testing agency for testing and inspecting part of the Work,and the Contractor is also required to engage an entity for the same or related element, theContractor shall not employ the entity engaged by the Government, unless agreed to in writingby the Government.B. Retesting - The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of inspections, tests, or other qualitycontrolservices prove unsatisfactory and indicate noncompliance with Contract Document requirements,regardless of whether the original test was Contractor's responsibility.1. The cost of retesting construction, revised or replaced by the Contractor, is the Contractor'sresponsibility where required tests performed on original construction indicated noncompliance withContract Document requirements.C. Selection and payment. - The contractor shall pay for all testing. The contractor shall select and use acertified and qualified testing laboratory to perform the requirements of this contract. The testinglaboratory shall be certified by the American Association of Laboratory Accreditation.D. Rejected materials or workmanship.- All materials or workmanship or both which have been rejectedby the COR by reasons of failure to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents shall beremoved and replaced with new, acceptable materials by the contractor at the contractor's ownexpense. Contractor shall also pay for testing of new materials which have been installed in place ofrejected materials.1. The testing laboratory will furnish three copies of each report directly to the COR covering allof its determinations and conclusions. Reports will show all data customarily listed by thelaboratory in reporting on quantities, qualities, and types of materials, together with theircorrelation with the project and applicable Specification Section.END OF SECTION 01040* * * * *COORDINATION, LOCAL PERMITS AND TESTING 01040-2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 01042CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULESPART 1 – GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. Description. - The work plan and schedule prepared by the contractor shall consist of a Gantt andPert chart(s) and logical narrative plan. The charts shall show all significant activities and shallinclude detailed activities when critical work is to be performed.1.2 PRODUCTSA. Diagrams -1. Show the order of the activities.2. Include construction activities, the submittal and approval of materials, samples and shopdrawings, the procurement of critical materials and equipment, fabrication of special materialsand equipment along with their installation and testing, and costs associated with each activityin the bar chart.B. Progress Schedules. - Within 30 calendar days of contract award, the contractor shall submit theschedule and work plan. A Notice to Proceed will not be issued until the schedule isapproved.1.3 EXECUTIONA. Review and Evaluation. - The Contractor shall participate in a review and evaluation of theproposed schedule with the Contracting Officer. Any revisions necessary as a result of the reviewshall be re-submitted for approval of the Contracting Officer within 14 days after the conference.The approved schedule shall then be used by the contractor for planning, organizing, anddirecting work, reporting progress, and requesting payment for work accomplished. If thecontractor, thereafter, desires to make changes in the schedule, the Contracting Officer shall benotified in writing, stating the reasons for the change. If the Contracting Officer considers thechange to be of a major nature, the contractor may be required to revise the schedule and submit itfor approval, without additional cost to the government.B. Monthly Update. - The contractor shall meet with the COR at monthly intervals to discuss theconstruction progress. If the project is behind schedule and requires a change in the schedule, thecontractor shall submit a revised schedule with a description of the delaying factors and theirimpact, and an explanation of corrective actions taken or proposed.C. Payment. - The monthly update shall show the activities or portions of activities completed duringthe reporting period, and their total value will be the basis for the contractor's periodic request forpayment. Payment will be based on the total value of such activities completed or partiallycompleted after verification by the Contracting Officer.D. Submission Requirements. - Schedule charts shall be on (minimum) 11" x 17" size paper. Updatecharts shall show the date of the latest revision. Schedule charts with revisions and monthlyupdates shall be submitted in three copies.CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 1042- 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233E. Requirements for Schedule Chart. -1. Activities.- The significant activities to be included in the schedule chart shall include, but notbe limited to:a) The milestones listed in 01010 1.2. D.b) Any system shutdowns or cut-oversc) Any other significant activities the contractor or FAA feels necessary.2. Format - Contractor should use Microsoft Project, cost loaded. A minimum of 30 activitiesshould be included.F. Shutdown and Cut Over.1. Mechanical Systems. - All shutdowns when permitted and/or cut-overs of air handling unitsshall be coordinated with COR. Only one air handling unit shall be off and unavailable at anygiven time. Equipment shutdown and lock-out shall be accomplished by FAA personnel.2. Electrical Systems. - New construction shall have no impact on the critical or essentialelectrical service at this facility. However, all electrical connections within live power panelswill be scheduled with the COR at least 14 days in advance. All electrical connections toexisting panels shall be coordinated with FAA personnel. Equipment shutdown and lock-outshall be accomplished by FAA personnel.3. Startup - Initial startup testing and training will be completed by the contractor.G. Acceptance and Warranties.1. The Contractor shall warranty material and equipment furnished by the various manufacturersin writing for a period of two (2) years (or not less than the industry standard for the materialspecified, nor the manufacturer’s standard warranty period, whichever is greater) on buildingsystems finishes or equipment from the date of final project acceptance by the FAA.Mechanical equipment shall be warranted in writing for a period of three (3) years (or not lessthan the manufacturer’s standard warranty period whichever is greater), from date of finalproject acceptance by the FAA. The cost of any extended warranties will be included in thecontract sum.H. New utility work. - Interface all existing utility work with new work as indicated in the plans andspecifications.END OF SECTION 01042* * * * *CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 1042- 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 01300SUBMITTALSPART 1 – GENERALApplicable provisions of this Section and other provisions and requirements of the Contract Documentsapply to all sections, except as modified in Sections of Divisions 2 through 16.1.1 SUMMARYSubmit Shop Drawings, product data, samples, warranties, certificates, test reports and thirdparty disposal letters as required by the contract documents.1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 01040: Coordination and TestingB. Section 01651: Materials and EquipmentC. Section 01800: Closeout Procedures1.3 SUBMITTALSSubmittals required include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:A. Submittal scheduleB. Construction progress scheduleC. Submittal log1.4 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTSA. Number of Copies - Submit in ample time for approval before installation. Unlessotherwise noted, submit five (5) copies of documents to the Resident Engineer (RE).Three (3) copies will be retained by the RE. If additional copies are required, providethe quantity and submit additional copies to meet this requirement.B. Time for Approval - Receive submittal approvals prior to starting the work. Timenecessary for government approval or disapproval of samples, certificates, test reports,and shop drawings will not be more than thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of asubmittal. All materials installed in the work shall match the approved submittals. Aftera submittal has been approved, no substitutions will be permitted without writtenapproval by the RE. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failureto transmit to the RE sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing.C. Submittal Approval - The checking, marking or approval of the submittal by the FAAshall not be construed as a complete check, but will indicate only that the product ormethod of construction and detailing is satisfactory. Approval will not relieve thecontractor of the responsibility for compliance with the specifications or for any errorwhich may exist. The Contractor shall be responsible for the dimensions and design ofSUBMITTALS 01300-1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233adequate connections, details, and satisfactory construction of all work. Possibleapproval actions taken by the FAA include:1. Approved as submitted - If "approved as submitted" is marked by the RE, eachcopy of the submittal will be identified as having received such approval bybeing stamped and dated. After submittal has been approved, no substitutionswill be permitted without written approval by the RE.2. Approved as noted - If "approved as noted" is marked by the RE, the submittalis satisfactory contingent upon Contractor acceptance of corrections, notations,or both, and if accepted, does not require resubmittal.3. Not approved - If "not approved" is marked by the RE, the submittal data doesnot meet job requirements and the Contractor must resubmit. If the submittalis disapproved, the Contractor shall resubmit the corrected material in the samequantity as specified for the original submittal. Correct disapproved submittalsand resubmit for approval by the RE. Approval of resubmittals require anadditional fourteen (14) calendar days.4. Submittal Schedule - Identify within the Contractor’s Construction Schedule aschedule of submittals for shop drawings, material approval, etc., showing thedates when submittals will be submitted for the project.a) Contents - On the schedule indicate the following information:1) Schedule date for submittal2) Related Section number.3) Submittal category (Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples).4) Name of the subcontractor (if applicable)5) Description of the part of the Work covered.5. Distribution - Following response to the initial submittal, print and distributecopies to the RE, Government, subcontractors, and other parties required tocomply with submittal dates indicated. When revisions are made, distribute tothe same parties. Delete parties from distribution when they have completedtheir assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in constructionactivities.6. Schedule Updates - Revise the schedule after each meeting or activity whererevisions have been recognized or made.D. Construction Progress Schedule – The progress chart to be prepared by the Contractorpursuant to the Contract Clause entitled “SCHEDULES FOR CONSTRUCTIONCONTRACTS” shall consist of network analysis system, or pertchart (barchart). Thecontractor shall be required to complete the work within the contract time limits afterreceipt of Notice to Proceed excluding the FAA holiday moratorium as specified insection 01010.1. Contractor should use Microsoft Project, cost loaded. A minimum of 30 activitiesshould be included.SUBMITTALS 01300-2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082332. The diagram shall show a continuous activity flow from left to right. Thediagram shall show the sequence in which the work is to be accomplished asplanned by the Contractor.3. Dates shall be shown on the diagram for start of the project, any milestonesrequired by the contract, and contract completion.4. The critical path shall be clearly identified.5. Network activities shown shall include submittal and review of shop drawingsand samples and procurement of materials and construction activities.6. Government activities that affect progress shall be shown. These include but arenot limited to: Notice-to-Proceed, approvals, and inspections.NO PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION WORK AT THE SITE MAY TAKE PLACE UNTIL THECONTRACTOR SUBMITS AND THE GOVERNMENT APPROVES THE SCHEDULE.Government review of schedule submittal(s) will not exceed thirty (30) calendar days.Resubmittal, if necessary shall not exceed fourteen (14) calendar days.E. Two-week "Look Ahead" schedule - This schedule may be of the contractor's choosing,either bar chart or CPM form. Only activities scheduled to be occurring during theforecasted two week time periods are to be shown. Schedules shall be submitted weekly.Early and Late Start and Finish dates, and subcontractors involved are data to beincluded in the schedule.F. Submittals - Submit shop drawings, material and equipment lists, and all other datarequired under various headings of these specifications necessary to permitcommencement of work. RE will return the submittals within 30 calendar days afterreceipt, indicating approval or disapproval.G. Submittal Preparation - Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal foridentification. Indicate the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the labelor title block.1. Transmittals - All submittals shall be accompanied by transmittal lettersidentifying the contents of the submittal. It shall be clearly indicated on thetransmittal letter with a statement and signature of the Contractor that thesubmittal item was verified for compliance with the contract requirements andapproved by the Contractor. Transmittal letters shall consist of one original.2. Contents - Submittals shall be complete and detailed and assembled into sets.Lack of completeness or clarity or inadequate description will be justificationfor disapproval. Submittals shall bear the following information:a) Name of project or facility and contract number;b) Date of submission;c) Contract drawing number and latest revision;d) Specification page and paragraph number;e) Name of contractor and subcontractor or supplier/manufacturer;SUBMITTALS 01300-3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233f) Clearly identified contents and location of work;g) Any proposed variances to specification requirements;h) Contractor’s approval certifying he checked and coordinated the work ofother trades.1.5 SHOP DRAWINGSA. Applicable Documents -B. Presentation - Present drawings in a clear and thorough manner. Identify details byreference to sheet and detail, building wing and section shown on contract drawings.1. Submit newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale. Highlight,encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Donot reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basisof Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific referenceto the Project is not a Shop Drawing.2. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, settingdiagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar Drawings.C. Contents - Provide the following information on each submittal:1. Submittal number (paragraph 2.1 of this Section) and identify as "Part A" or"Part B" item2. Date of submission3. Name of project and facility (full name)4. Name of Contractor or Subcontractor5. Reference to drawing number (with revision, if applicable) and/orspecification section.6. Clearly identify contents and location of work.7. Contractor's approval certifying he checked and coordinated the work of othertrades.8. Dimensions.9. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number.10. Compliance with specified standards.11. Notation of coordination requirements.12. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.13. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full-size Drawings,submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than36 by 48 inches.D. Submittal - Submit blue- or black-line prints for the RE's review. Submit five copies, ofwhich three will be retained by the RE.1. One of the prints returned shall be marked up and maintained as a "RecordDocument."2. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicatingaction taken.SUBMITTALS 01300-4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331.6 PRODUCT DATAA. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system.Product Data includes printed information, such as manufacturer's installationinstructions, catalog cuts, Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), standard color charts,roughing-in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams, and performance curves,for all materials brought on site.B. Preparation1. Clearly mark or highlight each copy to identify pertinent site specific productsor models the Contractor intends to use2. Highlight/clearly indicate all performance characteristics and capacities3. Highlight/clearly indicate all dimensions and clearances requiredNote: If the submittal is not clearly marked, regarding the above pertinent data, the submittal will bereturned marked "DISAPPROVED".1.7 WARRANTIES/GUARANTIESA. Assemble two (2) copies with original signatures of warranties executed by each of therespective manufacturers, suppliers, and subcontractors into a warranty book and preparea Table of Contents.B. Additional Data - Provide complete information for each item, include the following:1. Product or work team2. Firm, with name of principal, address, and telephone3. Scope4. Effective dates of warranty based on Final Acceptance of the item.5. Information for owner's personnel on proper procedures to evoke the warrantyin case of failure and instances which might affect the validity of warrantyC. Warranties - Effective after project completion and acceptance by the FAA.1.8 CERTIFICATESAssemble certificates executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers, and subcontractors.A. Additional Data - Provide complete information for each item to certify compliance withcontract documents.1. Product or work item2. Firm, with name of principal3. Scope of compliance4. Signature by an officer of the manufacturer or other individual authorized tosign documents on behalf of the company.SUBMITTALS 01300-5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233PART 2 – MATERIALNOT USEDPART 3 – EXECUTION3.1 GENERALSubmittals are required for, but not limited to, the items listed in the specifications or on thedrawings. The following is a partial list of submittals required: Schedules, Manufacturer'sLiterature, Shop Drawings, Samples, Test Reports, Warranties, Certificates, Design Calculations,MSDS, and Installation Instructions. This list should not be construed as a complete list of allsubmittals required. Submittal dates shall comply with this specification unless a more stringentdate is specified. Substitutions and all requested changes will require a submittal.3.2 SCHEDULE FOR CRITICAL SUBMITTALSProcess after the construction contract has been awarded and prior to NTP:A. All Critical Submittals are due 30 calendar days after the contract has been awarded. Seebelow for a list of critical submittals. The construction Notice to Proceed (NTP) will notbe issued until all critical submittals are approved. All other submittals shall besubmitted and approved prior to installation or construction. Critical submittals includethe following:1. Section 01300 - Construction Schedule2. Section 01730 - Safety Plan3. Section 02080 - Asbestos and Lead Abatement schedule4. Section 15838 - Exhaust Fan5. Section 15410 - Plumbing FixturesB. No later than two weeks after the contract has been awarded, the Contractor shall beavailable to participate in a meeting/telecom with the Contracting Officer, ResidentEngineer and Office Project Engineer to discuss and coordinate the following:1. Contractor’s FAA point of contact for submitting the Critical Submittals.2. Discuss the submittal process and forms.3. Discuss process and forms for request of FAA security badges.4. Discuss the proposed date for Notice to Proceed (NTP)* * * END OF SECTION * * *SUBMITTALS 01300-6

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 01651MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTPART 1 - GENERAL1-1 SUMMARYA. General. - Material and equipment incorporated into the work shall conform to applicablespecifications and standards and comply with size, make, type and quality specified, or asspecifically approved in writing by the COR. Manufactured and fabricated products shall bedesigned, fabricated and assembled in accordance with the best engineering and shop practices.Like parts of duplicate units shall be manufactured to standard sizes and gages and shall beinterchangeable. Two or more items of the same kind shall be identical and manufactured by thesame manufacturer. Products shall be suitable for service conditions. Equipment capacities, sizesand dimensions shown or specified shall be adhered to unless variations are specifically approvedin writing. Do not use material or equipment for any purpose other than for which it is designedor specified. Furnish and install products specified, under options and conditions for substitutionstated in this section.1. Manufacturer's instructions.- When contract documents require that installation of work shallcomply with manufacturer's printed instructions, copies of such instructions shall bedistributed to parties involved in the installation, including two copies to the COR. Maintainone set of complete instructions at the job site during installation and until completion.Products shall be handled, installed, connected, cleaned and conditioned in strict accordancewith such instructions and in conformity with specified requirements. If job conditions orspecified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions, the contractor shall consultwith the COR for further instructions. All work shall be performed in accordance withmanufacturer's instructions. No preparatory step or installation procedure shall be omittedunless specifically modified or exempted by contract documents.2. Transportation and handling. - Products shall be delivered in undamaged condition, inmanufacturer's original containers or packing, with identifying labels intact and legible.Shipments shall be inspected to ensure compliance with requirements of contract documentsand approved submittals, and products are properly protected and undamaged immediately ondelivery. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soilingor damage to products or packing.3. Storage. - Unless specified, products shall be stored in accordance with manufacturer'sinstructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Products subject to damage by theelements shall be stored in weather tight enclosures.4. Temperature. - Temperature and humidity shall be maintained within the ranges required bythe manufactures instructions. Fabricated products shall be stored above the ground, onblocking or skids to prevent soiling or staining. Products which are subject to deteriorationshall be covered with impervious sheet coverings and adequate ventilation shall be providedto avoid condensation.5. Substitutions. - A separate request for each substitution shall be submitted. Each request shallbe supported with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with therequirements stated in the contract documents. Each request shall include productidentification, manufacturer's literature including address, product description, referencestandards and performance and test data. Samples shall be submitted as applicable. AnMATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01651- 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with the product specified shall be included.The following information shall also be included: data relating to changes in the constructionschedule; list of changes required in other work or products; and accurate cost data.Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance. In making aformal request for substitution, the contractor represents that he has investigated the proposedproducts and has determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified.The contractor ascertains that he will provide same warranties or bonds for substitutions asfor product specified. That he will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into workto be complete in all respects; that he waives claims for additional costs caused bysubstitution which may subsequently become apparent; and that cost data is complete andincludes related costs under his contract. Primarily, an “or equal” product will not beconsidered a substitution. If an actual substitution is accepted, it shall be done only by formalcontract modification and not by a submittal approval.6. New equipment and materials – All contractor supplied materials and equipment that willremain in the government’s custody after contract completion, shall be new. Refurbished andor used equipment and materials are disallowed for construction purposes under this contract.END OF SECTION 01651* * * * *MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01651- 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 01652PROTECTION OF WORKPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. Requirements Included. - It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide protection of workfrom weather, physical damage, improper use, and other adverse natural conditions. It shall bethe responsibility of the Contractor to replace any damaged work including finishes, material, andequipment.1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS. - The Respective Section of the Specification covering items of work.Section 01651: Materials and EquipmentSection 01710: CleaningB. Protection during Installation.1. Sleeves. - Provide watertight closures for sleeve openings below grade.2. Building Openings. - Provide protection of temporary openings in the building to completelyprotect the contents and enable work to progress, during winter and all weather conditions.The method and means shall be subject to approval by the COR.3. Base Materials. - Provide protection of base materials to receive finishes from physicaldamage.4. Protection after Installation. - Provide protection of installed products and finished surfaces toprevent damage from subsequent operations. Remove when no longer needed, prior tocompletion of work.5. Floors and Stairs.- Protect finished floors and stairs from dirt and damage:(a)(b)(c)In areas subject to foot traffic, secure heavy sheathing in place.For movement of heavy products, lay planking or similar materials in place.For storage of products, lay tight wood sheathing in place.6. When some activity must take place in order to carry out the contract, obtain and abide byrecommendations of installer for protection of surface. Remove upon completion of theactivity.END OF SECTION 01652* * * *PROTECTION OF WORK 01652- 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 01710CLEANINGPART 1 - GENERAL1-1 SUMMARYThe scope of this project will be performed in a partially occupied special use environment. Dailycleaning and protection of critical electronic equipment shall be a requirement. All prospectivebidders are encouraged to visit the project site to ascertain the criticality of maintaining a clean anddust free environment.A. Requirements Included.1-2 PRODUCTS1. Execute cleaning during the progress of work. This includes but not limited to the following:a) Wipe all surfaces within the limits of work at the end of each shift.b) Vacuum all floors where work took place.c) Remove temporary protective covers at the end of each shift.2. Execute cleaning for final inspection.3. Execute cleaning at completion of the work.RELATED REQUIREMENTSSection 01651: Materials and EquipmentSection 01800: Contract Closeout.A. Materials. - Use only those cleaning materials recommended by the manufacturers of the surfacebeing cleaned so as not to create hazards to health or property.1-3 EXECUTIONA. Disposal Requirements. - Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes,ordinances, regulations, and anti-pollution laws.B. Dust Control.1. Clean interior spaces prior to the start of finish painting and continue cleaning on as neededbasis until painting is finished.2. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from the cleaning processwill not fall on wet or newly-coated surface.C. Final Cleaning.1. Employ skilled workmen for final cleaning.2. Remove grease, mastic, adhesive, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels, and other foreignmaterials from visible interior and exterior surfaces.3. Ventilating system:4. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated duringconstruction. Do not operate blowers and coils without filters during construction.5. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces, repair damaged sod areas with sod and rake. Cleanother surfaces of the grounds.CLEANING 01710-1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082336. Prior to final completion, or owner occupancy, Contractor shall conduct an inspection ofinterior and exterior surfaces, and all work areas to verify that the entire work is clean.7. Wax and polish tile floors affected by construction.D. During Construction. - Maintain all areas under Contractor's control free of extraneous debris.Conduct a specific maintenance program to prevent accumulation of debris at the constructionsite, storage and parking areas, and along access roads and haul routes.E. ARTCC Operational Areas. - Clean up after each work shift.F. Debris Collection. - Provide containers for debris deposit and schedule periodic collections anddisposal of debris. Provide additional collections whenever the periodic schedule is inadequate toprevent accumulation.END OF SECTION 01710* * * * *CLEANING 01710-2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 01720OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALSPART 1 – GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. The Construction Contractor shall furnish five original copies of the manufacturers' Operations andMaintenance (O&M) manual for equipment as specified. One complete O&M data manual shall befurnished prior to the time that equipment acceptance tests are performed. The remaining O&M datashall be furnished before the contract is completed. O&M data may be prepared by the equipmentmanufacturer and shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Contracting Officer's Representative (COR)as specified.O&M instructions shall be legible and easy to read, with large drawings (when used), folded into themanual. Specific O&M data to be submitted shall, but not limited to, all approved project submittals andvendor data.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 CONTENTSA. The equipment manufacturers' operations and maintenance data shall contain, as a minimum, thefollowing information as applicable:(a)(b)(c)(d)(e)(f)(g)(h)(i)Front matterIntroductionPreparation for use of equipmentPrinciples of operationOperating instructionsMaintenance and servicing instructionsParts listRepair and overhaul instructionsWarranty documents2.2 FRONT MATTERThe front matter consists of a cover or title page, table of contents, and safety precautions.A. COVER. - The cover shall include the following identification: "OPERATIONS ANDMAINTENANCE MANUAL", and include the name of the equipment, system, or facilitycomponent, the name of the Contractor, contract number, and date the manual was prepared.B. TITLE PAGE. - The title page shall contain the same information as the cover, and the followingadditional information: Names, addresses, phone numbers, and principal contact for each contractorand subcontractor installing the equipment, and the equipment manufacturer's local representative foreach item of equipment.C. TABLE OF CONTENTS. - The manual shall contain a table of contents. The table shall list allparts, chapters, sections, and paragraph numbers in the order of presentation used in the text. It shallinclude a list of illustrations and a list of tables, whenever they are included in the manual.OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 01720-1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233D. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. - The manual shall contain safety precautions where hazards may bepresent during installation, operation, or maintenance of the equipment. Hazards may include, butare not limited to; presence of high voltage, electrostatic discharge, radio frequency radiation,radioactive materials, the presence of poisonous fumes or explosive gases, and the depletion ofoxygen in a closed environment. During preparation of the narrative for equipment installation,operation, or maintenance; the point in the narrative where the hazard may be encountered shall bepreceded by a hazard warning or caution statement.2.3 INTRODUCTIONThe manual shall contain an introduction containing the following:(a)(b)(c)(d)(e)(f)(g)(h)(i)(j)Purpose and functions of equipment.Capabilities.Performance characteristics.Description; including model number, dimensions, weight, volume, and center of gravity,when applicable.Power and utility requirements.Environmental limitations.List of items furnished with equipment.List of additional items required for operation and maintenance, but not supplied withequipment.Handling precautions and special storage requirements.Warranty information.2.4 INSTALLATION AND PREPARATION FOR USE INSTRUCTIONSThe manual shall contain unpacking, re-installation and assembly instructions that may be used duringmaintenance operations in the event that the installed equipment must be replaced. The instructions shallinclude requirements for wiring, plumbing, initial lubrication, alignment, and checkout as applicable.2.5 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATIONThe manual shall contain principles of operation technical information suitable for the intended user.2.6 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSOperating instructions shall include:(a)(b)(c)(d)(e)(f)(g)Illustrations and explanations for all controls and indicators, including settings and readingswhen applicable.Initial adjustment and control settings.Equipment start-up procedures.Normal equipment operation.Operation under emergency, adverse, or abnormal conditions.Shut-down procedures.Emergency shut-down procedures (when required).2.7 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING INSTRUCTIONSOPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 01720-2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233Maintenance and servicing instructions shall be provided for both preventive and corrective maintenance.Instructions shall include a list of test equipment, special tools, and materials needed for maintenance andservice. This list shall include nomenclature, part/model number, application, range, and accuracy.Instructions should include illustrations to show how test connections are made. Actions and normalindications shall be shown for each test.A. Cleaning and inspection. - Periodic cleaning and lubrication information including types of cleaningagents and lubrication, and the frequency of lubrication and inspection intervals shall be included.Lubrication points and the type and quantity of lubrication shall be identified. Photographs orillustrations shall be included that clearly show the location of lubrication points.Cleaning and lubrication required during repair and overhaul shall be included in those appropriatesections.B. Performance verification. - For equipment that must be calibrated or certified to performancestandards, instructions for performing the test shall be included.Instructions for the calibration of the test, measurement, and diagnostic equipment needed to restorethe equipment to performance verification shall be provided. These instructions shall be step-by-stepprocedures that will enable the user to check the accuracy of the measurements or readings. Thelocation of all test connections and the values expected at these points shall be included. Data shallinclude the recommended frequency of adjustments and the verification checks required.C. Inspection. - Instructions for inspection of equipment and frequency of inspection for damage andwear shall be provided with emphasis on allowable service limits such as wear, backlash, end play,balance, voltage, resistance, pressure, and/or length and depth of scoring.D. Troubleshooting. - Equipment malfunctions that may occur during operation shall be identified.Equipment troubleshooting data and fault isolation techniques shall include:(a)(b)(c)An indication or symptom of trouble.The instructions necessary, including test setups, to determine the cause of the problem.The action required to restore equipment to operating condition.The troubleshooting information shall be in a chart, logic tree, or tabular format with appropriateheadings, or as a logic, block, or schematic diagram. Troubleshooting data shall include instructionssuitable for identifying the lowest replaceable unit (LRU) that when removed and replaced willrestore the equipment to operation.E. Disassembly, repair, replacement, and reassembly. - Instructions shall be provided that describe thesequential disassembly, repair, replacement, and reassembly of equipment. Test, adjustment, andcheckout data after reassembly shall be provided. Illustrations including exploded views shall beprovided as necessary to support these functions.F. Reprogramming. - A description of re-programmable memory, reprogramming theory, programsetup, program confidence checkout, program loading, and programming procedures shall beprovided for equipment having a programmable memory.G. Preparation for shipment. - Equipment that must be returned to the equipment manufacturer or arepair depot for repairs that cannot be performed at the installed location, shall be furnished withappropriate preparation for shipment instructions.OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 01720-3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082332.8 PARTS LISTThe manual shall include a parts list containing positive identification of parts in the equipment item.A. Illustrated parts list. - Clear and legible illustrations shall identify component parts and partsrelationship.B. Parts listing. - Part names and part numbers shall be shown on illustrations or tables. When theillustrations do not contain both part numbers and part names, the illustrations and the separatelisting shall show either index reference, or key-numbers that cross-reference from the illustratedparts to a parts list. The parts list shall identify the actual manufacturer/vendor and the part numberor generic description. Parts in the listing shall be grouped by assemblies, subassemblies, andmodules with the parts identified to the assembly from which they are components.C. Common commercial parts.- Common commercial hardware and items that are not of special designsuch as bolts, washers, nuts, screws, fittings, keys, hinges, wire, cable, gasket material, tubing, andhose that are available from a wide range of sources shall be identified by part number or thenotation "Commercial" instead of a part number. The part name including nomenclature ordescription shall be complete enough to facilitate substitution of equivalent items as shown below:Examples:Figure No. Part No. Part Name (Nomenclature or Description)2-4 Commercial Nut, hex head, plain steel, 1/4"-20 UNC-3BS2-5 Commercial Wire, electrical, copper tin plated, No. 14 AWG. 19 strands of No.27 AWG, 0.250 in. dia.D. Recommended spare parts. - The equipment manufacturer or supplier shall provide a list ofrecommended spare parts that are required to support the operational use of the equipment for a oneyear time period. Recommended spare parts that are not "off the shelf" and have a delivery lead timegreater than one month from receipt of order shall be so noted.2.9 OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE ILLUSTRATIONSManuals shall contain illustrations for locating and identifying all components significant to operations andmaintenance. Line drawings, photographs or halftones shall show the configuration and parts relationshipto aid in removal and disassembly procedures. Free hand sketches shall not be acceptable. Whereappropriate, the manual shall contain the following diagrams:(a)(b)(c)(d)(e)(f)(g)(h)(i)Simplified functional blockLocatorPipingHydraulicSchematicFlow ControlElectricalProcess FlowInstrumentationOPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 01720-4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233Symbols used on illustrations or diagrams shall be ANSI standards or common to the trade or industry.Where nonstandard symbols are used, explanations shall be provided.2.10 OVERHAUL INSTRUCTIONSWhen applicable, the manual shall include overhaul instructions to return the equipment to full operationalcapability. As a minimum, the instructions shall include the following:(a)(b)(c)(d)(e)List of support equipment, special tools, and facilities required.List of mandatory replacement parts.Pre-shop analysis, as applicable.Step-by-step procedures for performing all functions including disassembly, removing, replacing,diagnosing, installing, repairing, assembly, in-process testing, adjusting, and inspecting.Final tests or certification required to assured satisfactory performance of the equipment or systemoverhaul.2.11 EQUIPMENT WARRANTIESThe O&M manuals shall contain warranty documents for all equipment items that are listed in the manual.The warranty shall specify the time that the warranty is in effect from final turnover by the Contractor to theCOR. The warranty shall also include:(a)(b)(c)(d)(e)(f)Equipment name and description as marked on the equipment nameplate.Name, address, phone number, and name of principal contact of the manufacturer or supplier.Local authorized service agency of the manufacturer or supplier including name, address, phonenumber, and principal contact.Manufacturer's warranty statement that specifies the scope of warranty coverage.The manufacturer's specified method or procedure for obtaining warranty service.Supplemental information regarding factors that might invalidate the warranty.PART 3 – EXECUTION(NOT USED)END OF SECTION 01720* * * * *OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 01720-5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 01730 - OSHA SAFETY REQUIREMENTSPART 1 – GENERAL1.1 SCOPEA. This section identifies some of the requirements of the OSHA Construction Standard.B. Formulation of a site specific safety plan1.2 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITYA. General Safety Provisions - The Contractor shall bear full responsibility to provide safeworking conditions for its employees and Contractors. The Contractor shall not permitany employee or Subcontractor to work in surroundings or under working conditions thatare unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to the health and safety of the employee.B. Accident Prevention - The Contractor shall bear the responsibility of maintaining anaccident prevention program such that frequent and regular inspections of the job site,materials and equipment are made by a competent person designated by the employer.C. Use of Equipment - The Contractor shall not permit the use of any machinery, tool,material, or equipment that is not in compliance with OSHA regulations. The employershall permit only those employees qualified by training and/or experience to operateequipment and machinery.1.3 SUBMITTALSA. Submittals required include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:1. Contractor Safety Plan1.4 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITYA. The FAA shall not be held responsible for safety inspections to assure Contractorconformance with the OSHA safety regulations. The FAA, however, reserves the rightto notify the Contractor of any deficiencies regarding worker safety.B. The FAA will evaluate the Contractor on its safety performance, including that of itsSubcontractors. The number and severity of safety and security violations will beconsidered in this evaluation. Contractor safety violations are cause for termination fordefault, may result in notification of the Contractor’s bonding company, and will affectthe Contractor’s opportunity to propose on future work. Failure to correct suchdeficiencies may impact the Contractor’s ability to work on future FAA contracts.1.5 OSHA REGULATIONSA. The Contractor shall comply with the latest Occupational Safety and HeathAdministration regulations (CFR 29 Part 1926) regarding safety in the work area.OSHA SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 01730-1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233B. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining copies of non-FAA referenceddocuments without additional cost to the FAA. If Contractor requests a copy of FAAdirectives, they may be obtained by contacting the Contracting Officer.C. The Contractor is not relieved from adhering to other OSHA requirements not listedherein. The Contractor shall consult the latest referenced OSHA documents for safetyregulations.1. Documents:a) OSHA Documents:1) CFR 29 Part 1926Safety and Health Regulations for Construction2) CFR 29 Part 1910 General Industry Standards Applicable tob) FAA Documents:Construction Industry1.6 SAFETY PLAN1) FAA Order 3900.49 Control of Hazardous Energy DuringMaintenance, Servicing and RepairThe contractor must develop and implement a site specific comprehensive Health and SafetyPlan (HASP) based on the scope of work, for his or her employees as well as others in the areaand the properties around. It shall cover all aspects of onsite construction operations andactivities associated with the contract. This plan must comply with 29 CFR 1926, FAA Order3900.19B, other applicable health and safety regulations and any project-specific requirements.The contractor must provide the Contracting Officer with a copy of this plan. Acceptance of thecontractor's HASP only signifies that the plan generally conforms to the requirements of thecontract. It does not relieve the contractor of the responsibility for providing with a safe andhealthful work environment. At a minimum the HASP shall address the following:A. Workplace addressB. Name and address of the principal contractorC. Key Personnel, phone nos and addressesD. Estimated duration of the workE. Hazard assessment and identification of the hazards in the scope of workF. Mitigation of hazards and proposed control measures for the risksG. Hazard Communication methodsH. How the controls will be implementedI. Personal Protective EquipmentOSHA SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 01730-2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233J. TrainingK. Temperature ExtremeL. Medical SurveillanceM. Exposure Monitoring and Air SamplingN. Site ControlO. Emergency Response/Contingency PlanP. Emergency Action PlanQ. Confined Space EntryR. Spill ContainmentS. Documentation and Record ControlT. Arrangements for monitoring and reviewing controlsU. Lock-out and Tag-outThe plan must be written so it is easy to understand, signed and dated by the General Contractor.It must be available for the length of the project. The General Contractor cannot allow work tostart unless the plan has been discussed with or a copy given to all relevant people and the plan isreadily available for inspection. The plan must be amended if there are changes in how risks willbe managed. The General Contractor must inform any affected person of the change.PART 2 – MATERIALNOT USEDPART 3 – EXECUTION3.1 CFR 29 PART 1926 - SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTIONA. This section contains a partial listing of the referenced OSHA standards. The Contractoris responsible for adhering to all applicable regulations including those not specificallyreferenced herein.1. Subpart D (Occupational Health and Environmental Controls) - Contractor shallfurnish adequate supply of potable water in containers clearly marked as potablewater. Containers containing non-potable water shall be clearly marked.Contractor shall furnish toilet facilities based on the number of employeespresent on the job-site. A minimum of 1 facility is required for less than 20employees. See CFR 29 Part 1926 Subpart D for complete requirements.OSHA SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 01730-3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082332. Subpart E (Personal Protective Equipment) - The Contractor shall provideadequate protection for the head, hearing, and eyes for all employees working inan area where hazards to the head, ear and eyes exist. See CFR 29 Part 1926Subpart E for complete requirements.3. Subpart I (Tools) - All hand tools and power tools and similar equipmentwhether furnished by the Contractor or the employee shall be maintained andoperated in a safe condition. Personal protection shall be used when applicable.The use of tools shall be limited to the intended use of said tools. See CFR 29Part 1926 Subpart I for complete requirements.4. Subpart K (Electrical) - The Contractor shall furnish ground fault protection forall electrical equipment used on the jobsite. Extension cords shall be three wireground in good shape. Installation of the facilities will require energizingnumerous circuits. The Contractor shall protect against electrical shock bymethods such as posting warning signs, supplying insulated gloves, locking outand tagging de-energized circuits, and other similar methods. See CFR 29 Part1926 Subpart K for complete requirements.3.2 CFR 29 PART 1910 - GENERAL INDUSTRY STANDARDS APPLICABLE TOCONSTRUCTION INDUSTRYA. This section contains a partial listing of the referenced OSHA standards. The Contractoris responsible for adhering to all applicable regulations including those not specificallyreferenced herein.1. Section 1910.147 - Contractor shall maintain a written hazardous energy controlprocedure in accordance with CFR 29 1910.147. The written procedure shalldescribe contractor's responsibilities regarding shift changes or personnelchanges. A specific coordinated lockout/tagout procedure shall be recorded inwriting and signed by the Contractor and Contracting Officer with copies to eachparty.2. Section 1910.120 - The Contractor shall develop and implement an EmergencyResponse and Contingency Plan in accordance with OSHA Standard 29 CFR1910.120. In the event of an emergency associated with remedial action, theContractor shall, without delay, take diligent action to remove or otherwiseminimize the cause of the emergency; alert the Contractor; and institutewhatever measures might be necessary to prevent any repetition of the conditionsof actions leading to, or resulting in, the emergency. Emergency contact namesand telephone numbers shall be posted at all project phones and in site-supportvehicles as well as included within the plan.PART 4 – QUALITY ASSURANCENOT USED* * * END OF SECTION 01730 * * *OSHA SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 01730-4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 01800CONTRACT CLOSE OUTPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYThe contractor shall require each subcontractor engaged upon the work to bear full responsibility forcleaning up during and immediately upon completion of his work. All rubbish, waste, tools,equipment and other apparatus caused by or used in the execution of his work shall be removed. Thisshall in no way be construed to relieve the contractor of his primary responsibility for maintaining thebuilding and the site clean and free of debris, and leaving all work in a clean and proper conditionacceptable to the COR. All exposed floor surfaces shall be protected against all mechanical damage,mortar or plaster droppings, oil, grease, or other damage that will stain or soil the finish. Protectionshall be maintained until all work has been completed.A. Rubbish removal. - Immediately after unpacking, all packing material, case lumber, wrappings, orother rubbish, flammable or otherwise, shall be collected and removed from the building and thepremises.B. Overall cleaning.- Immediately before the final inspection, the entire exterior and interior of thebuilding and the surrounding areas shall be thoroughly cleaned by the contractor, including butnot limited to the following:1. All construction facilities, debris and rubbish shall be removed from the building and the site.2. All finished surfaces disturbed by this construction shall be swept, dusted, vacuumed, washedor polished as required.3. All tools, scaffolding, temporary utility connections or buildings, belonging to the contractoror used under his direction shall be removed from the site.1.2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTSA. Maintenance of documents.- The following documents shall be maintained at the project site:1. Contract drawings2. Contract specifications3. Addenda4. Reviewed shop drawings5. Change orders6. Field test reports7. Project correspondence8. Software information specific to this project9. Other modifications to contractB. Storage and use of documents. - Store record documents apart from documents used forconstruction; do not use record documents for construction purposes. Keep documents in clean,dry, legible condition; provide file cabinets and racks for storage of drawings.C. Marking devices. - Use red colored pencil for all marking.CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01800-1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233D. Recording and labeling. - Label each document "Project Record" in 1-inch high printed blockletters. Keep record documents current. Do not conceal or cover up any item of work until theinformation has been recorded.E. Submittals. - At completion of project, deliver record documents to COR. Accompany submittalwith transmittal letter containing the following:1. Date2. Project title and number3. Contractor's name and address.4. Title and number of each record document5. Certification that each document as submitted is complete and accurate.6. Signature of contractor, or his authorized representative1.3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTSA. Contract drawings.- Legibly mark to record actual construction:1. Horizontal and vertical location of underground and overhead utilities and appurtenancesreferenced to permanent surface improvements.2. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction referenced tovisible and accessible features of structure.3. Field changes of dimension and detail.4. Changes made by change order or field order.5. Details not on originally specified drawings.B. Contractor specifications and addenda.- Legibly mark each section to record:1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and supplier of each item of equipment actuallyinstalled.2. Changes made by change order or field order.3. Other matters not originally specified.C. Shop drawings. - Shop drawings shall be maintained as record documents; legibly annotatedrawings to record changes made after review.1.4 COMPLETION CERTIFICATEWhen the contractor considers the work complete, the contractor shall submit written certification thatcontract documents have been reviewed; work has been inspected for compliance with contract;equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the RE and are operational. Second, thecontractor also certifies that the required operational, and maintenance manuals, data, and parts listhave been submitted and approved; spare parts have been provided as required; required instruction ofmaintenance personnel has been accomplished; work is completed, premises cleaned and ready forinspection; and the warranty certificates from all new equipment manufacturers have been provided.1.5 FINAL INSPECTIONA written request for a final inspection shall be sent to the Resident Engineer fourteen (14) calendardays prior to the requested inspection date. The final inspection shall be scheduled at a mutuallyagreed upon date, and will be acknowledged by the Resident Engineer. The contractor shall developCONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01800-2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233his own pre-final inspection and correct all deficiencies prior to requesting the final inspection. Thepre-final report shall accompany the final inspection request.If, during the final inspection, the Resident Engineer, in concurrence with the inspection team and theContracting Officer, determines that the contractor was not ready for the final inspection, based on thecontractor not meeting all of the contractual requirements, all costs incurred by the Government foradditional inspections shall be deducted from the contract (including but not limited to: travel cost,per diem, salaries of all concerned parties, consultant engineer personnel, and FAA personnel requiredto participate in the final inspection). This dollar amount shall be the actual cost incurred by the FAAto perform the final inspection.1.6 PUNCH LISTDuring the final inspection, the Resident Engineer, in coordination with the regional office and localFAA personnel shall develop a list (Punch List) of all deficiencies (unsatisfactory work, latent orpatent defects, etc.). A copy of the punch list will be furnished to the contractor as a draft list after thefinal inspection, while the original copy will be forwarded to the Contracting Officer. Only oneofficial punch list shall be generated by the inspection team.The Contracting Officer will furnish to the contractor the official punch list within fourteen calendardays after completion of the final inspection. The contractor shall be allowed 30 calendar days tocorrect all deficiencies noted.1.7 ACCEPTANCE OF WORKThe contractor shall correct discrepancies noted during the final inspection, clean the premises, andnotify the Resident Engineer that the work is ready for acceptance. The Resident Engineer shall verifythat the official punch list has been accomplished and initialize and date each item as it is completed.END OF SECTION 01800* * * * *CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01800-3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 02070 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITIONPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes the following:1. Demolition and removal of selected building elements.2. Patching and repairs.1.2 DEFINITIONSA. Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled, salvaged, or toremain the Government's property.B. Salvage: Items indicated to be salvaged remain the Government's property. Remove, clean, and packor crate items to protect against damage. Identify contents of containers and deliver to Government'sdesignated storage area.C. Existing to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling duringselective demolition. When permitted by the COR, items may be removed to a suitable, protectedstorage location during selective demolition and then cleaned and reinstalled in their originallocations.1.3 MATERIALS OWNERSHIPA. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated toremain the Government's property, demolished materials shall become the Contractor's property andshall be removed from the site with further disposition at the Contractor's option.1.4 SUBMITTALSA. Schedule and provide applicable documentation regarding selective demolition activities indicatingthe following:1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates foreach activity.2. Coordination of shut-off, capping, and continuation of utility services.3. Use of freight elevator and stairs.4. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work to ensure uninterrupted progress ofGovernment's on-site operations.5. Coordination of Government's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and ofGovernment's partial occupancy of completed Work.SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233B. Record drawings at Project closeout: Identify and accurately locate capped utilities, if any, otherelectrical and / or mechanical conditions.1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Demolition Firm Qualifications: Engage an experienced firm that has successfully completed selectivedemolition Work similar to that indicated for this Project.B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations and all of OSHA’sstandards before starting selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations ofauthorities having jurisdiction.1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONSA. Government will occupy areas of the building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area.Conduct selective demolition so that Government's operations will not be disrupted. Provide not lessthan 10-calendar days notice to Government of activities that will affect Government's operations.B. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site will not be permitted.1.7 SCHEDULINGA. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Government's on-site operations.PART 2 - EXECUTION2.1 EXAMINATIONA. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped.B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selectivedemolition required.C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removedand salvaged.D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with the intendedfunction or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of the conflict.Promptly submit a written report to the COR.E. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolitionactivities.2.2 UTILITY SERVICESA. Maintain existing utilities in service and protect them against damage during selective demolitionoperations.SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082331. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or operating facilities, except when authorizedby COR. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable toCOR.a. Provide not less than 7 calendar days notice to Government if shutdown of service isrequired during changeover.B. Utility Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services servingbuilding to be selectively demolished.1. Government will arrange to shut off indicated utilities, if possible, when requested by Contractor.2. Where utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide bypassconnections to maintain continuity of service to other parts of the building before proceedingwith selective demolition.2.3 PREPARATIONA. Conduct demolition operations and remove debris to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets,walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities withoutpermission from COR. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways ifrequired by governing regulations.B. Conduct demolition operations to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings, facilities,and equipment to remain. Ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition areas.2.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITIONA. Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and asindicated. Use methods required to complete Work within limitations of governing regulations and asfollows:1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically. Complete selective demolition work withoutdisturbing structural supporting members.2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cuttingmethods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. To minimizedisturbance of adjacent surfaces, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding,not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain.3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existingfinished surfaces.4. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free falland to prevent ground impact or dust generation.5. Locate selective demolition equipment throughout the structure and remove debris and materialsso as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.6. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.7. Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing before start ofselective demolition operations.SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082332.5 PATCHING AND REPAIRSA. Promptly patch and repair holes and damaged surfaces caused to adjacent construction by selectivedemolition operations.B. Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials.1. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls to remain with an approvedmasonry patching material, applied according to manufacturer's printed recommendations.C. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into adjoining construction toremain in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing.D. Patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space where demolished walls extend one finishedarea into another. Provide a flush and even surface of uniform color and appearance.1. Closely match texture and finish of existing adjacent surface.2. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances.3. Where patching smooth painted surfaces, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken surfacecontaining the patch after the surface has received primer and second coat.4. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, toachieve uniform color and appearance.5. Inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation, where feasible.2.6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALSA. General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials toaccumulate on-site.B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Government's property and legally dispose of them.2.7 CLEANINGA. Sweep daily and as necessary the area of work on completion of selective demolition operation.B. Vacuum daily and as necessary the carpeted area impacted by the work, and minimize dust residuethroughout facility areas impacted by construction activities.C. Change filters on existing air-handling equipment in demolition areas upon completion of selectivedemolition operations or more often as needed.END OF SECTION 02070* * * * *SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 02080 - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITIONPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. Applicable provisions of Division 1 - General Requirements, Drawings, and other provisionsand requirements of the Contract Documents apply to work of this Section. This specificationis being included as part of the bid package to be followed for the removal of asbestos and leadcoated components that will be disturbed during the course of the project.B. This Section includes the removal, control and disposal of friable and non-friable asbestoscontaining materials (ACM) and lead coated components (LCC), which shall be encounteredduring the work at the ARTCC, in Hampton, GA. The work includes, but is not limited to: theconstruction of temporary enclosures to isolate the work area, the establishment of negativeairpressure within the isolated work area, the removal of ACM/LCC from the isolated workarea, and the packaging and legal disposal of the removed ACM/LCC from FAA property.1. Observe all existing conditions prior to submitting a bid. The Contractor is expected tohave considered, and included in their bid, all aspects and liability of the existingconditions and their impact, particularly to cost and health and safety of workers andoccupants, and proper function and operation of the facility. Additionally, the Contractorshall be aware of other work being performed. Failure to visit the site shall in no wayrelieve the Contractor from the necessity of furnishing materials or performing any workthat may be required to complete the work in accordance with the Contract Documentswithout additional cost to the FAA. All site visits required by the Contractor, shall bescheduled with the COTR.2. The quantities, locations and the extent of work indicated are only best estimates, whichare limited by the physical constraints imposed by occupancy of the facility. Quantities ofasbestos-containing thermal system insulation (molded corner insulation jackets) arequantified as plan area square feet not material surface area square feet. Plan area refers toa visual horizontal or vertical flat plane. Contractor shall be responsible for the abatementof all aspects of the substrates within the identified plan area. Material information andquantities were obtained from previous site surveys. Accordingly, minor variations (plusor minus 10 percent) in quantities within the limits of containment for the work area areconsidered as having no impact on contract sum and contract performance period.Locations of materials, different than indicated on drawings but within the limits ofcontainment, are considered as having no impact on contract sum and contractperformance period. Where additional abatement work is required beyond the abovevariations, the contract sum and contract performance period shall be adjusted underprovisions of Division 1 of the Specifications.C. ACM Locations - the following asbestos containing materials shall be encountered during theproject.ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082331. All asbestos-containing thermal system insulation (molded corner pipe jackets) shall beremoved and disposed of as asbestos containing.2. Items not scheduled for demolition shall be cleaned and protected from Hazmatactivities.D. ACM quantities to be abated. Refer to the contract drawings for identification of areas andlocations of materials to be abated. Coordinate abatement work with all areas of workscheduled for the project.E. LCCs quantities for removal. Lead-Based Paint (LBP), Paint-With Lead (PWL) and lead dustcontamination shall be abated and shall be removed from the area as necessary to allow othertrades to perform new painting and renovation work without disturbances or exposure toairborne or settled lead dust or debris. Contractor shall assume all painted surface areascontain LBP or PWL. Coordinate abatement work with all areas of work scheduled for theproject.F. This project may require lead paint spot abatement and lead component removal (identifiedstructural steel component removal, mechanical demolition, painted wall and ceiling surfacesand various mechanical components demolition shall be included as part of the demolitionpricing). This removal shall be handled under the “Unit Price” removal. Contractor is toprovide 2 unit prices: Unit Price Number 1 will be per square foot for Lead Spot Abatementand Unit Price Number 2 will be per square foot for Lead Coated Component Removal. Ifchemical spot abatement is required, work procedures will be according to chemicalmanufacturer recommendations and requirements of this section.1.2 REFERENCE DOCUMENTSThe following documents are included for general reference and may not be inclusive of allstandards applicable for this project. The current issue of the following documents on the date ofInvitation for Bids form a part of this specification and are applicable to the extent specified herein.Work shall conform to applicable federal, Commonwealth of Virginia and local government’sregulations and to the requirements specified in these Contract Documents. Wheneverinconsistencies occur between the referenced materials, the more stringent shall apply. The intentof these documents is to verify the Work is conducted at the highest level of safety.American National Standards Institute (ANSI)ANSI Z87.1 Occupational and Educational Eye and Face ProtectionANSI Z88.2 Respiratory ProtectionANSI Z89.1 Hard HatsANSI Z9.2 Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local ExhaustSystemsAmerican Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233ASTM C 732 Aging Effects of Artificial Weathering on Latex SealantsASTM D 522 Mandrel Bend Test of Attached Organic CoatingsASTM D 1331 Surface and Interfacial Tension of Solutions of Surface-Active AgentsASTM D 2794 Resistance of Organic Coatings to the Effects of Rapid Deformation(Impact)ASTM D 4397 Polyethylene Sheeting for Construction, Industrial, and AgriculturalApplicationsASTM E 84 Surface Burning Characteristics of Building MaterialsASTM E 96 Water Vapor Transmission of MaterialsASTM E 119 Fire Tests of Building Construction and MaterialsASTM E 736 Cohesion/Adhesion of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials Applied toStructural MembersASTM E 1368 Visual Inspection of Asbestos Abatement ProjectsASTM D 2986 Evaluation of Air Assay Media by the Monodisperse DOP (DioctylPhthalate) Smoke TestASTM D 4884-96 Standard Test Method for Strength of Sewn or Thermally Bonded Seamsof GeotextilesCode of Federal Regulations (CFR)29 CFR Part 1910 Occupational Safety and Health StandardsSubpart I Personal Protective Equipment1910.132 General Requirements1910.134 Respiratory ProtectionSubpart J General Environmental Controls1910.145 Specifications for Accident Prevention Signs and TagsSubpart Z Toxic and Hazardous Substances1910.1000 Air Contaminants1910.1001 Asbestos1910.1025 Lead1910.1200 Hazard Communication29 CFR Part 1926 Safety and Health Regulations for the Construction IndustrySubpart D Occupational Health and Environmental Controls1926.51 Sanitation1926.52 Occupational Noise Control1926.56 Illumination1926.62 LeadSubpart E Personal Protective & Life Saving Equipment1926.100 Head Protection1926.101 Hearing Protection1926.102 Eye and Face Protection1926.103 Respiratory Protection1926.104 Safety Belts, Lifelines, and lanyardsSubpart F Fire Protection and PreventionASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082331926.150 Fire Protection1926.151 Fire Prevention1926.154 Temporary Heating DevicesSubpart J Welding and Cutting1926.350 Gas Welding and Cutting1926.352 Fire Prevention1926.353 Ventilation and Protection in Welding, Cutting and HeatingSubpart K Electrical – Safety Related Work Practices1926.416 General Requirements1926.417 Lockout and tagging of circuits1926.418 1926.430 (Reserved)Subpart L Scaffolds1926.450 Scope, Application, and Definitions Applicable to this Subpart1926.451 General Requirements1926.452 Additional Requirements Applicable to Specific Types of Scaffolds1926.453 Aerial Lifts1926.454 Training RequirementsAppendix A Scaffold SpecificationsSubpart M Fall Protection1926.500 Scope, Applicability, and Definitions Applicable to this Subpart1926.501 Duty to Have Fall Protection1926.502 Fall Protection Systems Criteria and Practices1926.503 Training RequirementsSubpart N Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, Elevators, & Conveyors1926.552 Material Hoists, Personnel Hoists, and ElevatorsSubpart Z Toxic & Hazardous Substances1926.1101 AsbestosAppendix F Work Practices and Engineering Controls for Major Asbestos Removal,Renovation, and Demolition OperationsAppendix I Medical Surveillance Guidelines for Asbestos40 CFR Environmental Protection AgencyPart 61Subpart M National Emission Standard for AsbestosPart 261 Identification and Listing of Hazardous WastePart 763 AsbestosSubpart E Asbestos-Containing Materials in SchoolsSubpart G Asbestos Worker Protection49 CFR Department of TransportationPart 173 Shippers - General Requirements for Shipments and PackagingNational Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH). Department of Health and HumanServicesMethod 7400FibersASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233Method 7402Method 7082Method 7105Asbestos FibersAtomic Absorption; FlameAtomic Absorption; Graphite FurnaceNational Fire Protection Association (NFPA)70 National Electrical Code241 Construction and Renovations701 Standard Method of Fire Tests for Flame-Resistant Textiles and Films.Compressed Gas Association (CGA)CGA G-7CGA G-7Compressed Air for Human RespiratorsCommodity Specifications for AirUnderwriters Laboratories (UL)UL 586High-Efficiency Particulate Air Filter UnitsOther StandardsNSF 49National Sanitation Foundation Class II (Laminar Flow) Biohazard CabinetryFederal Aviation Administration (FAA) OrdersArticle 77Article 52Order 1050.20AOrder 3900.19BLocal OrderAgreement between DOT/FAA and the National Air Traffic ControllersAssociation (NATCA)Agreement between DOT/FAA and the Professional AirwaysSystem Specialists (PASS)Airway Facilities Asbestos ControlFAA Occupational Safety and Health ProgramFacility Asbestos Abatement Contingency PlanState of Georgia RequirementsGeorgia Board for Asbestos, Lead, and Home Inspectors, Asbestos Licensing Regulations,Code of Virginia, 1950, as amended, in Title 54.1, Chapter 5State of Georgia, State Air Pollution Control Board, Regulations for the Control andAbatement of Air Pollution – 9VAC5 Chapter 60, Hazardous Air PollutantsGeorgia Department of Labor and Industry (DOLI) regulates asbestos through enforcementof the Georgia Occupational Safety and Health (VOSH) regulations, enforcementof the EPA NESHAPS, and enforcement of the Asbestos Notification regulationsfound in the Labor Laws of Georgia (40.1-51.20).Class A or Class B Contractor’s License, Code of Georgia, Title 54, Chapter 7Asbestos Inspection Requirements of the Georgia Uniform Statewide Building Code 108.1ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082331.3 DEFINITIONSA. The following terms used in the text shall be defined as follows:1. CIH: An Industrial Hygienist certified in the comprehensive practice of industrialhygiene by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene.2. Class I Asbestos Work: Activities involving the removal of thermal system insulation(TSI) and surfacing ACM.3. Class II Asbestos Work: Activities involving the removal of ACM that is not thermalsystem insulation or surfacing material. This includes, but is not limited to, theremoval of asbestos-containing wallboard, floor tile and sheeting, siding shingles, andconstruction mastic.4. Class III Asbestos Work: Repair and maintenance operations where ACM, includingTSI and surfacing ACM, is likely to be disturbed. Operations may include drilling,abrading, cutting a hole, cable pulling, crawling through tunnels or attics and spacesabove the ceiling, where asbestos or asbestos-containing debris is actively disturbed.Removal of small amounts of ACM that would fit into a single 60 x 60 inch glove bagor disposal bag may be classified as a Class III job if the intent is repair andmaintenance.5. Class IV Asbestos Work: Maintenance and custodial construction activities duringwhich employees contact but do not disturb ACM and activities to clean up dust, wasteand debris resulting from Class I, II, and III activities. This may include dustingsurfaces where ACM waste and debris and accompanying dust exists and cleaning uploose ACM debris from TSI or surfacing ACM following construction.6. Competent Person: On all construction worksites the contractor shall designate acompetent person having the qualifications and authority for ensuring worker safetyand health as required by 29 CFR 1926.20 and for overseeing asbestos-related work asrequired by 29 CFR 1926.1101. The duties of the competent person include, but arenot limited to, the following: establishing the negative pressure enclosure, ensuring itsintegrity, controlling entry into and exit from the enclosure, and ensuring workers wearrequired personal protective equipment and are trained in the use of hygiene facilities,work practices, and decontamination procedures specified in this specification andapplicable regulations.7. COTR: Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative8. Critical Barrier: 2 Layers of independently installed 6 mil polyethylene sheeting sealedover the openings in the work area (or other similarly placed physical barrier)sufficient to prevent airborne fibers in the work area from migrating to an adjacentarea.9. Demarcated Area: An area that has been isolated from the remaining portions of thebuilding by installing critical barriers and/or flapped barriers on thedoorways/entrances/and other openings to the area, posting the area with OSHAapproved warning signage to prevent unauthorized entry, and providing HEPAequipped ventilation equipment to filter the air and provide directed airflow out of thearea.ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 6

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-90823310. Friable ACM: A term as defined in 40 CFR 61, Subpart M and EPA 340/1-90-018 thatmeans any material containing more than 1 percent asbestos as determined using themethod specified in 40 CFR 763, Appendix A, Subpart F, Section 1, Polarized LightMicroscopy, that when dry, can be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder byhand pressure.11. High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) Filter: A filter capable of trapping andretaining at least 99.97 percent of all mono-dispersed particles of 0.3 micrometers indiameter.12. Immediately: In this Section, the definition of this term shall be as follows: When thecontractor is on-site, immediately refers actions required to take place within 15minutes of being notified. When the contractor is off-site, immediately refers to actionsrequired to take place within 2 hours of being notified.13. Monitoring Contractor (MC): contracted as a third party to the FAA, to performinspections and air monitoring. Project Monitor shall satisfy the requirements of 18VAC 15-20-455 Standards of Practice and Conduct for Asbestos Project Monitor.Project monitors who analyze PCM air samples on site shall be employed by a licensedanalytical laboratory and shall be listed or have applied for listing in the AAR andrated “acceptable” or is accredited by the AIHA or has been rated “proficient” in theAIHA administered PAT program’s most recent round of asbestos evaluations. TheFAA further requires the successful participation in the past four (4) rounds of thePAT program.14. Presumed Asbestos-Containing Material (PACM): Thermal system insulation andsurfacing material found in buildings constructed no later than 1980.15. Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL): OSHA PELs are worker exposure limits regulatingthe amount or concentration of a substance in air that shall not be exceeded. (1) Anairborne concentration of asbestos of 0.1 fibers per cubic centimeter of air (f/cc) as aneight- (8) hour time weighted average (TWA). (2) An airborne concentration ofasbestos of 1.0 f/cc as averaged over a sampling period of thirty (30) minutes(Excursion Limit). The OSHA PEL for lead is 50 micrograms per cubic meter of air(ug/m 3 ) and the action level is 30 ug/m 3 both determined as an 8-hour TWA. TheOSHA PEL for lead is reduced if the standard work-shift is greater than 8 hours. Theformula for calculating time adjusted OSHA PEL for lead is 400 divided by number ofhours worked. Accordingly, a 10-hour work shift would results in an OSHA PEL forlead of 40 ug/m 3 .16. Time-Weighted Average (TWA): The TWA is an 8-hour time weighted averageconcentration of airborne asbestos fibers (longer than 5 micrometers) per cubiccentimeter of air that represents the employee's 8-hour workday as determined byAppendix A of 29 CFR 1926.1101. The TWA applies to lead exposure as shown initem 15 above.1.4 PRE-BID CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATION SELECTION SUBMITTALSA. Contractor Identification: The Abatement Contractor shall be licensed by the State ofGeorgia for the purpose of removal, encapsulation, enclosure, demolition, andASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 7

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233maintenance of structures of components covered by or composed of asbestos containingmaterials and lead containing coatings.1. Company name and address (street and mailing if different).2. Name of individual supplying information.3. Name of parent company, if any.4. Georgia State Business License5. Georgia Asbestos Abatement Contractors License.6. Georgia Lead Abatement Contractors License.7. Project Manager Name.8. Address of office responsible for this project.9. Telephone number.B. Insurance: Contractor shall have at a minimum the following insurance.Commercial General Liability $5 million per occurrence and aggregate with bodilyinjury and property damage coverageAutomobile Liability $5 million per occurrence and aggregate with bodilyinjury coverageWorker’s Compensation Consistent with Commonwealth of Virginia statutoryrequirementsEmployer’s Liability $2 million per occurrence and each employeePollution Liability$5 million per occurrence and aggregateC. Staff:1. Number of full-time company employees.2. Names and resumes of local office Company Officers.3. Names of local office full-time field supervisory personnel, and years of asbestos andlead removal experience, include resumes.4. Names of local office part-time field supervisory personnel, and years of asbestosand lead removal experience, include resumes.5. Number of local office full-time foreman and laborers.6. Number of local office part-time foreman and laborers.7. Name of employees’ union(s), if any.8. Usual ratio of supervisory to labor personnel used.D. Experience:1. Briefly describe company history.2. Provide evidence verifying the company has a minimum of three (3) years ofsuccessful abatement experience working in the State of Georgia.3. Provide a representative list (at least three projects) of successful abatement projectsworking in occupied environments, such as in hospitals or computer centers. Listproject name, date, size, duration, removal cost, references and telephone numbersfor each project.ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 8

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082334. State average yearly dollar volume of abatement removal work over the past twoyears.E. Regulatory (Past 5 Years):1. List and explain warnings or citations received from Federal, State of Georgia orLocal Regulatory Agencies related to asbestos and/or lead abatement activities.Include project name, date and resolution.2. List assessed penalties, liquidated damages or schedule overruns and resolutions,which occurred. Include contract terminations.3. List projects where the owner, architect or consultant halted project activities. Statethe project name, date, reason for shutdown and resolutions.4. List asbestos or lead related legal proceedings/claims in which the company (oremployees scheduled to participate in this project) have participated or are currentlyinvolved. Include descriptions of role, issue and resolution to date.F. Medical Requirements: Provide a copy of the company's Medical Surveillance Program.G. Abatement Training: Provide a copy of the company's training program for supervisorsand laborers. The program shall include, but is not limited to, how often training isconducted, who conducts the training, when it is conducted, what the duration of theprogram is and how documentation of training is accomplished for asbestos and lead.H. Respiratory Protection: Provide a copy of the company's respiratory protection trainingprogram.I. Health and Safety Program: Provide a copy of the company's health and safety program.J. Submittal Notarization: Sign and date submittal by an officer of the company, indicatingname and title of person signing.1.5 POST-AWARD CONTRACTOR SUBMTTALS (Provide six (6) copies of the following):A. Abatement Documentation:1. Contractor State of Georgia Licensesa. State of Georgia Business Licenseb. State of Georgia Asbestos Contractors Licensec. State of Georgia Lead Contractors License2. Asbestos and Lead (as required) abatement regulatory notifications3. An abatement schedule in time line format shall include the following (detail eachstep (as necessary))a. Preparation Timeb. Notification Start Datec. Duration of Demolition/Abatement Activitiesd. Duration of CleaningASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 9

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233e. FAA/CIH /MC Inspection Timef. Encapsulation and Drying Timeg. Final Clearanceh. Tear Down4. Interface of trades involved in the construction to support the sequencing ofasbestos-related work including, but not limited to:a. Electricians: Providing electrical power for each containment.b. Plumbers: Providing water supply and/or sanitary sewer connections,mechanical plumbing separations, etc.c. Scaffold Erectors: Installation of scaffold systemsi. Contractor Performing Scaffold Erectionii. Type of Scaffold Systemiii. Drawings and load calculations detailing Scaffold Layout, if used.5. Negative Pressure Calculations for each containment. NIOSH has determined thatthe typical negative air machine operates at approximately 50% efficiency.Accordingly, Contractor shall use 50% of rated capacity when calculating thenumber of negative air machines required. A negative air machine rated at 2,000CFM shall be considered a 1,000 CFM for calculation purposes.6. Disposal Requirements:a. Asbestos Transporter Identificationb. Hazardous Waste Transporter Identificationc. Asbestos Landfilld. Hazardous Waste LandfillB. The Contractor shall prepare a Safety, Health and Accident Prevention Plan (SHAPP) forall work that shall be performed under this contract. The Contractor shall incorporate therequirements and procedures of the Washington ARTCC Asbestos AbatementContingency Plan into the SHAPP. At a minimum, the SHAPP shall include thefollowing:1. Emergency procedures shall be in written form and prominently posted in theclean change area and equipment room of the worker decontamination area andin the contractor office trailer. Everyone, prior to entering the work area, shall berequired to read and sign these procedures to acknowledge receipt andunderstanding of work site layout, location of emergency exits and emergencyprocedures. The Contractor shall review and designate containment areaemergency exits in adequate number and location to safely exit workers in theevent of the need to do so. Consideration shall be given to the resultantcontamination, but as a second priority to life safety. The Contractor shall beresponsible for required decontamination.2. Emergency planning shall include considerations of fire, explosion, toxic oroxygen deficient atmospheres, electrical hazards, slips, trips and falls, confinedspaces and heat/cold related injury. Written procedures shall be developed andemployee training in procedures shall be provided.ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 10

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082333. Emergency planning shall include a Hazard Communication Program(HAZCOM). A written HAZCOM program shall be established andimplemented according to 29 CFR 1926.59. Copies of Material Data Sheets(MSDS) for chemicals brought on-site by the Contractor shall be attached to thewritten HAZCOM Program. The COTR has the option of disallowing the use ofsome chemicals due to high toxicity, objectionable odors, and when moresuitable substitutes are available.C. Project Personnel1. Provide number of full-time asbestos workers and asbestos supervisors that shallbe assigned to this project.2. Provide number of crews and shifts for this project.3. Provide documentation for each employee including:a. Documentation from a physician that employees or agents who may beexposed to airborne asbestos or airborne lead in excess of backgroundlevels have been medically monitored to determine whether they arephysically capable of working while wearing the respirator required ina hot environment without suffering adverse health effects. In addition,the Contractor shall document that personnel have received medicalmonitoring as required in 29 CFR 1926.62 and 1926.1101. Thisdocumentation shall be submitted for each employee entering theregulated (removal) area and must be current within the past 12months.b. Submit and maintain current copies of employee-accredited asbestosand lead training certificates and Commonwealth of Virginia licensesfor asbestos and lead at the work site for the duration of the project.c. Provide a copy of a current (within the last 12 months) and acceptablefit test(s) for all employees with the respirator(s) that shall be used forthe abatement.d. The Contractor shall submit signed certificates for each employeestating that each employee has received the following:1. Received training in the proper handling of materials thatcontain asbestos and lead, as applicable.2. Understands the health implications and risks involved(including the illnesses possible from exposure to airborneasbestos fibers or to airborne lead particulate).3. Understands the use and limits of the respiratory equipment tobe used.4. Understands the results of monitoring of airborne quantities ofasbestos and lead as related to health and respiratory equipment.5. Understands the project scope and has been given projectspecific training.ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 11

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233D. Laboratories: Submit documentation that the laboratory(ies) to be used by the AbatementContractor for Personnel Samples on this contract is accredited and licensed by theCommonwealth of Virginia.1. For asbestos air samples the laboratory shall be accredited by the AmericanIndustrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) for Phase Contrast Microscopy and hassuccessful completion in the last four rounds in the American Industrial HygieneAssociation (AIHA) Proficiency Analytical Testing (PAT) Program. Project Monitorshall satisfy the requirements of 18 VAC 15-20-455 Standards of Practice andConduct for Asbestos Project Monitor. Project monitors who analyze PCM airsamples on site shall be employed by a licensed analytical laboratory and shall belisted or have applied for listing in the AAR and rated “acceptable” or is accreditedby the AIHA or has been rated “proficient” in the AIHA administered PATprogram’s most recent round of asbestos evaluations. The FAA further requires thesuccessful participation in the past four (4) rounds of the PAT program.2. For lead air samples, the laboratory shall be accredited by the American IndustrialHygiene Association (AIHA) and participates in the Environmental Lead LaboratoryAccreditation Program (ELLAP) and satisfy the requirement of the Commonwealthof Virginia.E. Product Data: Submit Manufacturer Product Data on the following:1. HEPA equipped Air Filtration Devices (AFDs) Product Data2. HEPA equipped vacuum unit Product Data3. Disposable Clothing Product Data4. Respirator(s) Product Data5. Portable Shower Product Data6. Wetting Agent Product Data and MSDS7. Encapsulant Product Data and MSDS8. Chemical Stripper Product Data, MSDS, and Manufacturer recommended workpractices for the product9. Spray Adhesive Product Data and MSDS10. Low Odor Mastic Remover Product Data and MSDS11. Polyethylene Sheeting Product Data12. Waste Water Filter and Equipment Product Data13. Airless Sprayer Product Data14. Asbestos Disposal Bag Product DataF. Miscellaneous: Provide copies of written notification to any rental company concerningthe intended use of rental equipment (including scaffolding), the possibility of asbestosand lead contamination, and the decontamination procedures that shall be used prior tothe return of the equipment.G. Certified Industrial Hygienist: Provide the name, address, telephone number, andcopies of the CIH’s current ABIH certificate or letter from the ABIH and resumedocumenting at least two years of asbestos abatement experience.ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 12

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233H. Submittal Notarization: The submittal shall be approved, signed and dated by an officerof the company and the contractors CIH and project monitor indicating name and title ofeach person signing. This shall constitute written acceptance of the provided AsbestosAbatement Plan as the project design plan, note any changes from the design, quantitiesor sequencing.1.6 ONGOING PROJECT SUBMITTALSA. Submit required documentation for new employees, equipment, materials or chemicalsthat arrive onsite at least one day prior to arrival onsite.B. Submit on a weekly basis, previous week’s daily field notes and containment sign insheets for the project.C. Submit delivery manifest 48 hours in advance of delivery date.D. Submit OSHA compliance monitoring results within 48 hours of collection date.E. Submit required Federal, Commonwealth of Virginia and Local documentation regardingthe transportation and disposal of ACM and lead containing materials at the earliestpossible time.1.7 PROJECT CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALSA. Closeout Submittal: Within 30 days of the completion of the work, the AbatementContractor shall provide a closeout submittal. The closeout submittal shall consist of thefollowing documents:1. Written certification on final completion of the Work that Work complies withContract Documents.2. Certification that items on punch list issued at substantial completion have beencompleted or corrected and that tools, construction equipment and surplusmaterials have been removed from the site.3. Contractor daily logs for abatement work.4. Contractor entry/exit logs for each containment.5. Copies of Waste Manifests for the project.6. Copies of asbestos and lead worker and supervisory personnel certifications, fittest records, and physicians written opinion forms.7. Copies of air monitoring results by Commonwealth of Virginia licensed ProjectMonitor and licensed analytical laboratory.1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONA. The work consists of the containment and removal of asbestos containing materials andlead containing coatings. Lead containing coatings shall be removed as necessary toallow other trades to perform their work without risk of exposure to airborne lead.Asbestos and lead are materials, which can cause a serious health risk to humans. Local,State of Georgia, FAA Orders and federal rules, regulations and laws govern the work.The Contractor agrees by accepting the contract that their company is fullyASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 13

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233knowledgeable of this information and shall bear full responsibility for the health andsafety of workers, FAA's employees and invitees, and third parties, who come in contactwith the work site.B. The COTR shall employ an independent Monitoring Contractor (MC) licensed by theState of Georgia to verify conformance of the abatement contractor to the ContractDocuments.C. The Abatement Contractor shall cooperate with the COTR and the MC. This cooperationshall include allowing access to the work areas to allow for visual and air monitoring,collecting samples, providing requested data on personnel, equipment, scheduling andfacilitating COTR's monitoring of the work.D. The Contractor shall not allow anyone access to the site who is not authorized by theCOTR to enter the site of work.E. The ARTCC facility is a 24-hour per day, 7-day per week facility, which is essential tothe safe operation of air traffic in the control area. The Contractor shall be responsiblefor the continuous protection of this facility and its employees and shall immediatelynotify the COTR in the event of a breach of any regulated work areas. Coordinateconstruction and abatement activities with the COTR in order to prevent any disruptionof FAA operations.1.9 WORK BY COTR1. Disruption of operations for any amount of time could jeopardize the safety ofthe flying public and may result is criminal prosecution.2. The FAA shall occupy the facility during construction activities. The Contractorshall cooperate fully with the COTR during construction operations to minimizeconflicts and to facilitate FAA usage. The Contractor shall perform the work soas not to interfere with FAA operations. The Contractor shall provide FAApersonnel access to equipment remaining in service. The Contractor shallconstruct containments to allow travel routes for FAA personnel and to allowmoving of necessary equipment. Fire exits shall remain accessible andoperational throughout the project.3. The work shall be limited to specific areas of the building and site. UnlimitedContractor access is specifically not permitted. Arrangements for use of thebuildings and site shall be restricted to those areas specifically allowed by theCOTR. Other contractors shall be working at the site prior to and after asbestosabatement. The Contractor shall cooperate with other contractors and preventwork by others from jeopardizing the asbestos work. Construction planningmeetings shall be held once a week to discuss other projects that could adverselyimpact the asbestos abatement project.A. Environmental monitoring and sample analysis (by separate contract).ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 14

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233B. The shutdown, lockout/tag out and re-start of mechanical equipment, and all energizedsource.C. The shutdown, lockout/tag out and re-start of electrical circuits and equipment.1.10 NOTIFICATIONA. The Contractor is responsible for asbestos and lead related notifications, permits, andassociated fees prior to and following abatement. Notify the COTR twenty (20) workingdays prior to the start of the onsite abatement operations. The Department of Labor andIndustry requires completion of their project notifications forms and requires that theforms be submitted twenty (20) calendar days prior to the project start date.1.11 HOURS OF WORKA. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to work hours as specified in these specifications andin Division 1. Deviations shall be pre-approved, in writing by the COTR 48 hours inadvance. Noisy activities as determined by the FAA may be limited to the hours of 10pmto 6am. Work methods that result in unacceptable disturbance or rejection by the FAAshall not result in an increase to the contract sum or extension of the contract time.Project shall not result in objectionable odors, disturbances or noise during this project.B. Request to change work hours or overtime proposed by the Contractor shall require theCOTR’s written approval prior to implementing changes. The rejection of request forchange shall not result in an increase to the contract sum or extending contract time.1.12 SCHEDULEA. Contractor shall adhere to the schedule as defined in the contract documents.1.13 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETINGA. The COTR shall schedule a preconstruction meeting after the Notice to Proceed. Theminimum agenda shall consist of the following:1. Designation of responsible personnel, competent persons and name the FAAthird party monitoring contractor. The FAA shall retain the monitoringcontractor as a third party, and shall have the authority and responsibility definedby the COTR.2. Establishing chain of authority.3. Tentative abatement schedule, as identified by the Contractor.4. Critical work sequencing, scheduling.5. Processing of field decisions and change orders.6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents.ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 15

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233PART 2 - PRODUCTS7. Review of the facility Asbestos Contingency Plan.8. Submittals: schedules, shop drawings, product data and samples, manufacturer'scertifications of products, manpower reports, major equipment deliveries andpriorities, procedures for maintaining record documents, use of FAA facilities bycontractor (access, parking, office area, storage area, and waste load-outs), safetyand first aid procedures, security procedures and housekeeping procedures.2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTMaterial and Equipment - Prior to bringing material and equipment on site it shall beclean of environmental contamination or debris.A. Materials and products shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.134, 29 CFR1926.62 and 29 CFR 1926.1101.B. Polyethylene Sheeting: ASTM D4397, 6 mils thick, flame-retardant. Sheeting shall meetflammability requirements of NFPA 701, and flame spread and smoke densityrequirements of ASTM E84.C. Duct Tape: Waterproof, pressure-sensitive adhesive tape, 3 mils (min.) thick by 3 incheswide for criticals, containment seams and repairs, and decon units; 2 inch wide may beused only on disposal bags and personnel clothing.D. FSK Tape: Waterproof, pressure-sensitive adhesive tape, 2 mils (min) thick by 3 incheswide for criticals, containment seams, repairs, and decon units.E. High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) Filtered Vacuum: Vacuum(s) shall be:1. Be capable of removing 99.97% of the asbestos particles (0.3 microns or greaterin diameter) from the air.2. Be portable.3. Be equipped with hoses of sufficient length to reach areas behind pipes, ductsand other obstacles.4. Have new filters installed at the beginning of the project. The filters shall bechanged on a regular basis for the duration of the project.5. Be tested and certified onsite by the MC in accordance with NSF-49. Prior totesting by the MC, the abatement contractor shall have all anticipated requiredmachines for the project available on-site for testing. Testing without cost to theabatement contractor shall occur only one time by the MC. Any additionalmachine testing (or re-testing of failed units) cost shall be the responsibility ofthe abatement contractor.6. Be removed from the FAA property immediately if they are found to be nonconforming.ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 16

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233F. HEPA Filtered Ventilation System: Portable ventilation system designed to exhaust andclean the air inside the enclosure prior to exhausting to the outside of the building. Theunits shall have at least three (3) filter stages, including readily accessible pre- andsecondary filters, and a final filter which shall be a High Efficiency Particulate Air(HEPA) filter. The units shall:1. Be capable of capturing particles having a diameter of 0.3 micrometers or greaterin size with an efficiency of 99.97%.2. Be equipped with the automatic restart feature.3. Have new filters installed prior to the onset of abatement activities. The filtersshall be changed on a regular basis for the duration of the project.4. Be located as far away from the fresh air intakes as possible.5. Be tested and certified onsite by the MC in accordance with NSF-49. Prior totesting by the MC, the abatement contractor shall have all anticipated requiredmachines for the project available on-site for testing. Testing without cost to theabatement contractor shall occur only one time by the MC. Any additionalmachine testing (or re-testing of failed units) cost shall be the responsibility ofthe abatement contractor.6. Be removed from the FAA property immediately if they are found to be nonconforming.G. Ducts: All HEPA ventilation ducts from the negative air machines shall be constructed ofnew and unused two-ply polyvinyl with polyester reinforced tubing. The attachment ofthe ducts shall be spliced by means of sheet metal connectors and sealed in order toinsure an adequate seal. The attachment of the ducts shall withstand the force from themachines for the entire duration of the project. The construction shall be inspected andapproved by the MC prior to the start of abatement activities. The Contractor’sSuperintendent shall have the responsibility of inspecting the integrity of the exhaustducts on a regular basis throughout the duration of the abatement activities.H. Wetting Agent: Provide water to which a surfactant has been added. Use a mixture ofsurfactant and water which results in wetting of the asbestos-containing material and inretardation of fiber release during disturbance of the material, equal to or greater thanthat provided by the use of one ounce of a surfactant consisting of 50 percentpolyoxyethylene ester and 50 percent polyoxyethylene ether mixed with five gallons ofwater.I. Encapsulant: Provide a lockdown encapsulant/sealant, which shall be compatible withthe existing surfaces and temperatures anticipated along with assurances from themanufacturer that the application will not result in toxic or objectionable odors. Taint (ortint) the encapsulant with a contrasting color, to be approved by the COTR, so as toidentify coverage. Lockdown encapsulant shall be applied following successfulcompletion of final visual inspection by the COTR MC.ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 17

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233J. Airless Sprayer: Hand-pump type, pressure-can sprayer fabricated of either metal orplastic, equipped with a wand at the end of a hose capable of delivering a stream or sprayof liquid under pressure.K. Respirators: Personal protective breathing equipment shall be in accordance with 29CFR 1926.62 and 29 CFR 1926.1101. Respirators shall protect workers at or below 0.01f/cc inside the facepiece based on assigned protection factors of OSHA, NIOSH orANSI, whichever is most protective of the worker. Lead exposure shall be less than 30ug/m3 determined as an 8-hour TWA.L. Signs and Labels: Signs and labels shall be provided in accordance with 29 CFR1926.62, 29 CFR 1926.1101 and 40 CFR 61 subpart M.M. Disposal Bags: Leak-tight, 6 mil thick clear polyethylene bags with appropriate hazardwarning, per EPA regulations 40 CFR 61.150 (a) (1) (v), OSHA requirement 29 CFR1926.1101 and DOT.N. Miscellaneous Materials: Provide tangible supplies (such as coveralls, duct tape, soap,shampoo, towels, etc.), for persons entering the regulated area. This includes COTRpersonnel, monitoring contractor and other persons approved for entry.O. Air Monitoring Equipment. The equipment shall include, but not be limited to:1. Low-volume, battery powered, body-attachable, portable personal pumps with apower pack capable of sustaining the calibrated flow rate for a minimum of 10 hours.2. Standard 25-millimeter diameter, 0.8 micron pore size filters and cassettes inaccordance with 29 CFR 1926.1101, for asbestos personal and area air sampling.Standard 25-millimeter diameter, 0.45 micron pore size filters for final TEMclearance sampling.3. Standard 37-millimeter diameter, 0.8 micron pore size filters and cassettes inaccordance with 29 CFR 1926.62, for lead personal air sampling.4. A flow calibrator capable of calibration to within plus or minus 5 percent of readingover a temperature range of minus 20 degrees C (minus 4 degrees F) to plus 60degrees C (140 degrees F) and traceable to a National Institute of Standards andTechnology (NIST) primary standard.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORKA. Comply with the requirements of these Specifications and ANSI Z9.2, 29 CFR 1910.145,29 CFR 1926.62, 29 CFR 1926.1101 and 40 CFR 61 and 763 and State of Georgia. Themost stringent of codes, standards, orders and regulations shall apply. The followingshall be considered as the typical sequence to the asbestos/lead work. Refer to thefollowing sections for specific procedures for the project.ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 18

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233B. Environmental Monitoring: Environmental monitoring for airborne asbestos fiberconcentrations, airborne lead concentrations, containment pressure differential, and thirdparty inspections shall be accomplished by the FAA’s monitoring contractor, who shallbe under a separate contract with the FAA. This monitoring contractor shall responddirectly to the COTR.C. Wet Removal: ACM shall be removed using an amended water wet removal method asrecommended by the EPA340/1-90-019 Asbestos NESHAP Adequately Wet GuidanceDocument and OSHA. The Contractor shall provide for the continual prevention ofexcessive water accumulation throughout the duration of the project and shall post aminimum of one abatement worker to monitor adjacent spaces of the facility for waterleakage outside the containment at all times when wet removal is in progress.D. Housekeeping: Essential parts of abatement dust control are housekeeping and clean upprocedures. Maintain surfaces of the abatement work area free of accumulations ofasbestos or lead debris. Give meticulous attention to restricting the spread of dust anddebris. Keep waste from being distributed over the general area. The use of compressedair to move waste material or dust is prohibited. Material generated during gross removalshall be immediately packaged and removed from the containment at the end of eachshift and shall not be allowed to accumulate inside the work area. The COTR or MCshall inspect the removal area daily for residual debris inside and outside the regulatedwork area.E. Abatement Superintendent: The Contractor shall designate a qualified employee assuperintendent. The superintendent shall meet the requirements of a competentperson/supervisor in accordance with OSHA and possesses at least 5 years asbestos/leadabatement experience. The competent person shall perform the following:1. Oversee all Contractor personnel performing any abatement related work,including:a) Experienced/trained carpenters.b) Licensed electricians.c) Licensed mechanical workers (plumbers and steamfitters).2. Oversee construction of all enclosures, including the worker decontaminationchamber and the waste load-out chamber.3. Control entry to and exit from the removal area.4. Supervise all employee exposure monitoring required by OSHA.5. Verify the proper use of protective clothing and equipment.6. Verify that all occupants of the removal area are properly trained and certified.7. Verify the proper use of hygiene facilities and decontamination procedures.8. Verify that all engineering controls are functioning per design.F. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain two-way radios for communication forcontractor personnel and a minimum of two radios of the same make and frequency forCOTR use. The superintendent shall use these radios to maintain constant contact withthe COTR. The radios shall be returned to the contractor at the completion of the project.ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 19

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233The COTR and the center shall approve the radios for use before the contractor initiatestheir use. An adequacy test of all radios shall be conducted to verify clear, static-freecommunications throughout the building. The purpose is to maintain tighter projectcontrol and to be able to immediately pass on information relating to air monitoringresults, breaches in containment, water leaks, excess noise, objectionable odors andpressure differential readings.G. Disposal Supervisor: The Contractor shall designate a qualified individual to oversee thefollowing "clean-up", "housekeeping" and disposal tasks in accordance with theseSpecifications, specifically:1. Continuous floor and horizontal surface clean up.2. Continuous clean up of abatement debris.3. Continuous collection and disposal of water build-up. No puddling or pondingwater shall be tolerated. Water or mastic solvent seeping through the concretefloor is not permitted.4. Regular inspection of disposal procedures to verify conformance with thisspecification as well as all Federal, Commonwealth of Virginia and Local Laws.5. The disposal supervisor shall be responsible for notifying the COTR prior todelivery of any disposal vehicles. The COTR shall conduct an inspection ofevery vehicle to ensure it is delivered in a clean and empty condition. Therejected disposal vehicle shall be replaced at no additional cost to the FAA.H. Inspection by the COTR: During abatement work, the work shall be subject to on-siteinspection by the COTR, who may be assisted by the monitoring contractor (MC).I. Work Stoppage: The COTR shall immediately issue a "stop work" order to theContractor for any of the reasons listed below. No work shall be allowed to resume untilthe conditions stabilize and upon approval from the COTR. Standby time required toidentify and resolve the problem shall be at the expense of the Contractor and mayinclude the costs incurred by the extended efforts of the FAA's Monitoring Contractor.1. If asbestos air monitoring results outside the containment indicate the presence ofairborne asbestos fibers outside the containment to be greater than 0.02 f/cc abovebaseline.2. If lead air monitoring results outside the containment indicate the presence ofairborne lead outside the containment to be greater than 30 ug/m 3 .3. If the pressure differential inside the containment varies beyond the design pressuredifferentials established for the project. The change in pressure differentials shall notexceed a one (1) minute interval.4. If excessive water accumulations appear or if water leakage or contamination isdetected in areas adjacent to the removal area.5. If the work is found to violate specified requirements.6. If conditions arise that may adversely impact or disrupt the flying operations orworking conditions at the facility.ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 20

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082333.2 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTA. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE): The Contractor shall provide tangible PPE forworkers, COTR representatives, monitoring contractor and authorized visitors.Abatement contractor respiratory protection shall comply with 29 CFR 1910.134, 29CFR 1926.62, and 29 CFR 1926.1101. During Class 1 gross removal activities, at aminimum, PAPR respirator protection is required for the project. Respirator must protectworkers at or below 0.01 f/cc inside the facepiece based on OSHA, NIOSH or ANSIassigned protection factors, whichever is most protective of the worker.3.3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND UTILITIESA. Field Office: The Contractor shall furnish the contractor's own temporary office space.B. Temporary Electric: The Contractor shall provide and maintain a specified secondaryelectrical power center for asbestos and lead removal operations throughout theabatement period. Connection locations and lockout/tag out shall be as directed by theCOTR and electric power shall be provided at no charge to the Contractor. Under nocircumstances shall FAA existing electrical circuits be used by the Contractor for anypurpose, without prior authorization from the COTR.1. The Contractor shall provide:a. Main distribution panel with a capacity of 110-120 volts, single phase and 60hertz and of sufficient capacity to service the complete project.b. Circuit protection for each circuit.c. Ground fault interruption protection for all circuits.d. Grounded, UL listed extension cords from power centers to the point ofoperation.UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL THE CONTRACTOR BE ALLOWEDTO HOOK INTO THE CRITICAL POWER SOURCE AT THE FAA FACILITYC. Temporary Lighting: The Contractor shall provide temporary illumination forconstruction needs, safe working conditions, public safety and security lighting incompliance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.26 and subpart D. Supports and tiesshall be constructed of non-conductive materials and exposed two wire conductors shallnot be allowed. Lamps shall be covered with safety guards or deeply recessed in reflectorand lamps shall not be suspended by their electric cords unless cord and fixture isdesigned for that purpose.D. Temporary Water: The Contractor shall provide and maintain temporary water serviceconnection throughout the abatement period. The temporary water shall be equippedwith an approved backflow protection device. The contractor shall install valves at tie-inASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 21

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233locations that shall be turned off and locked-out and tagged-out when the contractor isnot present on-site.E. Temporary Sanitary: The Contractor shall provide and maintain temporary sanitaryservice connection throughout the abatement period.F. Monitor Temporary Utilities: The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to thework and the facility caused by a defect in such utilities.G. Existing Systems: The Contractor may make written arrangements with the COTR tomodify, supplement and extend an existing system to meet temporary requirements forthe project, subject to approval by the COTR. If existing systems are modified,supplemented and/or extended, the Contractor shall not overload the system or interferewith FAA's normal use of the system. The Contractor is advised that: The Loss of anOperation System for Any Amount of Time Will Jeopardize the Safety of the FlyingPublic.H. Removal of Temporary Systems: The Contractor shall remove all temporary services andrepair all damage caused by the contractor and restore to original conditions.3.4 ISOLATION OF THE WORK AREAA. Prepare the work areas in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.62 and 29 CFR 1926.1101,Appendix F, and as detailed in this specification and the AAP for the work areas. Allefforts shall be made to ensure building ventilation systems supplying air into orreturning air out of the regulated area shall be shut down and isolated by lockable switchor other positive means in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.417 and the facility’slockout/tagout program. Ventilation systems and all critical penetration points into andout of the regulated work area shall be sealed with a minimum of two layers of 6-milpolyethylene and duct tape. Each layer of polyethylene shall be installed separately sothat one layer at a time can be removed.B. Establishing Negative Pressure: Establish negative pressure in accordance with therecommendations of 29 CFR 1926.1101 Appendix F, and to the extent stated below.Each system for each Phase shall run, without failure, for a 24-hour period and beapproved by the COTR prior to the start of removal activities. Pressure differentialsthroughout the removal phases shall be monitored continuously by the FAA’s monitoringcontractor.1. In the event of a loss of negative pressure within the regulated area to less than -0.02 inches of water or an increase in negative pressure to more that -0.10 inchesof water at any time of the day or night, for any reason, the Contractor shallimmediately be called to the site to remedy the situation. Contractors shall be"on call" throughout the duration of the removal project, 24-hours a day, 7-daysASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 22

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233a week. Failure to remedy the situation may result in back charges to theContractor for the services rendered from an outside source. Furthermore, anacute loss of negative pressure could result in the evacuation of FAA employees,which may jeopardize the safety of the flying public.2. The negative-air pressure shall be adjusted to meet the Design PressureDifferential as indicated below and shall run continuously until final clearance isachieved. The contractor shall furnish and install at least one redundant negativeair machine for every five negative air machines in EACH containment.Furthermore, a minimum of two standby unit shall be available on site if lessthan five negative air machines are necessary. The extra machine(s) shall serveas a back up in case a machine should fail at any time during the abatementprocess. The contractor shall also have access to additional negative airmachines in case the redundant machines are not sufficient.3. Definition of Zones: To verify the safety of the non-abatement environmentsinside and outside the building, the following Zones shall be established:ZONE I - Areas outside the abatement removal areaZONE II - The Abatement Removal Area (Regulated Area)4. Design Pressure Differential Concept:ZONE I > ZONE IIThe intent of this Design Concept is to prevent the contamination of nonabatementareas.5. Design Pressure Differentials Inches of waterZONE I – ZONE II ............................................................................... 0.02 to 0.106. Negative air units shall exhaust to the buildings exterior a minimum distance ofthirty feet from the buildings HVAC make-up air. The Asbestos AbatementContractor shall be responsible for the restoration of the buildings to the preabatementcondition after the completion of abatement.C. Pre-Abatement Inspection: Upon completion of the work area containment and theestablishment of negative pressure, the Contractor shall receive notification from theCOTR before removal work is initiated.D. Work Place Entry and Exit: Enforcement is the responsibility of the Contractor'sAbatement Supervisor. Entry shall be controlled to prevent unauthorized, accidentalaccess into the containment area.E. Maintenance of Enclosure System: The COTR shall be immediately notified of problemsthat have developed such as a puncture of the barrier system, electrical power loss, GFCIASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 23

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233failure, equipment failure, accidental discharge into occupied areas, and partial collapseof the critical barrier or primary and secondary barriers (plastic sheet fails to remain inplace), etc.3.5 WATERPROOF FLOORING SYSTEMA. Prior to the installation of two layers of 6-mil polyethylene barriers over the floor, thecontractor shall patch and repair open floor penetrations with an approved cement/grout.Conduit or ducts in the floor slab shall be fully sealed and holes protected. The floorshall be carefully inspected and any sharp objects or other material that could damage thepolyethylene shall be removed. Polyethylene seams shall be lapped, spray-glued andsealed with FSK tape. The edges shall be flashed a minimum of eighteen inches up thewalls and shall be sealed with spray-glue and FSK tape. Each floor polyethylene barriershall be independently installed.3.6 DECONTAMINATION UNITS - If the project extends into colder months, work areatemperature shall be maintained at a minimum of 45 degrees Fahrenheit. Heat shall be providedby temporary heating units discharging at the entrance to the decon unit and heated air pulledinto the containment by the established negative pressure. During usage, change areas andshowers shall be maintained at a minimum of 70 degrees Fahrenheit.A. Worker Decontamination Unit: The Contractor shall provide a detailed plan of the deconchamber and location to the COTR for approval prior to beginning construction. Sealvertical and horizontal surfaces in accordance with these specifications. The chambershall be watertight; the Contractor shall be liable and responsible to the FAA for anyleaks/damages occurring during the abatement activities. The worker decontaminationchamber shall consist of, at a minimum, a clean room, an airlock, a shower area, a secondairlock and a dirty room. Provide lockers for each asbestos worker. Keep street clothingand street shoes in locker. While in removal area, only disposable protective clothingmay be worn, reusable clothing will not be allowed nor shall laundering be acceptable.Shoes and undergarments worn in the removal area shall not be removed without beingthoroughly cleaned in the shower first and then properly bagged. Locate showersbetween the decontamination room and the clean room. The shower shall be equippedwith hot (Contractor furnished) and cold running water. The Contractor shall not useprefabricated units without prior acceptance. Quantity of shower units shall comply with29 CFR 1926.51(f)(4).1. Each person entering the removal area shall shower upon exiting. Do not use theworker decontamination unit for equipment or waste decontamination. The doorto the decontamination unit, on the clean side, shall be lockable. The Contractorshall provide the COTR with two (2) keys to the lock, or the combination. Thedoor shall be locked during hours when abatement work is not being performed.B. Equipment and Waste Decontamination Unit: Provide a detailed plan of the proposedequipment and waste decontamination unit and location prior to the beginning ofASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 24

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233construction. The unit shall be maintained watertight; the Contractor shall be responsiblefor leaks/damages occurring during the abatement activities. The equipment and wastedecontamination unit shall consist of, at a minimum, a clean room, an airlock, a washstation, a second airlock and an equipment room. Contractor shall not use prefabricatedunits without prior acceptance.1. The door to the bag-out chamber, on the clean side, shall be lockable. TheContractor shall provide the COTR with two (2) keys to the lock, or thecombination. The door shall be locked during hours when abatement work is notbeing performed.C. If the Equipment and Waste Decontamination Unit is located on the exterior of thebuilding, the unit must be constructed with a hard shell (i.e. Plywood) with securabledoors and locks.D. Wastewater: Water produced from the decontamination of persons, equipment or wasteshall be collected and filtered through a system capable of trapping particles 5 microns orlarger (unless local regulations are more stringent), specifically designed to removeasbestos fibers in a wet environment. The used filters shall be disposed of as asbestoscontaminatedwaste. Comply with any local wastewater systems regulations regardingthe disposal of wastewater from asbestos abatement activities.3.7 ABATEMENT PROCEDURESA. Contractor shall provide the COTR with proposed sequencing for this asbestosabatement project and estimated time. At a minimum the sequencing shall showmobilization time, preparation time, abatement of asbestos containing materialssequence, abatement of Lead containing coatings, final clean-up duration, inspectiontime and proposed final clearance timeframe and demobilization. The Contractorproposed sequencing and schedule shall be reviewed and approved by the COTR prior toproject start date.3.8 PROCEDURE FOR DISPOSALA. Asbestos: Collect asbestos waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, equipment, andasbestos contaminated clothing, which may produce airborne concentrations of asbestosfibers, and place in sealed impermeable asbestos bags, boxes drums or other approvedcontainers. All wrapped asbestos material shall be contained in a minimum of two layersof 6-mil polyethylene sheeting. All bagged debris shall be double bagged at a minimum.The final bagging shall take place in the equipment decontamination washroom. Placethe generator label between the outer bag and the inner, with the label able to be readthrough the outer bags. The final asbestos waste bag shall be goose necked. Each bagshall be clear and be pre-printed with an asbestos warning label. Include site-specificlabels as required by the local jurisdiction. At a minimum, identify waste bags andcontainers with waterproof labels as follows:ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 25

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233FAA – Atlanta ARTCC299 Woolsey Rd. St.Hampton, GA 30228(Name of Contractor)1. Dispose of waste asbestos material at an Environmental Protection Agency(EPA) or local-approved landfill off FAA property. For temporary storage, storesealed impermeable bags in asbestos waste drums or waste storage containers.Storage of waste shall be in an on-site trailer, truck, or dumpster approved fortransportation of the ACM waste to the landfill. The contractor shall transportthe asbestos waste directly from the FAA facility to the landfill. Procedure forhauling and disposal shall comply with 40 CFR 61 (Subpart M), State ofGeorgia, regional, and local standards. Workers unloading the ACM waste shallwear appropriate respirators and personal protective equipment when handlingasbestos materials at the disposal site. A fully-sealed and plastic lined dumpstershall be used for transportation of all ACM wastes. The Waste Manifests shallbe prepared by the contractor and signed by the Generator (FAA), the WasteTransporter and the Approved Landfill.2. Minimum requirements for a waste manifest are as follows:a. Contain a unique number.b. Be signed by generator when shipping.c. Be signed by transporter when material is picked-up.d. Be signed by disposal facility when received.e. Name and address of pick-up site.f. Estimated quantity of waste.g. Specific location within the building where waste was generated.h. Type and number of bags and drums used at each specific locationwithin the building.i. Name of Transporter.j. Disposal site name, location and EPA identification number.k. Copies of the manifest signed by the generator, transporter and disposalsite shall be maintained by each entity.3. The ACM waste shipment shall be transported directly from the job site to theEPA approved landfill. The Contractor shall notify the landfill of the date andtime the ACM waste shall arrive at the landfill. The landfill shall have a holeexcavated to receive the ACM waste upon arrival. The waste containers shall behand-placed into the hole, not tossed or thrown, and immediately covered with 6inches of soil. Provide asbestos waste shipment records to the COTR withinthree (3) days after delivery of the ACM to the landfill.ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 26

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233B. Lead: Pending TCLP testing (TCLP testing is for painted materials being disposed of ina landfill, otherwise collect metal components and recycle in accordance with local rulesand regulations), collect lead waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, equipment, and leadcontaminatedclothing and place in sealed, impermeable 55-gallon drums. Properly labeleach drum including identification of the type of waste (40 CFR 178) and the date thedrum was filled. The labeling shall include the following additional information:FAA – Atlanta ARTCC299 Woolsey Rd. St.Hampton, GA 30228(Name of Contractor)1. The contractor shall perform TCLP tests (not required for materials being recycled)on the painted materials being removed to determine if the material requires disposalas a hazardous waste or can be disposed of as a solid waste. Dispose of hazardouswaste lead material at an Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) or local-approvedhazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility off FAA property. Complywith land disposal restriction notification requirements as required by 40 CFR 268.An area for interim storage (less than 90 days) of lead waste-containing drums shallbe assigned by the COTR. Procedure for hauling and disposal shall comply with 40CFR 260, 40 CFR 261, 40 CFR 262, 40 CFR 263, 40 CFR 264, and 40 CFR 265, andwith State of Georgia, regional, and local standards. Test results shall be submittedto the COTR prior to transportation off the site.2. The Generator (FAA), the Waste Transporter (Contractor) and the ApprovedLandfill (Disposal Facility) shall sign waste Manifests. Minimum requirements forinformation included on the waste manifest include:3.9 ABATEMENT AIR MONITORINGa. Contain a unique number.b. Be signed by generator when shipping.c. Be signed by transporter when material is picked-up.d. Be signed by disposal facility when received.e. Name and address of pick-up site.f. Estimated quantity of waste.g. Specific location within the building where waste was generated.h. Type and number of bags and drums used at each specific locationwithin the building.i. Name of Transporter.j. Disposal site name, location and EPA identification number.k. Copies of the manifest signed by the generator, transporter and disposalsite shall be maintained by each entity.ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 27

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233A. Personal Monitoring: The Contractor is responsible for Personal Samples required inaccordance with OSHA. An independent American Industrial Hygiene Associationaccredited laboratory shall be used to analyze air samples in accordance with OSHA.Copies of the results of the air samples shall be furnished within 48 hours following theday in which they were collected and shall notify monitored employees. Project Monitorshall satisfy the requirements of 18 VAC 15-20-455 Standards of Practice and Conductfor Asbestos Project Monitor. Project monitors who analyze PCM air samples on siteshall be employed by a licensed analytical laboratory and shall be listed or have appliedfor listing in the AAR and rated “acceptable” or is accredited by the AIHA or has beenrated “proficient” in the AIHA administered PAT program’s most recent round ofasbestos evaluations. Personal sampling shall be representative of the workers exposureto both asbestos and lead.B. Environmental Monitoring: Environmental monitoring for area airborne asbestos fibercount and area airborne lead concentrations shall be under a separate contract to the FAAas a third party monitoring contractor. Project Monitor shall satisfy the requirements of18 VAC 15-20-455 Standards of Practice and Conduct for Asbestos Project Monitor.Project monitors who analyze PCM air samples on site shall be employed by a licensedanalytical laboratory and shall be listed or have applied for listing in the AAR and rated“acceptable” or is accredited by the AIHA or has been rated “proficient” in the AIHAadministered PAT program’s most recent round of asbestos evaluations.1. Background Monitoring: Background samples shall be collected prior to the isolationof the work area. A minimum of five (5) background samples shall be collected priorto abatement work.2. Abatement Monitoring:a. During asbestos abatement, the monitoring contractor shall collect aminimum of one air sample at the worker decontamination chamber in theclean room, one air sample at the equipment and waste decontaminationchamber in the clean room, and at least three (3) samples outside theasbestos containment near the work area in areas occupied by unprotectedbuilding personnel. Samples shall be collected each day at the abovereferenced locations until successful completion of final clearance criteria.The area air samples shall be collected for the entire duration of each workshift. The MC shall also collect three (3) overnight samples each day thatrepresent the time period from when the Contractor finishes each daysabatement work until the time the Contractor arrives for the next work shift.b. During work practices that involve the disturbance of lead based paint, theMC shall collect one air sample at the worker decontamination chamber inthe clean room, one air sample at the equipment and waste decontaminationchamber in the clean room, and at least three samples outside the leadcontainment near the work area.3. Clearance Monitoring:ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 28

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233Asbestos: The Contractor shall notify the COTR when the work areas are ready forclearance air monitoring. The COTR shall arrange to sample the air in the work areafor airborne fiber concentrations in accordance with 40 CFR 763 Subpart E. Theclearance shall be considered complete when all asbestos containing materials havebeen removed, the area has passed the final visual inspection and all five (5) insidethe work area air samples indicate that airborne fiber levels have been reduced toless than or equal to 70 asbestos structures per square millimeter (S/mm 2 ). The FAAdeviates from the AHERA method in that no averaging of samples results shall beallowed. All samples inside the work area shall be less than or equal to 70 S/mm 2 .* * *END OF SECTION 02080* * *ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND LCC DEMOLITION 02080 - 29

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 03301 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETEPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. Section includes cast-in-place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mixturedesign, placement procedures, and finishes for:1. Slab1.2 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.1. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture.1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Ready-Mix-Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing readymixedconcrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements forproduction facilities and equipment.B. Comply with ACI 301.C. Comply with ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction andMaterials."PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 FORMWORKA. Furnish formwork and formwork accessories according to ACI 301.2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENTA. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed.CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03301 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082332.3 CONCRETE MATERIALSA. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, andsource throughout Project:1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I/II.B. Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, graded, 1-1/2-inch nominal maximum aggregate size.C. Water: ASTM C 94.2.4 ADMIXTURESA. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible withother admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding thosepermitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calciumchloride.1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A.2.5 RELATED MATERIALSA. Vapor Retarder: Polyethylene sheet, ASTM D 4397, not less than 10 mils thick; or plasticsheet, ASTM E 1745, Class C.2.6 CONCRETE MIXTURESA. Normal-Weight Concrete: Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI 301, asfollows:1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3000 psi at 28 days.2. Slump Limit: 6 inches, plus or minus 1 inch.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 FORMWORKA. Design, construct, erect, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301.3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMSA. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining workattached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams,instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03301 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082333.3 VAPOR RETARDERSA. Install, protect, and repair vapor retarders according to ASTM E 1643; place sheets in positionwith longest dimension parallel with direction of pour.1. Vapor retarder will be 8 mil., plain poly.2. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive or joint tape.3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENTA. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supportingreinforcement.1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder beforeplacing concrete.3.5 CONCRETE PLACEMENTA. Comply with ACI 301 for placing concrete.B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement.C. Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment.3.6 FINISHED FLOORS AND SLABSA. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete byhand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and re-straighten until surface is freeof trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects thatwould telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings.1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces to be covered with ceramic tile set over a cleavagemembrane.2. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and anunleveled, freestanding, 6 Ft long straightedge resting on two high spots and placedanywhere on the surface does not exceed 1/8 inch .3.7 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURINGA. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hottemperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and with ACI 301 for hotweatherprotection during curing.B. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concretesurface.CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03301 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233C. Curing Methods: Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days by one or acombination of the following methods:1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with thefollowing materials:a. Water.b. Continuous water-fog spray.c. Absorptive cover, water saturated and kept continuously wet. Cover concretesurfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers.2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retainingcover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lappedat least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less thanseven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using covermaterial and waterproof tape.3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or rolleraccording to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfallwithin three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repairdamage during curing period.3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Testing Agency: Contractor will provide test report of concrete breaks from an independentlab.B. Tests: Perform according to ACI 301.1. Testing Frequency: One composite sample shall be obtained for each 100 cu. yd. orfraction thereof of each concrete mix placed each day.3.9 REPAIRSA. Remove and replace concrete that does not comply with requirements in this Section.END OF SECTION 03301CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03301 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 04220 - CONCRETE UNIT MASONRYPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. Section Includes:1. Concrete masonry units (CMU's).1.2 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.B. Material Certificates: For each type and size of product indicated. For masonry units includedata on material properties.C. Mix Designs: For each type of mortar. Include description of type and proportions ofingredients.1. Include test reports for mortar mixes required to comply with property specification. Testaccording to ASTM C 109/C 109M for compressive strength, ASTM C 1506 for waterretention, and ASTM C 91 for air content.2. Include test reports, according to ASTM C 1019, for grout mixes required to comply withcompressive strength requirement.1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Masonry Standard: Comply with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 unless modified byrequirements in the Contract Documents.1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONSA. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with iceor frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frostor by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained inACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.B. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained inACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 MASONRY UNITS, GENERALA. Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units tocontain chips, cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated in the standard. Do not use unitswhere such defects will be exposed in the completed Work.B. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide units that comply with requirements for fireresistanceratings indicated as determined by testing according to ASTM E 119, by equivalentmasonry thickness, or by other means, as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITSA. Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints,headers, bonding, and other special conditions.B. CMUs: ASTM C 90.1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net-area compressivestrength of 2150 psi (14.8 MPa).2. Density Classification: Medium weight.2.3 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALSA. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weatherconstruction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar colorindicated.B. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144.1. For joints less than 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passingthe No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve.2. White-Mortar Aggregates: Natural white sand or crushed white stone.3. Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural sand or crushed stone of color necessary to producerequired mortar color.C. Water: Potable.2.4 MORTAR MIXESA. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators,retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures unless otherwiseindicated.1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout.CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082332. Use portland cement mortar unless otherwise indicated.B. Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in form of a preblended mix.Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredientsbefore delivering to Project site.C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, [Proportion] [Property] Specification.Provide the following types of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated.1. For exterior, above-grade, load-bearing and non-load-bearing walls and parapet walls; forinterior load-bearing walls; for interior non-load-bearing partitions; and for otherapplications where another type is not indicated, use Type N.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 TOLERANCESA. Dimensions and Locations of Elements:1. For dimensions in cross section or elevation do not vary by more than plus 1/2 inch (12mm) or minus 1/4 inch (6 mm).2. For location of elements in plan do not vary from that indicated by more than plus orminus 1/2 inch (12 mm).3. For location of elements in elevation do not vary from that indicated by more than plus orminus 1/4 inch (6 mm) in a story height or 1/2 inch (12 mm) total.B. Lines and Levels:1. For bed joints do not vary from level by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m), or1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum.2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not varyfrom level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m), 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum.3. For vertical lines and surfaces do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6mm in 3 m), 3/8 inch in 20 feet (9 mm in 6 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum.4. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, andexpansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3mm in 3 m), 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum.5. For lines and surfaces do not vary from straight by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6 mm in3 m), 3/8 inch in 20 feet (9 mm in 6 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum.C. Joints:1. For bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch(3 mm), with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch (12 mm).2. For head and collar joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus 3/8inch (9 mm) or minus 1/4 inch (6 mm).3. For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus1/8 inch (3 mm).CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082333.2 LAYING MASONRY WALLSA. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform jointthicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets.Avoid using less-than-half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, atother locations.B. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuouspattern or to fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor-driven saws; provide clean, sharp,unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Installcut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed.C. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry inrunning bond; do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch (100-mm) horizontal facedimensions at corners or jambs.D. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections.Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items.E. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar unless otherwise indicated.F. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer ofmetal lath, wire mesh, or plastic mesh in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core.3.3 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTINGA. Lay hollow CMUs as follows:1. With face shells fully bedded in mortar and with head joints of depth equal to bed joints.2. With webs fully bedded in mortar in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters.3. With webs fully bedded in mortar in grouted masonry, including starting course onfootings.4. With entire units, including areas under cells, fully bedded in mortar at starting course onfootings where cells are not grouted.B. Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficientmortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush headjoints.C. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than jointthickness unless otherwise indicated.D. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive tile or other direct-applied finishes (other thanpaint) unless otherwise indicated.3.4 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANINGA. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to removemortar fins and smears before tooling joints.CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233B. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows:1. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned forcomparison purposes.2. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2A applicable totype of stain on exposed surfaces.3.5 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSALA. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess masonry waste and legally dispose of off Owner'sproperty.END OF SECTION 04220CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 06615 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORKPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes the following:1. Interior standing and running trim.2. Plastic-laminate cabinets.3. Solid-surfacing-material countertops.4. Shop finishing of interior woodwork.1.2 DEFINITIONSA. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips forinstalling woodwork items unless concealed within other construction before woodworkinstallation.1.3 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, including cabinet hardware and accessoriesand finishing materials and processes.1. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer andcertification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements.B. Shop Drawings: Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scaledetails, attachment devices, and other components.1. Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, and hanging strips, including concealedblocking and reinforcement specified in other Sections.2. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for fixtures and equipment installed inarchitectural woodwork.3. Apply WI-certified compliance label to first page of Shop Drawings.C. Samples for Initial Selection:1. Shop-applied transparent finishes.2. Shop-applied opaque finishes.3. Plastic laminates.4. PVC edge material.5. Thermoset decorative panels.6. Solid-surfacing materials.D. Product Certificates: For each type of product, signed by product manufacturer.INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06615 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233E. Woodwork Quality Standard Compliance Certificates: AWI Quality Certification Programcertificates WI-certified compliance certificates.F. Qualification Data: For Installer fabricator.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom-fabricate productssimilar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful inserviceperformance.B. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural WoodworkQuality Standards" for grades of interior architectural woodwork indicated for construction,finishes, installation, and other requirements.C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Where fire-retardant materials or products are indicated,provide materials and products with specified fire-test-response characteristics as determined bytesting identical products per test method indicated by UL, ITS, or another testing andinspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify with appropriatemarkings of applicable testing and inspecting agency in the form of separable paper label or,where required by authorities having jurisdiction, imprint on surfaces of materials that will beconcealed from view after installation.1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Do not deliver woodwork until painting and similar operations that could damage woodworkhave been completed in installation areas. If woodwork must be stored in other than installationareas, store only in areas where environmental conditions comply with requirements specifiedin "Project Conditions" Article.1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONSA. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wetwork is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relativehumidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period.B. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to fit to other construction, verifydimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication, and indicatemeasurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progressto avoid delaying the Work.1. Locate concealed framing, blocking, and reinforcements that support woodwork by fieldmeasurements before being enclosed, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.2. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delayingthe Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating woodwork without fieldmeasurements. Provide allowance for trimming at site, and coordinate construction toensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions.INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06615 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331.7 COORDINATIONA. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other relatedunits of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that interior architectural woodwork can besupported and installed as indicated.B. Hardware Coordination: Distribute copies of approved hardware schedule specified in Section08 71 00 "DOOR HARDWARE (Scheduled by Describing Products)" to fabricator ofarchitectural woodwork; coordinate Shop Drawings and fabrication with hardwarerequirements.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 MATERIALSA. General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of AWI's quality standard for eachtype of woodwork and quality grade specified, unless otherwise indicated.B. Wood Species and Cut for Transparent Finish: Red oak, plain sawn or slicedC. Wood Species for Opaque Finish: Any closed-grain hardwoodD. Wood Products: Comply with the following:1. Recycled Content of Medium-Density Fiberboard and Particleboard: Provide productswith an average recycled content so postconsumer recycled content plus one-half ofpreconsumer recycled content is not less than 10 percent.2. Hardboard: AHA A135.4.3. Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade MD, made with binder containing nourea formaldehyde.4. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2-Exterior Glue.5. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1, Medium Density Overlay.6. Veneer-Faced Panel Products (Hardwood Plywood): HPVA HP-1, made with adhesivecontaining no urea formaldehyde.E. Thermoset Decorative Panels: Particleboard or medium-density fiberboard finished withthermally fused, melamine-impregnated decorative paper complying with LMA SAT-1.1. Provide PVC or polyester edge banding complying with LMA EDG-1 on componentswith exposed or semiexposed edges.F. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated or, if not indicated, asrequired by woodwork quality standard.1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturersoffering high-pressure decorative laminates that may be incorporated into the Workinclude, but are not limited to, the following:a. Abet Laminati, Inc.b. Arborite; Division of ITW Canada, Inc.INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06615 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233c. Formica Corporation.d. Lamin-Art, Inc.e. Nevamar Company, LLC; Decorative Products Div.f. Panolam Industries International Incorporated.g. Westinghouse Electric Corp.; Specialty Products Div.h. Wilsonart International; Div. of Premark International, Inc.G. Solid-Surfacing Material: Homogeneous solid sheets of filled plastic resin complying withISSFA-2.1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:a. ABA Industriesb. Avonite, Inc.c. E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.d. Formica Corporation.e. LG Chemical, Ltd.f. Meganite Inc.; a division of the Pyrochem Group.g. Nevamar Company, LLC; Decorative Products Div.h. Samsung; Cheil Industries Inc.i. Swan Corporation (The).j. Silestonek. Wilsonart International; Div. of Premark International, Inc.2. Type: Standard type, unless Special Purpose type is indicated.3. Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range andapproved by COTR.2.2 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALSA. General: Where fire-retardant-treated materials are indicated, use materials complying withrequirements in this Article, that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and with firetest-responsecharacteristics specified.1. Do not use treated materials that do not comply with requirements of referencedwoodworking standard or that are warped, discolored, or otherwise defective.2. Use fire-retardant-treatment formulations that do not bleed through or otherwiseadversely affect finishes. Do not use colorants to distinguish treated materials fromuntreated materials.3. Identify fire-retardant-treated materials with appropriate classification marking of UL,U.S. Testing, Timber Products Inspection, or another testing and inspecting agencyacceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.B. Fire-Retardant-Treated Lumber and Plywood by Pressure Process: Comply with performancerequirements of AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood). Use the following treatmenttype:1. Exterior Type: Organic-resin-based formulation thermally set in wood by kiln drying.2. Interior Type A: Low-hygroscopic formulation.INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06615 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082333. Mill lumber after treatment within limits set for wood removal that do not affect listedfire-test-response characteristics, using a woodworking plant certified by testing andinspecting agency.4. Mill lumber before treatment and implement special procedures during treatment anddrying processes that prevent lumber from warping and developing discolorations fromdrying sticks or other causes, marring, and other defects affecting appearance of treatedwoodwork.5. Kiln-dry materials before and after treatment to levels required for untreated materials.C. Fire-Retardant Particleboard: Panels complying with the following requirements, made fromsoftwood particles and fire-retardant chemicals mixed together at time of panel manufacture toachieve flame-spread index of 25 or less and smoke-developed index of 25 or less perASTM E 84.1. For panels 3/4 inch thick and less, comply with ANSI A208.1 for Grade M-2 except forthe following minimum properties: modulus of rupture, 1600 psi; modulus of elasticity,300,000 psi; internal bond, 80 psi; and screw-holding capacity on face and edge, 250 and225 lbf, respectively.2. For panels 13/16 to 1-1/4 inches thick, comply with ANSI A208.1 for Grade M-1 exceptfor the following minimum properties: modulus of rupture, 1300 psi; modulus ofelasticity, 250,000 psi; linear expansion, 0.50 percent; and screw-holding capacity onface and edge, 250 and 175 lbf, respectively.3. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Duraflake FR" byWeyerhaeuser.D. Fire-Retardant Fiberboard: Medium-density fiberboard panels complying with ANSI A208.2,made from softwood fibers, synthetic resins, and fire-retardant chemicals mixed together at timeof panel manufacture to achieve flame-spread index of 25 or less and smoke-developed index of200 or less per ASTM E 84.1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Medite FR" by SierraPineLtd.; Medite Div.2.3 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIESA. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architecturalcabinets, except for items specified in Section 08710 "DOOR HARDWARE (Scheduled byDescribing Products)."B. Frameless Concealed Hinges (European Type): BHMA A156.9, B01602, 100 degrees ofopening, self-closing.C. Wire Pulls: Back mounted, solid metal 4 inches long, 5/16 inch in diameter.D. Shelf Rests: BHMA A156.9, B04013; metal, plastic.E. Drawer Slides: BHMA A156.9, B05091.1. Standard Duty (Grade 1, Grade 2, and Grade 3): Side mounted and extending underbottom edge of drawer; full-extension type; zinc-plated steel or epoxy-coated steel withpolymer rollers.INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06615 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082332. Heavy Duty (Grade 1HD-100 and Grade 1HD-200): Side mounted; full-extension type;zinc-plated steel ball-bearing slides.3. Box Drawer Slides: Grade 1HD-100; for drawers not more than 6 inches high and 24inches wide.4. File Drawer Slides: Grade 1HD-200; for drawers more than 6 inches high or 24 incheswide.5. Pencil Drawer Slides: Grade 2; for drawers not more than 3 inches high and 24 incheswide.6. Keyboard Slides: Grade 1HD-100; for computer keyboard shelves.7. Trash Bin Slides: Grade 1HD-200; for trash bins not more than 20 inches high and 16inches wide.F. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies withBHMA A156.18 for BHMA finish number indicated.1. Dark, Oxidized, Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed: BHMA 613 for bronze base; BHMA 640 forsteel base; match Architect's sample.2. Bright Brass, Clear Coated: BHMA 605 for brass base; BHMA 632 for steel base.3. Satin Brass, Blackened, Bright Relieved, Clear Coated: BHMA 610 for brass base;BHMA 636 for steel base.4. Satin Chromium Plated: BHMA 626 for brass or bronze base; BHMA 652 for steel base.5. Bright Chromium Plated: BHMA 625 for brass or bronze base; BHMA 651 for steelbase.6. Satin Stainless Steel: BHMA 630.G. For concealed hardware, provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product classrequirements in BHMA A156.9.2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALSA. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln dried to lessthan 15 percent moisture content.B. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Fire-retardant-treated softwood lumber, kilndried to less than 15 percent moisture content.C. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage.Provide nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exteriorwalls and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed-steel or leadexpansion sleeves for drilled-in-place anchors.2.5 FABRICATION, GENERALA. Interior Woodwork Grade: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Custom-grade interiorwoodwork complying with referenced quality standard.B. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for woodmoisture content in relation to ambient relative humidity during fabrication and in installationareas.INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06615 - 6

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233C. Sand fire-retardant-treated wood lightly to remove raised grain on exposed surfaces beforefabrication.D. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. Ease edges to radiusindicated for the following:1. Corners of Cabinets and Edges of Solid-Wood (Lumber) Members 3/4 Inch Thick orLess: 1/16 inch.2. Edges of Rails and Similar Members More Than 3/4 Inch Thick: 1/8 inch.3. Corners of Cabinets and Edges of Solid-Wood (Lumber) Members and Rails: 1/16 inch.E. Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardware application, to maximumextent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary forshipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance forscribing, trimming, and fitting.1. Notify Architect seven days in advance of the dates and times woodwork fabrication willbe complete.2. Trial fit assemblies at fabrication shop that cannot be shipped completely assembled.Install dowels, screws, bolted connectors, and other fastening devices that can beremoved after trial fitting. Verify that various parts fit as intended and checkmeasurements of assemblies against field measurements indicated on Shop Drawingsbefore disassembling for shipment.F. Shop-cut openings to maximum extent possible to receive hardware, appliances, plumbingfixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates orroughing-in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutoutsto remove splinters and burrs.1. Seal edges of openings in countertops with a coat of varnish.G. Install glass to comply with applicable requirements in Section 08 80 00 "Glazing" and inGANA's "Glazing Manual." For glass in wood frames, secure glass with removable stops.2.6 PLASTIC-LAMINATE CABINETSA. Grade: CustomB. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush overlayC. Reveal Dimension: As indicatedD. Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces: High-pressure decorative laminate complying withthe following requirements:1. Horizontal Surfaces Other Than Tops: Grade HGS2. Postformed Surfaces: Grade HGP3. Vertical Surfaces: Grade VGS4. Edges: Grade HGSE. Materials for Semiexposed Surfaces:INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06615 - 7

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331. Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: High-pressure decorative laminate, Grade CLS.a. Edges of Plastic-Laminate Shelves: Match shelf laminateb. For semiexposed backs of panels with exposed plastic-laminate surfaces, providesurface of high-pressure decorative laminate, Grade CLS.2. Drawer Sides and Backs: Thermoset decorative panels.3. Drawer Bottoms: Thermoset decorative panels.F. Concealed Backs of Panels with Exposed Plastic Laminate Surfaces: High-pressure decorativelaminate, Grade BKL.G. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and texturesof exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements:1. As indicated by laminate manufacturer's designations.2. Match Architect's sample.3. As selected by Architect and approved by COTR from laminate manufacturer's full rangein the following categories:a. Solid colors, matte finish.b. Wood grains, matte finish.c. Patterns, matte finish.H. Provide dust panels of 1/4-inch plywood or tempered hardboard above compartments anddrawers, unless located directly under tops.2.7 SHOP FINISHINGA. Grade: Provide finishes of same grades as items to be finished.B. General: Finish architectural woodwork at fabrication shop as specified in this Section. Deferonly final touchup, cleaning, and polishing until after installation.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 PREPARATIONA. Before installation, condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions ininstallation areas.B. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop-fabricated work for completion andcomplete work as required, including removal of packing and backpriming.3.2 INSTALLATIONA. Grade: Install woodwork to comply with requirements for the same grade specified in Part 2 forfabrication of type of woodwork involved.INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06615 - 8

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233B. Assemble woodwork and complete fabrication at Project site to comply with requirements forfabrication in Part 2, to extent that it was not completed in the shop.C. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims.Install level and plumb (including tops) to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches.D. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finishat cuts.E. Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood: Handle, store, and install fire-retardant-treated wood to complywith chemical treatment manufacturer's written instructions, including those for adhesives usedto install woodwork.F. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure withcountersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. Usefine finishing nails or finishing screws for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush withwoodwork and matching final finish if transparent finish is indicated.G. Cabinets: Install without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and areaccurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provideunencumbered operation. Complete installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated.1. Install cabinets with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch sag, bow, or other variation from astraight line.2. Maintain veneer sequence matching of cabinets with transparent finish.3. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, at ends and not more than 16inches o.c. with No. 10 wafer-head sheet metal screws through metal backing or metalframing behind wall finish.H. Countertops: Anchor securely by screwing through corner blocks of base cabinets or othersupports into underside of countertop.1. Align adjacent solid-surfacing-material countertops and form seams to comply withmanufacturer's written recommendations using adhesive in color to match countertop.Carefully dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches, and clean entire surface.2. Install countertops with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch sag, bow, or other variationfrom a straight line.3. Secure backsplashes to walls with adhesive.4. Caulk space between backsplash and wall with sealant specified in Section 07 92 00"Joint Sealants."I. Touch up finishing work specified in this Section after installation of woodwork. Fill nail holeswith matching filler where exposed.3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANINGA. Repair damaged and defective woodwork, where possible, to eliminate functional and visualdefects; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniformappearance.B. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware.INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06615 - 9

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233C. Clean woodwork on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up shop-applied finishes torestore damaged or soiled areas.END OF SECTION 06615INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06615 - 10

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALANTSPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes low-VOC and Low-Odor joint sealants for the following locations:1. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors.2. Tile wall and floor joints.3. Other joints as indicated.1.2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTSA. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and tomaintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causing staining or deterioration ofjoint substrates.B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that have been produced and installed toestablish and maintain airtight continuous seals that are water resistant and cause no stainingor deterioration of joint substrates.C. Provide products that will not produce off-gassing of VOC’s after product is installed andproperly cured.1.3 SUBMITTALSA. Product data from manufacturers for each joint sealant product required.1. Certification by joint sealant manufacturer that sealants plus the primers and cleanersrequired for sealant installation comply with local regulations controlling use ofvolatile organic compounds.2. Provide Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for the following:a. Elastomeric joint sealantsb. Latex joint sealants.c. Primer.d. Cleaners for nonporous surfaces.B. Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's standard bead samples,consisting of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available, for eachproduct exposed to view.C. Certificates from manufacturers of joint sealants attesting that their products comply withspecification requirements and are suitable for the use indicated.JOINT SEALANTS 07900 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233D. Qualification data complying with requirements specified in "Quality Assurance" article.Include list of completed projects with project names addresses, names of Architects andOwners, plus other information specified.E. Compatibility and adhesion test reports from elastomeric sealant manufacturer indicating thatmaterials forming joint substrates and joint sealant backings have been tested forcompatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. Include sealant manufacturer's interpretationof test results relative to sealant performance and recommendations for primers and substratepreparation needed to obtain adhesion.F. Product test reports for each type of joint sealants indicated, evidencing compliance withrequirements specified.G. Preconstruction field test reports, indicating which products and joint preparation methodsdemonstrate acceptable adhesion to joint substrates.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed joint sealantapplications similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project that haveresulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.B. Single Source Responsibility for Joint Sealant Materials: Obtain joint sealants and jointbacker materials from a single manufacturer for each different product required.C. Conduct Testing: Provide comprehensive test data for each type of joint sealant based ontests conducted by a qualified independent testing laboratory on current product formulationswithin a 24-month period preceding date of Contractor's submittal of test results to COTR.1. Test elastomeric sealants for compliance with requirements specified by reference toASTM C920. Include test results for hardness, stain resistance, adhesion and cohesionunder cyclic movement (per ASTM C719), low-temperature flexibility, modulus ofelasticity at 100 percent strain, effects of heat aging, and effects of acceleratedweathering.2. Include test results performed on joint sealants after they have cured for 1 year.1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labelsindicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, potlife, curing time, and mixing instructions for multi-component materials.B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations to preventtheir deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, orother causes.JOINT SEALANTS 07900 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082331.6 PROJECT CONDITIONSA. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under thefollowing conditions:1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted byjoint sealant manufacturer or below 40 deg F.2. When joint substrates are wet.B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widthsare less than allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for application indicated.C. Joint Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants untilcontaminants capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint substrates.1.7 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULINGA. Sequence installation of joint sealants to occur not less than 21 nor more than 30 calendardays after completion of waterproofing, unless otherwise indicated.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 MATERIALS, GENERALA. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that arecompatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service andapplication, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience.B. Colors: Provide selections made by COTR from manufacturer's full range of standard colorsfor typical applications.C. Provide VOC-compliant sealants. Products must not produce off-gassing after proper curingis achieved.2.2 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTSA. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curingelastomeric sealants that comply with ASTM C 920.B. Neutral-curing silicone as follows:1. VOC Content: 0 g/L or 0 lbs. Per gallon less water and exempt solvents.2. Type: Type S (ASTM C 920).3. Grade NS (ASTM C 920).JOINT SEALANTS 07900 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082334. Class: 25 (ASTM C 920).5. Use: NT, A and M.6. Shore A Hardness: 30 (ASTM D 2240)7. Joint Movement Capability (after 14 cure days): Extension: 25%. Compression: 25%.8. Tear Resistance: 18pli (ASTM D 624).9. Elongation at Break: 320 percent (ASTM D 412).10. Tensile Strength: 275psi (ASTM D 412).11. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: Expansion and control joints in concrete andmasonry; metal curtain walls, perimeter caulking of windows; conventional glazing.Adheres to metal, aluminum, galvanized steel, concrete and masonry. For exteriorapplications.12. Available Products: Including but not limited to the following:a. Sonolastic OmniSeal by Sonneborn, ChemRex Inc., 889 Valley Park Drive,Shakopee, MN 55379C. Multi-purpose mildew-resistant silicone sealant:1. VOC Content: 0 g/L or 0 lbs. Per gallon less water and exempt solvents.2. Type: Type S (ASTM C 920).3. Grade NS (ASTM C 920).1. Class: 25 (ASTM C 920).2. Use: NT, G and A.3. Shore A Hardness: 25 (ASTM C 661).4. Ultimate Elongation: 425 percent (ASTM D 412)5. Tensile Strength, psi: 330 (ASTM D 412)6. Movement Capability: 25 (ASTM C 719).7. Extrusion Rate: 350 g/min.8. Use Related to Exposure: NT (non-traffic).9. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: Glass, Aluminum, Tile, Fiberglass, Countertops, andNonstructural glazing. For interior and exterior applications.10. Available Products: Including but not limited to the following:a. Sonolastic OmniPlus by Sonneborn, ChemRex Inc., 889 Valley Park Drive,Shakopee, MN 55379D. Low-Modulus, high-movement, fast-curing sealant:1. VOC Content: 2.07 g/L or 0.02 lbs. per gallon. Complies with low-VOC regulations.2. Type: S (ASTM C 920).3. Grade: NS (ASTM C 290).4. Class: 25 (ASTM C 290).5. Use: NT, M, A, G and O.6. Tensile Strength: 290 psi (ASTM D 412).7. Ultimate Elongation at Break: 865 percent (ASTM D 412).8. Hardness, Shore A: 20 (ASTM C 661).JOINT SEALANTS 07900 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082339. Tear Strength: 70 lb/in (ASTM D 1004).10. Use: Glass, aluminum, concrete, masonry, wood, stone, curtain wall construction,expansion wall joints. Interior and exterior use. Do not use on horizontal traffic-bearingsurfaces.11. Available Products:a. Sonolastic 150 by Sonneborn, ChemRex, Inc. 889 Valley park Drive, Shakopee,MN 55379.2.3 JOINT SEALANT BACKINGA. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are non-staining; are compatiblewith joint substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved forapplications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratorytesting. Provide backing and filler material by sealant manufacturer to greatest extentpossible, or products recommended by sealant manufacturer.B. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, non-staining, non-waxing,non-extruding strips of flexible plastic foam of material indicated below and of size, shape,and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealantperformance:1. Open-cell polyurethane foam.2. Closed-cell polyethylene foam, nonabsorbent to liquid water and gas, non-outgassingin unruptured state.C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealantmanufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint filler materials orjoint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provideself-adhesive tape where applicable.2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALSA. Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion ofsealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction jointsealant-substrate tests and field tests.B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers ofsealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable ofstaining or harming in any way joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces, andformulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates.C. Masking Tape: Non-staining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants andsurfaces adjacent to joints.JOINT SEALANTS 07900 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 EXAMINATIONA. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance withrequirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affectingjoint sealant performance. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants untilunsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.3.2 PREPARATIONA. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants tocomply with recommendations of joint sealant manufacturer and the following requirements:1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion ofjoint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings testedand approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), oldjoint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost.2. Clean concrete, masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and similar porous jointsubstrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or acombination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable ofdeveloping optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining fromabove cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-freecompressed air.3. Clean metal, glass and other nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other meansthat do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering withadhesion of joint sealants.B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by jointsealant manufacturer based on preconstruction joint sealant-substrate tests or priorexperience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's recommendations.Confine primers to areas of joint sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration ontoadjoining surfaces.C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant withadjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contactor by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately aftertooling without disturbing joint seal.3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTSA. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's printed installation instructions applicableto products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply.B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use ofjoint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.JOINT SEALANTS 07900 - 6

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233C. Installation of Sealant Backings: Install sealant backings to comply with the followingrequirements:1. Install joint fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during applicationand at position required to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of installedsealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.a. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint fillers.b. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint fillers.c. Remove absorbent joint fillers that have become wet prior to sealant applicationand replace with dry material.2. Install bond breaker tape between sealants where backer rods are not used betweensealants and joint fillers or back of joints.D. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directlycontacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for eachjoint configuration, and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to jointwidths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same timesealant backings are installed.E. Tooling of Non-sag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to timeskinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configurationindicated, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sidesof joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agentsthat discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer.1. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C1193, unless otherwiseindicated.2. Use masking tape to protect adjacent surfaces of recessed tooled joints.3.4 CLEANING: Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as workprogresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of jointsealants and of products in which joints occur.3.5 PROTECTION: Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact withcontaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or othercauses so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion.If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged ordeteriorated joint sealants immediately so that and installations with repaired areas areindistinguishable from original work.END OF SECTION 07900JOINT SEALANTS 07900 - 7

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 08110 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMESPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. Section Includes:1. Interior standard hollow metal doors and frames.1.2 DEFINITIONSA. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings.B. Standard Hollow Metal Work: Hollow metal work fabricated according to ANSI/SDI A250.8.C. Custom Hollow Metal Work: Hollow metal work fabricated according to ANSI/NAAMM-HMMA 861.1.3 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, materialdescriptions, core descriptions, fire-resistance rating, and finishes.B. Shop Drawings: Include the following:1. Elevations of each door design.2. Details of doors, including vertical and horizontal edge details and metal thicknesses.3. Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses.4. Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware.5. Details of each different wall opening condition.6. Details of anchorages, joints, field splices, and connections.7. Details of accessories.8. Details of moldings, removable stops, and glazing.9. Details of conduit and preparations for power, signal, and control systems.C. Oversize Construction Certification: For assemblies required to be fire rated and exceedinglimitations of labeled assemblies.D. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualifiedtesting agency, for each type of hollow metal door and frame assembly.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Source Limitations: Obtain hollow metal work from single source from single manufacturer.HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233B. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeledby a qualified testing agency, for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing as close toneutral pressure as possible according to NFPA 252 or UL 10B.1. Oversize Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: For units exceeding sizes of tested assemblies,provide certification by a qualified testing agency that doors comply with standardconstruction requirements for tested and labeled fire-rated door assemblies except forsize.2. Temperature-Rise Limit: Where indicated At vertical exit enclosures and exitpassageways, provide doors that have a maximum transmitted temperature end point ofnot more than 450 deg F above ambient after 30 minutes of standard fire-test exposure.C. Fire-Rated, Borrowed-Light Frame Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that arelisted and labeled, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities havingjurisdiction, for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 257 orUL 9 UBC Standard 7-4. Label each individual glazed lite.D. Smoke-Control Door Assemblies: Comply with NFPA 105 or UL 1784.E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Deliver hollow metal work palletized, wrapped, or crated to provide protection during transitand Project-site storage. Do not use nonvented plastic.1. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory-finished units.B. Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack weldedto jambs and mullions.C. Store hollow metal work under cover at Project site. Place in stacks of five units maximum in avertical position with heads up, spaced by blocking, on minimum 4-inch- high wood blocking.Do not store in a manner that traps excess humidity.1. Provide minimum 1/4-inch space between each stacked door to permit air circulation.1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONSA. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of openings by field measurements beforefabrication.1.7 COORDINATIONA. Coordinate installation of anchorages for hollow metal frames. Furnish setting drawings,templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchorbolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 MANUFACTURERSA. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offeringproducts that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:1. Amweld Building Products, LLC.2. Benchmark; a division of Therma-Tru Corporation.3. Ceco Door Products; an Assa Abloy Group company.4. Curries Company; an Assa Abloy Group company.5. Deansteel Manufacturing Company, Inc.6. Firedoor Corporation.7. Fleming Door Products Ltd.; an Assa Abloy Group company.8. Habersham Metal Products Company.2.2 MATERIALSA. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitablefor exposed applications.B. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free ofscale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled.C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; withminimum A40 G60 or A60 metallic coating.D. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 591/A 591M, Commercial Steel (CS), 40Z coating designation; millphosphatized.1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008Mor ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M,Class B.E. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M.F. Powder-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for applicationindicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices forattaching hollow metal frames of type indicated.G. Grout: ASTM C 476, except with a maximum slump of 4 inches, as measured according toASTM C 143/C 143M.H. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consistingof fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool with 6- to 12-lb/cu. ft. density; with maximumflame-spread and smoke-development indexes of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136for combustion characteristics.I. Glazing: Comply with requirements in Section 08 80 00 "GLAZING".HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233J. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-mil dryfilm thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers,sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities.2.3 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL FRAMESA. General: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8 and with details indicated for type and profile.B. Interior Frames: Fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet.1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners.2. Fabricate frames as knocked down unless otherwise indicated.3. Fabricate knocked-down, drywall slip-on frames for in-place gypsum board partitions.4. Frames for Level 2 Steel Doors: 0.053-inch- thick steel sheet.5. Frames for Level 3 Steel Doors: 0.053-inch- thick steel sheet.6. Frames for Level 4 Steel Doors: 0.067-inch- thick steel sheet.7. Frames for Borrowed Lights: Same as adjacent door frame.C. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 with reinforcement platesfrom same material as frames.2.4 FRAME ANCHORSA. Jamb Anchors:1. Masonry Type: Adjustable strap-and-stirrup or T-shaped anchors to suit frame size, notless than 0.042 inch thick, with corrugated or perforated straps not less than 2 incheswide by 10 inches long; or wire anchors not less than 0.177 inch thick.2. Stud-Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded to back of frames; not less than 0.042inch thick.3. Compression Type for Drywall Slip-on Frames: Adjustable compression anchors.4. Postinstalled Expansion Type for In-Place Concrete or Masonry: Minimum 3/8-inchdiameterbolts with expansion shields or inserts. Provide pipe spacer from frame to wall,with throat reinforcement plate, welded to frame at each anchor location.B. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.042 inch thick, and asfollows:1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners.2. Separate Topping Concrete Slabs: Adjustable-type anchors with extension clips,allowing not less than 2-inch height adjustment. Terminate bottom of frames at finishfloor surface.2.5 HOLLOW METAL PANELSA. Provide hollow metal panels of same materials, construction, and finish as specified foradjoining hollow metal work.HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082332.6 STOPS AND MOLDINGSA. Moldings for Glazed Lites in Doors: Minimum 0.032 inch thick, fabricated from same materialas door face sheet in which they are installed.B. Fixed Frame Moldings: Formed integral with hollow metal frames, a minimum of 5/8 inch highunless otherwise indicated.C. Loose Stops for Glazed Lites in Frames: Minimum 0.032 inch thick, fabricated from samematerial as frames in which they are installed.2.7 LOUVERSA. Provide louvers for doors, where indicated, that comply with SDI 111C, with blades or bafflesformed of 0.020-inch- thick, cold-rolled steel sheet set into 0.032-inch- thick steel frame.1. Sightproof Louver: Stationary louvers constructed with inverted V-shaped blades, withminimum 55% net-free opening.2. Lightproof Louver: Stationary louvers constructed with baffles to prevent light frompassing from one side to the other, any angle.3. Fire-Rated Automatic Louvers: Louvers constructed with movable blades closed byactuating fusible link, and listed and labeled for use in fire-rated door assemblies of typeand fire-resistance rating indicated by same testing and inspecting agency that establishedfire-resistance rating of door assembly.4. Exterior Louvers: Weld or tenon louver blades to cont. Channel frame and weld assemblyto door to form watertight assembly. Shall have steel framed insect screens secured toroom side and readily removable aluminum wire cloth, 18x18 or 18x16 inch mesh.2.8 ACCESSORIESA. Mullions and Transom Bars: Join to adjacent members by welding or rigid mechanical anchors.B. Ceiling Struts: Minimum 1/4-inch-thick by 1-inch- wide steel.C. Grout Guards: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.016 inch thick.2.9 FABRICATIONA. Fabricate hollow metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately formmetal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for thickness of metal. Wherepractical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Projectsite, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment.B. Tolerances: Fabricate hollow metal work to tolerances indicated in SDI 117.C. Hollow Metal Doors:1. Exterior Doors: Provide weep-hole openings in bottom of exterior doors to permitmoisture to escape. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration.2. Glazed Lites: Factory cut openings in doors.HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082333. Astragals: Provide overlapping astragal on one leaf of pairs of doors where required byNFPA 80 for fire-performance rating or where indicated. Extend minimum 3/4 inchbeyond edge of door on which astragal is mounted.D. Hollow Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handlinglimitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metalas frames.1. Welded Frames: Weld flush face joints continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make smooth,flush, and invisible.2. Sidelight and Transom Bar Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible faceseams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members atcrossings and to jambs by butt welding.3. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fastenersunless otherwise indicated.4. Grout Guards: Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises in frames to begrouted.5. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spotwelds per anchor.6. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows:a. Masonry Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom offrame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as follows:1) Two anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high.2) Three anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high.3) Four anchors per jamb from 90 to 120 inches high.4) Four anchors per jamb plus 1 additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inchesor fraction thereof above 120 inches high.b. Stud-Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom offrame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as follows:1) Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high.2) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high.3) Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches high.4) Five anchors per jamb plus 1 additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inchesor fraction thereof above 96 inches high.5) Two anchors per head for frames above 42 inches wide and mounted inmetal-stud partitions.c. Compression Type: Not less than two anchors in each jamb.d. Postinstalled Expansion Type: Locate anchors not more than 6 inches from topand bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 26 inches o.c.7. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped doors, drill stops to receive door silencers asfollows. Keep holes clear during construction.a. Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers.b. Double-Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers.HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 6

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233E. Fabricate concealed stiffeners, edge channels, and hardware reinforcement from either cold- orhot-rolled steel sheet.F. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow metal work to receive templated mortisedhardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to the DoorHardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified in Section 08 71 00 "Door Hardware."1. Locate hardware as indicated, or if not indicated, according to ANSI/SDI A250.8.2. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised and surface-mounted doorhardware.3. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI/SDI A250.6 and ANSI/DHI A115 Seriesspecifications for preparation of hollow metal work for hardware.4. Coordinate locations of conduit and wiring boxes for electrical connections withDivision 26 Sections.G. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites where indicated. Formcorners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints.1. Single Glazed Lites: Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of hollowmetal work.2. Multiple Glazed Lites: Provide fixed and removable stops and moldings so that eachglazed lite is capable of being removed independently.3. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior doorsand frames.4. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow metal work.5. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with type of glazing andtype of installation indicated.2.10 STEEL FINISHESA. Prime Finish: Apply manufacturer's standard primer immediately after cleaning and pretreating.1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free primercomplying with ANSI/SDI A250.10 acceptance criteria; recommended by primermanufacturer for substrate; compatible with substrate and field-applied coatings despiteprolonged exposure.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 EXAMINATIONA. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance withrequirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.B. Examine roughing-in for embedded and built-in anchors to verify actual locations before frameinstallation.C. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental toperformance of the Work.HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 7

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.3.2 PREPARATIONA. Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by grinding,filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and invisible on exposedfaces.B. Prior to installation, adjust and securely brace welded hollow metal frames for squareness,alignment, twist, and plumbness to the following tolerances:1. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees fromjamb perpendicular to frame head.2. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel toplane of wall.3. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallellines, and perpendicular to plane of wall.4. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a perpendicular line fromhead to floor.C. Drill and tap doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted doorhardware.3.3 INSTALLATIONA. General: Install hollow metal work plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened inplace; comply with Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions.B. Hollow Metal Frames: Install hollow metal frames of size and profile indicated. Comply withANSI/SDI A250.11.1. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanentanchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leavingsurfaces smooth and undamaged.a. At fire-protection-rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80.b. Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handlinglimitations, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously;grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.c. Install frames with removable glazing stops located on secure side of opening.d. Install door silencers in frames before grouting.e. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have beenproperly set and secured.f. Check plumbness, squareness, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shimas necessary to comply with installation tolerances.g. Field apply bituminous coating to backs of frames that are filled with groutcontaining antifreezing agents.2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor,and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors.HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 8

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233a. Floor anchors may be set with powder-actuated fasteners instead of postinstalledexpansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings.3. Metal-Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation behind frames.4. Concrete Walls: Solidly fill space between frames and concrete with grout. Takeprecautions, including bracing frames, to ensure that frames are not deformed or damagedby grout forces.5. In-Place Concrete or Masonry Construction: Secure frames in place with postinstalledexpansion anchors. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisibleon exposed faces.6. In-Place Gypsum Board Partitions: Secure frames in place with postinstalled expansionanchors through floor anchors at each jamb. Countersink anchors, and fill and makesmooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.7. Ceiling Struts: Extend struts vertically from top of frame at each jamb to overheadstructural supports or substrates above frame unless frame is anchored to masonry or toother structural support at each jamb. Bend top of struts to provide flush contact forsecuring to supporting construction. Provide adjustable wedged or bolted anchorage toframe jamb members.8. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow metal door frames for squareness, alignment,twist, and plumb to the following tolerances:a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degreesfrom jamb perpendicular to frame head.b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal lineparallel to plane of wall.c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs onparallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall.d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor.3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANINGA. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before finalinspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replacedefective work, including hollow metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable.B. Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow metal work immediately afterinstallation.C. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas ofprime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer.END OF SECTION 08110HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 9

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 08210 - FLUSH WOOD DOORSPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. Section Includes:1. Solid-core doors with wood-veneer.2. Shop priming and factory finishing flush wood doors.1.2 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each type of door indicated. Include details of core and edgeconstruction, louvers, and trim for openings.B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door;construction details not covered in Product Data; location and extent of hardware blocking; andother pertinent data.1. Indicate dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware.2. Indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts.3. Indicate requirements for veneer matching.4. Indicate doors to be factory finished and finish requirements.5. Indicate fire-protection ratings for fire-rated doors.C. Samples for Initial Selection: For factory-finished doors.D. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that is certified for chain of custody byan FSC-accredited certification body.B. Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors from single manufacturer.C. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified, comply with WDMA I.S.1-A,"Architectural Wood Flush Doors.1. Provide AWI Quality Certification Labels or an AWI letter of licensing for Projectindicating that doors comply with requirements of grades specified.2. Provide WI-Certified Compliance Certificate indicating that doors comply withrequirements of grades specified.3. Provide WI-Certified Compliance Certificate for installation.FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08210 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions.B. Package doors individually in cardboard cartons and wrap bundles of doors in plastic sheeting.C. Mark each door on top and bottom rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings.1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONSA. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until spaces are enclosed andweathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and HVAC system is operating andmaintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during theremainder of the construction period.1.6 WARRANTYA. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair orreplace doors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:a. Warping (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in a 42-by-84-inch section.b. Telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3-inchspan.2. Warranty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due to repairor replacement of defective doors.3. Warranty Period for Solid-Core Interior Doors: Life of installation.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 MANUFACTURERSA. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offeringproducts that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:1. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc.2. Ampco, Inc.3. Buell Door Company Inc.4. Chappell Door Co.5. Eagle Plywood & Door Manufacturing, Inc.6. Eggers Industries.7. Graham; an Assa Abloy Group company.8. Haley Brothers, Inc.FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08210 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082339. Ideal Architectural Doors & Plywood.10. Ipik Door Company.11. Lambton Doors.12. Marlite.13. Marshfield Door Systems, Inc.14. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc.; a Masonite company.15. Oshkosh Architectural Door Company.16. Poncraft Door Company.17. Vancouver Door Company.18. VT Industries Inc.2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION, GENERALA. Low-Emitting Materials: Provide doors made with adhesives and composite wood products thatdo not contain urea formaldehyde.B. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade: Heavy DutyC. Particleboard-Core Doors:1. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade LD-1, made with binder containing no ureaformaldehyderesin.2. Blocking: Provide 5-inch wood blocking in particleboard-core doors as needed toeliminate through-bolting hardware.2.3 DOORS FOR OPAQUE FINISHA. Interior Solid-Core Doors :1. Grade: Premium.2. Faces: Any closed grain hardwood.3. Core: Particleboard4. Construction: 3 plies. Stiles and rails are bonded to core then entire unit abrasive planedbefore veneering.2.4 LOUVERS AND LIGHT FRAMESA. Metal Louvers:1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:a. Air Louvers Inc.b. Anemostat; a Mestek company.c. Hiawatha Incorporated.d. L & L Louvers, Inc.FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08210 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233e. LL Building Products, Inc.; a division of GAF Materials Corporation.f. Louvers & Dampers, Inc.; a Mestek company.g. McGill Architectural Products.2. Blade Type: Vision-proof, inverted V3. Metal and Finish: Hot-dip galvanized steel, 0.040 inch thick, factory primed with bakedenamel-or powder-coated finish.2.5 FABRICATIONA. Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requirements ofreferenced quality standard for fitting unless otherwise indicated.B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to complywith DHI-WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings,DHI A115-W series standards, and hardware templates.C. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors in factory.1. Louvers: Factory install louvers in prepared openings.2.6 SHOP PRIMINGA. Doors for Opaque Finish: Shop prime doors with one coat of wood primer as specified inSection 09910 "INTERIOR PAINTING”. Seal all four edges, edges of cutouts, and mortiseswith primer.2.7 FACTORY FINISHINGA. General: Comply with referenced quality standard for factory finishing. Complete fabrication,including fitting doors for openings and machining for hardware that is not surface applied,before finishing.1. Finish faces, all four edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises. Stains and fillers may beomitted on top and bottom edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises.B. Field finish doors indicated to receive opaque finish.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 EXAMINATIONA. Examine doors and installed door frames before hanging doors.1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swingcharacteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs.2. Reject doors with defects.FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08210 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.3.2 INSTALLATIONA. Hardware: For installation, see Section 08710 "DOOR HARDWARE"B. Installation Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions andthe referenced quality standard, and as indicated.C. Job-Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicatedbelow; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted for firerateddoors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal edges of doors, edges of cutouts, and mortisesafter fitting and machining.1. Clearances: Provide 1/8 inch at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors. Provide 1/8inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering unless otherwiseindicated. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4 inch from bottom of doorto top of threshold unless otherwise indicated.2. Bevel non-fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock and hinge edges.D. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge.E. Factory-Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required atProject site.3.3 ADJUSTINGA. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely.B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or that do not comply with requirements.Doors may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidenceof repair or refinishing.END OF SECTION 08210FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08210 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANKFLUSH WOOD DOORS 08210 - 6

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 08710 - DOOR HARDWAREPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 REFERENCESA. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Thepublications listed below are referenced as the latest edition published as of the date of thisdocument. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only.1. ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)a. ASTM E 283 Determining the Rate of Air Leakage ThroughExterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and DoorsUnder Specified Pressure Differences Across theSpecimenb. ASTM F 883 Padlocks2. BUILDERS HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (BHMA)a. BHMA A156.1 Butts and Hingesb. BHMA A156.12 Interconnected Locks & Latchesc. BHMA A156.13 Mortise Locks & Latches, Series 1000d. BHMA A156.15 Closer Holder Release Devicese. BHMA A156.16 Auxiliary Hardwaref. BHMA A156.17 Self Closing Hinges & Pivotsg. BHMA A156.18 Materials and Finishesh. BHMA A156.2 Bored and Preassembled Locks and Latchesi. BHMA A156.21 Thresholdsj. BHMA A156.22 Door Gasketing and Edge Seal Systemsk. BHMA A156.3 Exit Devicesl. BHMA A156.4 Door Controls - Closersm. BHMA A156.5 Auxiliary Locks & Associated Productsn. BHMA A156.6 Architectural Door Trimo. BHMA A156.7 Template Hinge Dimensionsp. BHMA A156.8 Door Controls - Overhead Holders and Holders3. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)a. NFPA 101 Life Safety Codeb. NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Fire Windows4. STEEL DOOR INSTITUTE (SDI)a. SDI 100 Standard Steel Doors and FramesDOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082335. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)a. UL Bldg Mat Dir Building Materials Directory1.2 SUBMITTALSA. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 “SUBMITTALPROCEDURES”:1. Shop Drawingsa. Hardware schedule;2. Product Dataa. Hardware items;3. Manufacturer's Instructionsa. Installation4. Operation and Maintenance Dataa. Hardware Schedule items, Data Package 1;1.3 HARDWARE SCHEDULEA. Prepare and submit hardware schedule in the following form:Reference Mfr. Name BHMA Finish UL MarkPublication and Catalog Designation (If Fire ratedHardware Quantity Type Size No. Finish Listed) and Symbols------------- ------------ -------------- ----- ---------------- --------- ------------------ -----------------.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Hardware Manufacturers and ModificationsB. Provide, as far as feasible, locks, hinges, pivots, and closers of one lock, hinge, pivot, or closermanufacturer's make. Modify hardware as necessary to provide features indicated or specified.1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Deliver hardware in original individual containers, complete with necessary appurtenancesincluding fasteners and instructions. Mark each individual container with item number asshown in hardware schedule. Deliver permanent keys to the Contracting Officer, either directlyor by certified mail. Deliver construction master keys with the locks.DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 TEMPLATE HARDWAREA. Hardware to be applied to metal or to prefinished doors shall be made to template. Promptlyfurnish template information or templates to door and frame manufacturers. Template hingesshall conform to BHMA A156.7. Coordinate hardware items to prevent interference with otherhardware.2.2 HARDWARE ITEMSA. Hinges, pivots, locks, latches, exit devices, bolts, and closers shall be clearly and permanentlymarked with the manufacturer's name or trademark where it will be visible after the item isinstalled. For closers with covers, the name or trademark may be beneath the cover.B. Hinges:Hinge Sizes ChartHeight of HingeThickness of Doors Width of Doors (Length of Joint)in Inches in Inches in Inches7/8 to 1 1/8 screen To 36 31 3/8 To 32 3 1/21 3/8 Over 32 to 37 41 3/4 To 36 4 1/21 3/4 Over 36 to 48 5 Heavy Weight1 3/4 Over 48 6 Heavy Weight2, 2 1/4 and 2 1/2 To 42 5 Heavy Weight2, 2 1/4 and 2 1/2 Over 42 6 Heavy Weight1. BHMA A156.1, 4 1/2 by 4 1/2 inches unless otherwise specified. Construct loose pinhinges for exterior doors and reverse-bevel interior doors so that pins will be nonremovablewhen door is closed. Other antifriction bearing hinges may be provided inlieu of ball-bearing hinges.C. Pivots: BHMA A156.4.D. Spring Hinges: BHMA A156.17.E. Locks and Latches1. Closers: BHMA A156.4, Series C02000, Grade 1, with PT 4C. Provide with brackets,arms, mounting devices, fasteners, full size covers, except at storefront mounting, andother features necessary for the particular application. Size closers in accordance withmanufacturer's recommendations, or provide multi-size closers, Sizes 1 through 6, andlist sizes in the Hardware Schedule. Provide manufacturer's 10 year warranty.DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233a. Identification Marking: Engrave each closer with manufacturer's name ortrademark, date of manufacture, and manufacturer's size designation located to bevisible after installation.2. Overhead Holders: BHMA A156.8.3. Closer Holder-Release Devices: BHMA A156.15.4. Door Protection Plates: BHMA A156.6.a. Sizes of Mop and Kick Plates: Width for single doors shall be 2 inches less thandoor width; width for pairs of doors shall be one inch less than door width. Heightof kick plates shall be 10 inches for flush doors and one inch less than height ofbottom rail for panel doors. Height of mop plates shall be 6 inches.5. Door Stops and Silencers: BHMA A156.16. Silencers Type L03011. Provide threesilencers for each single door, two for each pair.6. Thresholds: BHMA A156.21. Use J35100, with vinyl or silicone rubber insert in face ofstop, for exterior doors opening out, unless specified otherwise.7. Weather Stripping Gasketing: BHMA A156.22. Provide the type and functiondesignation where specified in paragraph entitled "Hardware Schedule". A set shallinclude head and jamb seals and, for pairs of doors, astragals. Air leakage of weatherstripped doors shall not exceed 1.25 cubic feet per minute of air per square foot of doorarea when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283. Weather stripping shall be one of thefollowing:a. Extruded Aluminum Retainers: Extruded aluminum retainers not less than 0.050inch wall thickness with vinyl, neoprene, silicone rubber, or polyurethane inserts.Aluminum shall be bronze anodized.b. Interlocking Type: Zinc or bronze not less than 0.018 inch thick.c. Spring Tension Type: Spring bronze or stainless steel not less than 0.008 inchthick.8. Special Tools: Provide special tools, such as spanner and socket wrenches and doggingkeys, required to service and adjust hardware items.2.3 FASTENERSA. Provide fasteners of proper type, quality, size, quantity, and finish with hardware. Fastenersexposed to weather shall be of nonferrous metal or stainless steel. Provide fasteners of typenecessary to accomplish a permanent installation.2.4 FINISHESA. BHMA A156.18. Hardware shall have BHMA 630 finish (satin stainless steel), unless specifiedotherwise. Provide items not manufactured in stainless steel in BHMA 626 finish (satinchromium plated) over brass or bronze, except surface door closers which shall have aluminumpaint finish, and except steel hinges which shall have BHMA 652 finish (satin chromiumplated). Hinges for exterior doors shall be stainless steel with BHMA 630 finish or chromiumplated brass or bronze with BHMA 626 finish. Exit devices may be provided in BHMA 626DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233finish in lieu of BHMA 630 finish. Exposed parts of concealed closers shall have finish tomatch lock and door trim. Hardware for aluminum doors shall be finished to match the doors.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 INSTALLATIONA. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturers' printed instructions. Fasten hardware towood surfaces with full-threaded wood screws or sheet metal screws. Provide machine screwsset in expansion shields for fastening hardware to solid concrete and masonry surfaces. Providetoggle bolts where required for fastening to hollow core construction. Provide through boltswhere necessary for satisfactory installation.1. Threshold Installation: Extend thresholds the full width of the opening and notch end forjamb stops. Set thresholds in a full bed of sealant and anchor to floor with cadmiumplated,countersunk, steel screws.3.2 HARDWARE LOCATIONSA. SDI 100, unless indicated or specified otherwise.1. Kick and Armor Plates: Push side of single-acting doors. Both sides of double-actingdoors.2. Mop Plates: Bottom flush with bottom of door.3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. After installation, protect hardware from paint, stains, blemishes, and other damage untilacceptance of work. Submit notice of testing 15 days before scheduled, so that testing can bewitnessed by the Contracting Officer. Adjust hinges, locks, latches, bolts, holders, closers, andother items to operate properly. Demonstrate that permanent keys operate respective locks, andgive keys to the Contracting Officer. Correct, repair, and finish, as directed, errors in cuttingand fitting and damage to adjoining work.END OF SECTION 08710DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 08830 - MIRRORSPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. Section includes the following types of silvered flat glass mirrors:1. Annealed monolithic glass mirrors.1.2 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.1. Mirrors. Include description of materials and process used to produce each type ofsilvered flat glass mirror specified that indicates sources of glass, glass coatingcomponents, edge sealer, and quality-control provisions.B. Shop Drawings: Include mirror elevations, edge details, mirror hardware, and attachments toother work.C. Samples: For each type of the following products:1. Mirrors: 12 inches square, including edge treatment on two adjoining edges.2. Mirror Clips: Full size.3. Mirror Trim: 12 inches long.D. Product Certificates: For each type of mirror, from manufacturer.E. Preconstruction Test Reports: From mirror manufacturer indicating that mirror mastic wastested for compatibility and adhesion with mirror backing film and substrates on which mirrorsare installed.F. Maintenance Data: For mirrors to include in maintenance manuals.G. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs glass installers for this Project whoare certified under the National Glass Association's Certified Glass Installer Program.B. Source Limitations for Mirrors: Obtain mirrors from single source from single manufacturer.C. Source Limitations for Mirror Accessories: Obtain mirror glazing accessories from singlesource.MIRRORS 08830 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233D. Glazing Publications: Comply with the following published recommendations:1. GANA's "Glazing Manual" unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer tothis publication for definitions of glass and glazing terms not otherwise defined in thisSection or in referenced standards.2. GANA Mirror Division's "Mirrors, Handle with Extreme Care: Tips for the Professionalon the Care and Handling of Mirrors."E. Safety Glazing Products: For mirrors, provide products complying with testing requirements in16 CFR 1201 for Category II materials.F. Preconstruction Mirror Mastic Compatibility Test: Submit mirror mastic products to mirrormanufacturer for testing to determine compatibility of mastic with mirror backing film andsubstrates on which mirrors are installed.1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Protect mirrors according to mirror manufacturer's written instructions and as needed to preventdamage to mirrors from moisture, condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, orother causes.B. Comply with mirror manufacturer's written instructions for shipping, storing, and handlingmirrors as needed to prevent deterioration of silvering, damage to edges, and abrasion of glasssurfaces and applied coatings. Store indoors.1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONSA. Environmental Limitations: Do not install mirrors until ambient temperature and humidityconditions are maintained at levels indicated for final occupancy.1.6 WARRANTYA. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which mirror manufacturer agrees toreplace mirrors that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of mirrors isdefined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to mirror breakage or tomaintaining and cleaning mirrors contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defectsinclude discoloration, black spots, and clouding of the silver film.1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 SILVERED FLAT GLASS MIRRORSA. Glass Mirrors, General: ASTM C 1503MIRRORS 08830 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:a. Arch Aluminum & Glass Co., Inc.b. Avalon Glass and Mirror Company.c. Binswanger Mirror; a division of Vitro America, Inc.d. D & W Incorporatede. Donisi Mirror Company.f. Gardner Glass, Inc.g. Gilded Mirrors, Inc.h. Guardian Industries.i. Head West.j. Independent Mirror Industries, Inc.k. Lenoir Mirror Company.l. Maran-Wurzell Glass & Mirror.m. National Glass Industries.n. Stroupe Mirror Co., Inc.o. Sunshine Mirror; Westshore Glass Corp.p. Virginia Mirror Company, Inc.q. Walker Glass Co., Ltd.r. Washroom Equipments. Bobrick, Inc.t. Bradley Corporation2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALSA. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus orminus 5.B. Edge Sealer: Coating compatible with glass coating and approved by mirror manufacturer foruse in protecting against silver deterioration at mirrored glass edges.C. Mirror Mastic: An adhesive setting compound, asbestos-free, produced specifically for settingmirrors and certified by both mirror manufacturer and mastic manufacturer as compatible withglass coating and substrates on which mirrors will be installed.1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:a. Franklin International; Titebond Division.b. Laurence, C. R. Co., Inc.c. Macco Adhesives; Liquid Nails Division.d. OSI Sealants, Inc.e. Palmer Products Corporation.f. Pecora Corporation.g. Royal Adhesives & Sealants; Gunther Mirror Mastics Division.h. Sommer & Maca Industries, Inc.MIRRORS 08830 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233D. Film Backing for Safety Mirrors: Film backing and pressure-sensitive adhesive; bothcompatible with mirror backing paint as certified by mirror manufacturer.2.3 MIRROR HARDWAREA. Top and Bottom Aluminum J-Channels: Aluminum extrusions with a return deep enough toproduce a glazing channel to accommodate mirrors of thickness indicated and in lengthsrequired to cover bottom and top edges of each mirror in a single piece.1. Bottom Trim: J-channels formed with front leg and back leg not less than 3/8 and 7/8inch in height, respectively, and a thickness of not less than 0.04 inch .a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may beincorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:1) Laurence, C. R. Co., Inc.; CRL Standard "J" Channel.2) Sommer & Maca Industries, Inc.; Aluminum Shallow Nose "J" MouldingLower Bar.3) Sommer & Maca Industries, Inc.; Heavy Gauge Aluminum Shallow Nose"J" Moulding Lower Bar.2. Top Trim: J-channels formed with front leg and back leg not less than 5/8 and 1 inch inheight, respectively, and a thickness of not less than 0.04 inch .a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may beincorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:1) Laurence, C. R. Co., Inc.; CRL Deep "J" Channel.2) Sommer & Maca Industries, Inc.; Aluminum Deep Nose "J" MouldingUpper Bar.3) Sommer & Maca Industries, Inc.; Heavy Gauge Aluminum Deep Nose "J"Moulding Lower Bar.3. Finish: Clear bright anodized.2.4 FABRICATIONA. Mirror Sizes: To suit Project conditions, cut mirrors to final sizes and shapes.B. Mirror Edge Treatment: Flat polished.1. Seal edges of mirrors with edge sealer after edge treatment to prevent chemical oratmospheric penetration of glass coating.2. Require mirror manufacturer to perform edge treatment and sealing in factoryimmediately after cutting to final sizes.C. Film-Backed Safety Mirrors: Apply film backing with adhesive coating over mirror backingpaint as recommended in writing by film-backing manufacturer to produce a surface free ofbubbles, blisters, and other imperfections.MIRRORS 08830 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 EXAMINATIONA. Examine substrates, over which mirrors are to be mounted, with Installer present, forcompliance with installation tolerances, substrate preparation, and other conditions affectingperformance of the Work.B. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility of mirror masticwith existing finishes or primers.C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfacesare dry.3.2 PREPARATIONA. Comply with mastic manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparation ofsubstrates, including coating substrates with mastic manufacturer's special bond coating whereapplicable.3.3 INSTALLATIONA. General: Install mirrors to comply with mirror manufacturer's written instructions and withreferenced GANA publications. Mount mirrors accurately in place in a manner that avoidsdistorting reflected images.B. Provide a minimum air space of 1/8 inch between back of mirrors and mounting surface for aircirculation between back of mirrors and face of mounting surface.C. Wall-Mounted Mirrors: Install mirrors with mastic and mirror hardware. Attach mirrorhardware securely to mounting surfaces with mechanical fasteners installed with anchors orinserts as applicable. Install fasteners so heads do not impose point loads on backs of mirrors.1. Top and Bottom Aluminum J-Channels: Provide setting blocks 1/8 inch thick by 4inches long at quarter points. To prevent trapping water, provide, between setting blocks,two slotted weeps not less than 1/4 inch wide by 3/8 inch long at bottom channel.2. Top Channel/Cleat and Bottom Aluminum J-Channels: Fasten J-channel directly to walland attach top trim to continuous cleat fastened directly to wall.3. Mirror Clips: Place a felt or plastic pad between mirror and each clip to prevent spallingof mirror edges. Locate clips where indicated4. Install mastic as follows:a. Apply barrier coat to mirror backing where approved in writing by manufacturersof mirrors and backing material.b. Apply mastic to comply with mastic manufacturer's written instructions forcoverage and to allow air circulation between back of mirrors and face ofmounting surface.MIRRORS 08830 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233c. After mastic is applied, align mirrors and press into place while maintaining aminimum air space of 1/8 inch between back of mirrors and mounting surface.3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTIONA. Protect mirrors from breakage and contaminating substances resulting from constructionoperations.B. Do not permit edges of mirrors to be exposed to standing water.C. Maintain environmental conditions that will prevent mirrors from being exposed to moisturefrom condensation or other sources for continuous periods of time.D. Wash exposed surface of mirrors not more than four days before date scheduled for inspectionsthat establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash mirrors as recommended in writing bymirror manufacturer.END OF SECTION 08830MIRRORS 08830 - 6

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 09111 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMINGPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes non-load-bearing steel framing members for the following applications:1. Interior framing systems (e.g., supports for partition walls, framed soffits, furring, etc.).2. Interior suspension systems (e.g., supports for ceilings, suspended soffits, etc.).1.2 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies that incorporate nonload-bearingsteel framing, provide materials and construction identical to those tested inassembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency.B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identicalto those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according toASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 NON-LOAD-BEARING STEEL FRAMING, GENERALA. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal, unlessotherwise indicated.2. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 hot-dip galvanized, unless otherwiseindicated.2.2 SUSPENSION SYSTEM COMPONENTSA. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625-inch- diameterwire, or double strand of 0.0475-inch- diameter wire.B. Hanger Attachments to Concrete:NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09111 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Suitable for application indicated, fabricated fromcorrosion-resistant materials with clips or other devices for attaching hangers of typeindicated, and capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 10 times thatimposed by construction as determined by testing according to ASTM E 1190 by anindependent testing agency.C. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162-inch diameter.D. Carrying Channels: Cold-rolled, commercial-steel sheet with a base-metal thickness of 0.0538inch and minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges.1. Depth: As indicated on DrawingsE. Furring Channels (Furring Members):1. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, 7/8 inch deep.a. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch.F. Grid Suspension System for Ceilings: ASTM C 645, direct-hung system composed of mainbeams and cross-furring members that interlock.1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may beincorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.; Drywall Grid Systems.b. Chicago Metallic Corporation; 640-C Drywall Furring System.c. USG Corporation; Drywall Suspension System.2.3 STEEL FRAMING FOR FRAMED ASSEMBLIESA. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645.1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch. 0.0346 inch min. thickness (20 ga.Structural stud) supporting wall hung items such as cabinetry, equipment, and fixtures,unless indicated otherwise on drawings.2. Depth: As indicated on DrawingsB. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide one of the following:1. Single Long-Leg Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runner with 2-inch- deep flanges inthickness not less than indicated for studs, installed with studs friction fit into top runnerand with continuous bridging located within 12 inches of the top of studs to providelateral bracing.2. Double-Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runners, inside runner with 2-inch- deepflanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs and fastened to studs, and outerrunner sized to friction fit inside runner.3. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of finishesapplied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; inthickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs.NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09111 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233a. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that maybe incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:b. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:1) Steel Network Inc. (The); VertiClip SLD VertiTrack VTD Series.2) Superior Metal Trim; Superior Flex Track System (SFT).C. Firestop Tracks: Top runner manufactured to allow partition heads to expand and contract withmovement of the structure while maintaining continuity of fire-resistance-rated assemblyindicated; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth ofstuds.1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may beincorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:a. Fire Trak Corp.; Fire Trak attached to studs with Fire Trak Slip Clip.b. Metal-Lite, Inc.; The System.D. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and widthindicated.1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inchE. Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: 0.0538-inch bare-steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch- wideflanges.1. Depth: As indicated on Drawings2. Clip Angle: Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches, 0.068-inch- thick, galvanized steel.F. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645.1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch2. Depth: As indicated on DrawingsG. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch- deep, steel sheet members designed to reduce soundtransmission.H. Cold-Rolled Furring Channels: 0.0538-inch bare-steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch- wideflanges.1. Depth: As indicated on Drawings2. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated-edge type of steel sheet with minimum baresteelthickness of 0.0312 inch.3. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625-inchdiameterwire, or double strand of 0.0475-inch- diameter wire.I. Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or nonslotted web, face flange of 1-1/4 inches, wall attachmentflange of 7/8 inch, minimum bare-metal thickness of 0.0179 inch, and depth required to fitinsulation thickness indicated.NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09111 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082332.4 AUXILIARY MATERIALSA. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards.1. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holdingpower, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates.B. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Provide one of the following:1. Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt),nonperforated.2. Foam Gasket: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastenerpenetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch thick, in width to suit steel stud size.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 EXAMINATIONA. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow-metal frames,cast-in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditionsaffecting performance.1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.3.2 PREPARATIONA. Suspended Assemblies: Coordinate installation of suspension systems with installation ofoverhead structure to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages to buildingstructure have been installed to receive hangers at spacing required to support the Work and thathangers will develop their full strength.1. Furnish concrete inserts and other devices indicated to other trades for installation inadvance of time needed for coordination and construction.B. Coordination with Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials:1. Before sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, attach offset anchor plates or ceilingrunners (tracks) to surfaces indicated to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials. Whereoffset anchor plates are required, provide continuous plates fastened to building structurenot more than 24 inches o.c.2. After sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, remove them only to extent necessaryfor installation of non-load-bearing steel framing. Do not reduce thickness of fireresistivematerials below that required for fire-resistance ratings indicated. Protectadjacent fire-resistive materials from damage.3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERALA. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754, except comply with framing sizes and spacing indicated.NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09111 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that applyto framing installation.B. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim,grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction.C. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies.D. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framingmembers. Frame both sides of joints independently.3.4 INSTALLING SUSPENSION SYSTEMSA. Install suspension system components in sizes and spacings indicated on Drawings, but not lessthan those required by referenced installation standards for assembly types and other assemblycomponents indicated.B. Isolate suspension systems from building structure where they abut or are penetrated bybuilding structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement.C. Suspend hangers from building structure as follows:1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceilingplenum that are not part of supporting structural or suspension system.a. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resultinghorizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means.2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hangerspacings that interfere with locations of hangers required to support standard suspensionsystem members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form oftrapezes or equivalent devices.a. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads withinperformance limits established by referenced installation standards.3. Wire Hangers: Secure by looping and wire tying, either directly to structures or toinserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate forsubstrate, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail.4. Flat Hangers: Secure to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attachingto inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate forstructure and hanger, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate orotherwise fail.5. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck.6. Do not attach hangers to permanent metal forms. Furnish cast-in-place hanger insertsthat extend through forms.7. Do not attach hangers to rolled-in hanger tabs of composite steel floor deck.8. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit.D. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Wire tie furring channels to supports.NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09111 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233E. Grid Suspension Systems: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension systemsmeet vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross-furring members to each otherand butt-cut to fit into wall track.F. Installation Tolerances: Install suspension systems that are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feetmeasured lengthwise on each member that will receive finishes and transversely betweenparallel members that will receive finishes.3.5 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIESA. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exteriorwalls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall.B. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction.1. Space studs as follows:a. Single-Layer Application: 16 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated.b. Multilayer Application: 16 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated.c. Tile backing panels: 16 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated.C. Install tracks (runners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structuralsupports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated toterminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts penetrating partitions aboveceiling.1. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install toproduce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finishedassemblies.2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames;install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs.a. Install two studs at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated.b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inchclearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finishedassembly.c. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overheadstructure.3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as requiredfor door openings, unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings tomatch framing required above door heads.4. Fire-Resistance-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with fire-resistance-ratedassembly indicated and support closures and to make partitions continuous from floor tounderside of solid structure.a. Firestop Track: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire-resistanceratedassembly indicated.5. Sound-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with sound-rated assembly indicated.NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09111 - 6

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082336. Curved Partitions:D. Direct Furring:a. Bend track to uniform curve and locate straight lengths so they are tangent to arcs.b. Begin and end each arc with a stud, and space intermediate studs equally alongarcs. On straight lengths of not less than 2 studs at ends of arcs, place studs 6inches o.c.1. Screw to wood framing.2. Attach to concrete or masonry with stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment,or powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c.E. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing.END OF SECTION 09 22 16NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09111 - 7

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANKNON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09111 - 8

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM BOARDPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes the following:1. Interior gypsum board.2. Exterior gypsum board for ceilings and soffits.3. Tile backing panels.1.2 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.B. Samples: For the following products:1. Trim Accessories: Full-size Sample in 12-inch- long length for each trim accessoryindicated.2. Textured Finishes: Manufacturer's standard size for each textured finish indicated and onsame backing indicated for Work.1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide materials andconstruction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by anindependent testing agency.B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identicalto those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according toASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency.1.4 STORAGE AND HANDLINGA. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage fromweather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other causes. Stack panels flatto prevent sagging.1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONSA. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum boardmanufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent.B. Do not install interior products until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned.GYPSUM BOARD 09250 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233C. Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are molddamaged.1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to,discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy orsplotchy surface contamination and discoloration.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 PANELS, GENERALA. Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each areaand that correspond with support system indicated.2.2 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARDA. General: Complying with ASTM C 36/C 36M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, as applicable totype of gypsum board indicated and whichever is more stringent.1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:B. Regular Type:a. American Gypsum Co.b. BPB America Inc.c. G-P Gypsum.d. Lafarge North America Inc.e. National Gypsum Company.f. PABCO Gypsum.g. Temple.h. USG Corporation.1. Thickness: 5/8 inch, or as required by fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated ondrawings.2. Long Edges: TaperedC. Type X:1. Thickness: 5/8 inch.2. Long Edges: Tapered.D. Type C:1. Thickness: As required by fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated on Drawings.2. Long Edges: Tapered.GYPSUM BOARD 09250 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233E. Ceiling Type: Manufactured to have more sag resistance than regular-type gypsum board.1. Thickness: 1/2 inch.2. Long Edges: Tapered.F. Abuse-Resistant Type: Manufactured to produce greater resistance to surface indentation,through-penetration (impact resistance), and abrasion than standard, regular-type and Type Xgypsum board.1. Core: As indicated on Drawings.2. Long Edges: Tapered.G. Moisture- and Mold-Resistant Type: With moisture- and mold-resistant core and surfaces.1. Core: 5/8 inch, Type X.2. Long Edges: Tapered.K. Sound Attenuating Gypsum Board1. Core: As indicated on drawings2. Long Edges: Tapered2.3 EXTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD FOR CEILINGS AND SOFFITSA. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: ASTM C 931/C 931M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, withmanufacturer's standard edges.1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:a. American Gypsum Co.b. BPB America Inc.c. G-P Gypsum.d. Lafarge North America Inc.e. National Gypsum Company.f. PABCO Gypsum.g. Temple.h. USG Corporation.2. Core: As indicatedB. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: ASTM C 1177/C 1177M.1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Dens-Glass Gold" by G-PGypsum.2. Core: As indicatedGYPSUM BOARD 09250 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082332.4 TILE BACKING PANELSA. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630/C 630M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M.1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:a. American Gypsum Co.b. BPB America Inc.c. G-P Gypsum.d. Lafarge North America Inc.e. National Gypsum Company.f. PABCO Gypsum.g. Temple.h. USG Corporation.2. Core: As indicated on DrawingsB. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A118.9.1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may beincorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:a. Custom Building Products; Wonderboard.b. FinPan, Inc.; Util-A-Crete Concrete Backer Board.c. USG Corporation; DUROCK Cement Board.2. Thickness: As indicated on Drawings2.5 TRIM ACCESSORIESA. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047.1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or paper-facedgalvanized steel sheet.2. Shapes:a. Cornerbead.b. Bullnose bead.c. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound.d. L-Bead: L-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound.e. U-Bead: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound.f. Expansion (control) joint.g. Curved-Edge Cornerbead: With notched or flexible flanges.B. Exterior Trim: ASTM C 1047.1. Material: Hot-dip galvanized steel sheet, plastic, or rolled zinc.2. Shapes:GYPSUM BOARD 09250 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233a. Cornerbead.b. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound.c. Expansion (Control) Joint: One-piece, rolled zinc with V-shaped slot andremovable strip covering slot opening.C. Aluminum Trim: Extruded accessories of profiles and dimensions indicated.1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:a. Fry Reglet Corp.b. Gordon, Inc.c. Pittcon Industries.2. Aluminum: Alloy and temper with not less than the strength and durability properties ofASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T5.3. Finish: Corrosion-resistant primer compatible with joint compound and finish materialsspecified.2.6 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALSA. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M.B. Joint Tape:1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper, or as recommended by manufacturer2. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Paper, or as recommended by manufacturer3. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: 10-by-10 glass mesh.4. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer.C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that iscompatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.1. Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound.2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, andtrim flanges, use setting-type taping compound.a. Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories.3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound.4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use setting-type, sandable topping5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use setting-type, sandable topping compoundD. Joint Compound for Exterior Applications:1. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Use setting-type taping compound and setting-type,sandable topping compound.2. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: As recommended by sheathing boardmanufacturer.GYPSUM BOARD 09250 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233E. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels:1. Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by backer unit manufacturer.2.7 AUXILIARY MATERIALSA. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards andmanufacturer's written recommendations.B. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adheringgypsum panels to continuous substrate.C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated.1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from0.033 to 0.112 inch thick.2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended bypanel manufacturer.D. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing)produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slagwool, or rock wool.1. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements ofassembly.E. Acoustical Sealant: As specified in Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants."F. Thermal Insulation: As specified in Section 07 21 00 "Thermal Insulation."G. Vapor Retarder: As specified in Section 07 21 00 "Thermal Insulation."PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 EXAMINATIONA. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow-metal framesand framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance.B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and molddamaged.C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.3.2 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERALA. Comply with ASTM C 840.GYPSUM BOARD 09250 - 6

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233B. Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoidabutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panelsnot less than one framing member.C. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends withnot more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place.D. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediatesupports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place taperededges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do notmake joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings.E. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels.F. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings,etc.), except in chases braced internally.1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smokeratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area.2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits.3. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floor/roofslabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural members; allow1/4- to 3/8-inch- wide joints to install sealant.G. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structuralabutments, except floors. Provide 1/4-to 1/2-inch-wide spaces at these locations, and trim edgeswith edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abuttingstructural surfaces with acoustical sealant.H. Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is attached toopen (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first.I. STC-Rated Assemblies: Seal construction at perimeters, behind control joints, and at openingsand penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at bothfaces of partitions at perimeters and through penetrations. Comply with ASTM C 919 and withmanufacturer's written recommendations for locating edge trim and closing off sound-flankingpaths around or through assemblies, including sealing partitions above acoustical ceilings.J. Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels, unless blankets are readilyinstalled after panels have been installed on one side.3.3 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARDA. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations:1. Regular Type: Vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.2. Type X: As indicated on Drawings and Where required for fire-resistance-ratedassembly.3. Type C: Where required for specific fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated.4. Ceiling Type: Ceiling surfaces.GYPSUM BOARD 09250 - 7

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082335. Abuse-Resistant Type: As indicated on Drawings6. Moisture- and Mold-Resistant Type: As indicated on DrawingsB. Single-Layer Application:1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to greatestextent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated.2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing, unless otherwiseindicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and minimize end joints.a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate coursesof panels.b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally, unless otherwiseindicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly.3. On Z-furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with no endjoints. Locate edge joints over furring members.4. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws.C. Multilayer Application:1. On ceilings, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers before applying base layers onwalls/partitions; apply face layers in same sequence. Apply base layers at right angles toframing members and offset face-layer joints 1 framing member, 16 inches minimum,from parallel base-layer joints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistanceratedassembly.2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers and face layersvertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or furringmember and face-layer joints offset at least one stud or furring member with base-layerjoints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly. Staggerjoints on opposite sides of partitions.3. On Z-furring members, apply base layer vertically (parallel to framing) and face layereither vertically (parallel to framing) or horizontally (perpendicular to framing) withvertical joints offset at least one furring member. Locate edge joints of base layer overfurring members.4. Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers and face layers separately to supports withscrews, or as indicated or required by fire-resistant-rated assembly.D. Laminating to Substrate: Where gypsum panels are indicated as directly adhered to a substrate(other than studs, joists, furring members, or base layer of gypsum board), comply with gypsumboard manufacturer's written recommendations and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum panelsuntil fastening adhesive has set.3.4 APPLYING EXTERIOR GYPSUM PANELS FOR CEILINGS AND SOFFITSA. Apply panels perpendicular to supports, with end joints staggered and located over supports.1. Install with 1/4-inch open space where panels abut other construction or structuralpenetrations.2. Fasten with corrosion-resistant screws.GYPSUM BOARD 09250 - 8

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082333.5 APPLYING TILE BACKING PANELSA. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A108.11, at showers, tubs, and where indicated.B. Areas Not Subject to Wetting: Install regular-type gypsum wallboard panels to produce a flatsurface except at showers, tubs, and other locations indicated to receive water-resistant panels.C. Where tile backing panels abut other types of panels in same plane, shim surfaces to produce auniform plane across panel surfaces.3.6 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIESA. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with samefasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's writteninstructions.B. Control Joints: Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and in specific locationsapproved by Architect for visual effect.C. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations:1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners, unless otherwise indicated.2. Bullnose Bead: Use where indicated3. LC-Bead: Use where indicated4. L-Bead: Use where indicated5. U-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges unless otherwise indicated6. Curved-Edge Cornerbead: Use at curved openings.D. Exterior Trim: Install in the following locations:1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners.2. LC-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges unless otherwise indicatedE. Aluminum Trim: Install in locations indicated on Drawings3.7 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARDA. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations,fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces fordecoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces.B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas.C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intendedfor tape.D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTMC 840:1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated.GYPSUM BOARD 09250 - 9

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082332. Level 2: Panels that are substrate for tile and acoustical tile.3. Level 3: Panels that are to receive a heavy-grade wallcovering as a final finish.4. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless otherwise indicateda. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in other Division 09 Sections.5. Level 5: Panels that are to receive gloss, semi-gloss or enamel paints.a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in other Division 09 Sections.E. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructionsfor use as exposed soffit board.F. Cementitious Backer Units: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions.3.8 PROTECTIONA. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight,construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period.B. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to,discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy orsplotchy surface contamination and discoloration.END OF SECTION 09 29 00GYPSUM BOARD 09250 - 10

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 09310 - TILINGPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. Section Includes:1. Ceramic tile2. Stone thresholds3. Waterproof membrane4. Tile backing panels5. Metal edge strips1.2 DEFINITIONSA. General: Definitions in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards and in ANSI A137.1apply to Work of this Section unless otherwise specified.B. Module Size: Actual tile size plus joint width indicated.C. Face Size: Actual tile size, excluding spacer lugs.1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTSA. Static Coefficient of Friction: For tile installed on walkway surfaces, provide products with thefollowing values as determined by testing identical products per ASTM C 1028:1. Level Surfaces: Minimum 0.7 dry and minimum 0.6 wet.1.4 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.B. Shop Drawings: Show locations of each type of tile and tile pattern. Show widths, details, andlocations of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile substrates and finishedtile surfaces.C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of tile and grout indicated. Include Samples ofaccessories involving color selection.D. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.E. Master Grade Certificates: For each shipment, type, and composition of tile, signed by tilemanufacturer and Installer.TILING 09310 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233F. Product Certificates: For each type of product, signed by product manufacturer.G. Material Test Reports: For each tile-setting and -grouting product and special purpose tile.1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Source Limitations for Tile: Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from one source orproducer.1. Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from same production run and of consistentquality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area.B. Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform qualityfor each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from one manufacturer and each aggregatefrom one source or producer.C. Source Limitations for Other Products: Obtain each of the following products specified in thisSection from a single manufacturer for each product:1. Joint sealants.2. Cementitious backer units.3. Metal edge strips.4. PVC edge trim1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intactuntil time of use. Comply with requirements in ANSI A137.1 for labeling tile packages.B. Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location.C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained andcontamination can be avoided.D. Store liquid materials in unopened containers and protected from freezing.E. Handle tile that has temporary protective coating on exposed surfaces to prevent coated surfacesfrom contacting backs or edges of other units. If coating does contact bonding surfaces of tile,remove coating from bonding surfaces before setting tile.1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONSA. Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete andambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated inreferenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions.TILING 09310 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331.8 EXTRA MATERIALSA. Furnish extra materials that match and are from same production runs as products installed andthat are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describingcontents.1. Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amountinstalled for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size indicated.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 PRODUCTS, GENERALA. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide tile that complies with ANSI A137.1 for types,compositions, and other characteristics indicated.1. Provide tile complying with Standard grade requirements unless otherwise indicated.B. ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying withANSI A108.02, ANSI standards referenced in other PART 2 articles, ANSI standardsreferenced by TCA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules, and otherrequirements specified.C. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges, blend tile in factory andpackage so tile units taken from one package show same range in colors as those taken fromother packages and match approved Samples.D. Mounting: For factory-mounted tile, provide back-or edge-mounted tile assemblies as standardwith manufacturer unless otherwise indicated.1. Where tile is indicated for installation in wet areas, do not use back- or edge-mounted tileassemblies unless tile manufacturer specifies in writing that this type of mounting issuitable for installation indicated and has a record of successful in-service performance.E. Factory-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Where indicated under tile type, protectexposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout by precoating with continuousfilm of petroleum paraffin wax, applied hot. Do not coat unexposed tile surfaces.2.2 TILE PRODUCTSA. Glazed wall/floor tile.1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide productindicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:a. American Marazzi Tile, Inc.b. American Olean; Division of Dal-Tile International Inc.c. Daltile; Division of Dal-Tile International Inc.TILING 09310 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233d. Deutsche Steinzeug America, Inc.e. Florida Tile Industries, Inc.f. Florim USA.g. Laufen.h. Grupo Porcelanite.i. Portobello America, Inc.j. Seneca Tiles, Inc.k. United States Ceramic Tile Company.2. Module Size: 12 by 12 inches3. Thickness: 5/16 inch.4. Face: Pattern of design indicated, with manufacturer's standard edges.5. Finish: Factory.6. Tile Color and Pattern: As selected by Architect and approved by COTR frommanufacturer's full range7. Grout Color: As selected by Architect and approved by COTR from manufacturer's fullrange8. Mounting: Factory, back mounted.B. Glazed mosaic wall/floor tile.1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide productindicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:a. American Marazzi Tile, Inc.b. American Olean; Division of Dal-Tile International Inc.c. Daltile; Division of Dal-Tile International Inc.d. Deutsche Steinzeug America, Inc.e. Florida Tile Industries, Inc.f. Florim USA.g. Laufen.h. Grupo Porcelanite.i. Portobello America, Inc.j. Seneca Tiles, Inc.k. United States Ceramic Tile Company.2. Module Size: 2 by 2 inches3. Thickness: 5/16 inch.4. Face: Pattern of design indicated, with manufacturer's standard edges.5. Finish: Factory.6. Tile Color and Pattern: As selected by Architect and approved by COTR frommanufacturer's full range7. Grout Color: As selected by Architect and approved by COTR from manufacturer's fullrange8. Mounting: Factory, back mounted.TILING 09310 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082332.3 TILE BACKING PANELSA. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A118.9 or ASTM C 1325, in maximum lengths available tominimize end-to-end butt joints.1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may beincorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:a. C-Cure; C-Cure Board 990.b. Custom Building Products; Wonderboard.c. FinPan, Inc.; Util-A-Crete Concrete Backer Board.d. USG Corporation; DUROCK Cement Board.2. Thickness: As indicated.2.4 SETTING MATERIALSA. Portland Cement Mortar (Thickset) Installation Materials: ANSI A108.02.1. Cleavage Membrane: Asphalt felt, ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15); or polyethylenesheeting, ASTM D 4397, 4.0 mils thick.2. Reinforcing Wire Fabric: Galvanized, welded wire fabric, 2 by 2 inches by 0.062-inchdiameter; comply with ASTM A 185 and ASTM A 82 except for minimum wire size.3. Expanded Metal Lath: Diamond-mesh lath complying with ASTM C 847.a. Base Metal and Finish for Interior Applications: Uncoated or zinc-coated(galvanized) steel sheet, with uncoated steel sheet painted after fabrication intolath.b. Base Metal and Finish for Exterior Applications: Zinc-coated (galvanized) steelsheet.c. Configuration over Studs and Furring: Flat.d. Configuration over Solid Surfaces: Self furring.4. Latex Additive: Manufacturer's standard water emulsion, serving as replacement for partor all of gaging water, of type specifically recommended by latex-additive manufacturerfor use with field-mixed portland cement and aggregate mortar bed.B. Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set): ANSI A118.1.1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:a. Boiardi Products; a QEP company.b. Bonsal American; an Oldcastle company.c. Bostik, Inc.d. C-Cure.e. Custom Building Products.f. Jamo Inc.g. Laticrete International, Inc.TILING 09310 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233h. MAPEI Corporation.i. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc.j. Summitville Tiles, Inc.k. TEC; a subsidiary of H. B. Fuller Company.2. For wall applications, provide mortar that complies with requirements for nonsaggingmortar in addition to the other requirements in ANSI A118.1.C. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set): ANSI A118.4.1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:a. Boiardi Products; a QEP company.b. Bonsal American; an Oldcastle company.c. Bostik, Inc.d. C-Cure.e. Custom Building Products.f. Jamo Inc.g. Laticrete International, Inc.h. MAPEI Corporation.i. Mer-Kote Products, Inc.j. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc.k. Summitville Tiles, Inc.l. TEC; a subsidiary of H. B. Fuller Company.2. For wall applications, provide mortar that complies with requirements for nonsaggingmortar in addition to the other requirements in ANSI A118.4.D. Medium-Bed, Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: Comply with requirements in ANSI A118.4.Provide product that is approved by manufacturer for application thickness of 5/8 inch.1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:a. Bonsal American; an Oldcastle company.b. Bostik, Inc.c. C-Cure.d. Custom Building Products.e. Jamo Inc.f. Laticrete International, Inc.g. MAPEI Corporation.h. Mer-Kote Products, Inc.i. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc.j. Summitville Tiles, Inc.k. TEC; a subsidiary of H. B. Fuller Company.TILING 09310 - 6

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082332.5 GROUT MATERIALSA. Sand-Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A108.10, composed of white or gray cement and white orcolored aggregate as required to produce color indicated.B. Standard Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6.1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:a. Boiardi Products; a QEP company.b. Bonsal American; an Oldcastle company.c. Bostik, Inc.d. C-Cure.e. Custom Building Products.f. Jamo Inc.g. Laticrete International, Inc.h. MAPEI Corporation.i. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc.j. Summitville Tiles, Inc.k. TEC; a subsidiary of H. B. Fuller Company.C. Polymer-Modified Tile Grout: ANSI A118.7.1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:a. Boiardi Products; a QEP company.b. Bonsal American; an Oldcastle company.c. Bostik, Inc.d. C-Cure.e. Custom Building Products.f. Jamo Inc.g. Laticrete International, Inc.h. MAPEI Corporation.i. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc.j. Summitville Tiles, Inc.k. TEC; a subsidiary of H. B. Fuller Company.D. Water-Cleanable Epoxy Grout: ANSI A118.3.1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:a. Atlas Minerals & Chemicals, Inc.b. Boiardi Products; a QEP company.c. Bonsal American; an Oldcastle company.d. Bostik, Inc.TILING 09310 - 7

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233e. C-Cure.f. Custom Building Products.g. Jamo Inc.h. Laticrete International, Inc.i. MAPEI Corporation.j. Mer-Kote Products, Inc.k. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc.l. Summitville Tiles, Inc.m. TEC; a subsidiary of H. B. Fuller Company.2. Provide product capable of withstanding continuous and intermittent exposure totemperatures of up to 140 deg F and 212 deg F, respectively, and certified bymanufacturer for intended use.2.6 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTSA. General: Provide sealants, primers, backer rods, and other sealant accessories that comply withthe following requirements and with the applicable requirements in Section 07 92 00 "JOINTSEALANTS".1. Use primers, backer rods, and sealant accessories recommended by sealant manufacturer.B. Colors: Provide colors of exposed sealants to match colors of grout in tile adjoining sealedjoints unless otherwise indicated.C. One-Part, Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C 920; Type S; Grade NS; Class 25;Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, O; formulated withfungicide, intended for sealing interior ceramic tile joints and other nonporous substrates thatare subject to in-service exposures of high humidity and extreme temperatures.D. Multipart, Pourable Urethane Sealant for Use T: ASTM C 920; Type M; Grade P; Class 25;Uses T, M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O.E. Chemical-Resistant Sealants: For chemical-resistant floors, provide chemical-resistantelastomeric sealant of type recommended and produced by chemical-resistant mortar and groutmanufacturer for type of application indicated, with proven service record and compatibilitywith tile and other setting materials, and with chemical resistance equivalent to mortar/grout.2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALSA. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-basedformulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for installationsindicated.B. Metal Edge Strips: Angle or L-shape, height to match tile and setting-bed thickness, metallic orcombination of metal and PVC or neoprene base, designed specifically for flooringapplications; stainless-steel, ASTM A 666, 300 Series exposed-edge material.TILING 09310 - 8

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233C. Temporary Protective Coating: Either product indicated below that is formulated to protectexposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout; compatible with tile, mortar, andgrout products; and easily removable after grouting is completed without damaging grout or tile.1. Petroleum paraffin wax, fully refined and odorless, containing at least 0.5 percent oil witha melting point of 120 to 140 deg F per ASTM D 87.2. Grout release in form of manufacturer's standard proprietary liquid coating that isspecially formulated and recommended for use as temporary protective coating for tile.D. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile andgrout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and groutmanufacturers.E. Grout Sealer: Manufacturer's standard product for sealing grout joints and that does not changecolor or appearance of grout.F. PVC Edge Trim: Angle or L-shape, height to match tile and setting-bed thickness, PVC orneoprene base, designed specifically for outside-corner wall applications; exposed-edgematerial. Color to be approved by COTR.2.8 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUTA. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and groutmanufacturers' written instructions.B. Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions.C. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, andother procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performancecharacteristics for installations indicated.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 EXAMINATIONA. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, forcompliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affectingperformance of installed tile.1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm, dry, clean, free of coatings that areincompatible with tile-setting materials including curing compounds and other substancesthat contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required byANSI A108.01 for installations indicated.2. Verify that concrete substrates for tile floors installed with adhesives, bonded mortar bedor thin-set mortar comply with surface finish requirements in ANSI A108.01 forinstallations indicated.TILING 09310 - 9

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233a. Verify that surfaces that received a steel trowel finish have been mechanicallyscarified.b. Verify that protrusions, bumps, and ridges have been removed by sanding orgrinding.3. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanicalunits of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed.4. Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; ifnot coordinated, adjust joint locations in consultation with COTR.B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.3.2 PREPARATIONA. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in concrete substrates for tile floors installed with adhesivesor thin-set mortar with trowelable leveling and patching compound specifically recommendedby tile-setting material manufacturer.B. Where indicated, prepare substrates to receive waterproofing by applying a reinforced mortarbed that complies with ANSI A108.1A and is sloped 1/4 inch per foot toward drains.C. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, verify that tile has been factory blended andpackaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken fromother packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return tomanufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing.D. Field-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: If indicated under tile type or needed to preventgrout from staining or adhering to exposed tile surfaces, precoat them with continuous film oftemporary protective coating, taking care not to coat unexposed tile surfaces.3.3 TILE INSTALLATIONA. Comply with TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" for TCA installation methodsspecified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of the ANSI A108 Series"Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCA installationmethods, specified in tile installation schedules, and apply to types of setting and groutingmaterials used.1. For the following installations, follow procedures in the ANSI A108 Series of tileinstallation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage:a. Tile floors in wet areas.B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form completecovering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly atobstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments.C. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marringvisible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items forTILING 09310 - 10

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and otherpenetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile.D. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Lay out tile work andcenter tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Lay out tile work tominimize the use of pieces that are less than half of a tile. Provide uniform joint widths unlessotherwise indicated.1. For tile mounted in sheets, make joints between tile sheets same width as joints withintile sheets so joints between sheets are not apparent in finished work.2. Where adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, or trim are specified or indicated to be samesize, align joints.3. Where tiles are specified or indicated to be whole integer multiples of adjoining tiles onfloor, base, walls, or trim, align joints unless otherwise indicated.E. Joint Widths: Unless otherwise indicated, install tile with the following joint widths:1. Ceramic Mosaic Tile: 1/16 inch.2. Glazed Wall Tile: 1/16 inch.3. Glazed Floor Tile: 1/16 inch.F. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints and other sealant-filled joints, including control,contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated. Form joints during installation of settingmaterials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw-cut joints after installing tiles.1. Where joints occur in concrete substrates, locate joints in tile surfaces directly abovethem.2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 07920 "JOINTSEALANTS".G. Metal Edge Strips: Install where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet, wood, or otherflooring that finishes flush with or below top of tile and no threshold is indicated.H. PVC Edge Trim: Install where exposed edge of tile wall is on outside corner.I. Grout Sealer: Apply grout sealer to grout joints according to grout-sealer manufacturer'swritten instructions. As soon as grout sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealerand sealer from tile faces by wiping with soft cloth.3.4 TILE BACKING PANEL INSTALLATIONA. Install cementitious backer units and fiber-cement underlayment and treat joints according toANSI A108.11 and manufacturer's written instructions for type of application indicated3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTINGA. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they arefree of foreign matter.TILING 09310 - 11

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331. Remove epoxy and latex-portland cement grout residue from tile as soon as possible.2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's writteninstructions but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleanersrecommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleanersare safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protectmetal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with cleanwater before and after cleaning.3. Remove temporary protective coating by method recommended by coating manufacturerand that is acceptable to tile and grout manufacturer. Trap and remove coating to preventdrain clogging.B. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period toprevent staining, damage, and wear. If recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat of neutralprotective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors.C. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting iscompleted.D. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral protective cleaner fromtile surfaces.3.6 INTERIOR TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULEA. Interior Floor Installations, Concrete Subfloor:1. Tile Installation F112 (TRACON): Cement mortar bed (thickset) bonded to concrete;TCA F112 and ANSI A108.1A, ANSI A108.1B or ANSI A108.1C.2. Tile Installation F113: Thin-set mortar; TCA F113.3. Tile Installation F121: Cement mortar bed (thickset) on waterproof membrane;TCA F121 and ANSI A108.1A, ANSI A108.1B or ANSI A108.1C.4. Tile Installation F122: Thin-set mortar on waterproof membrane; TCA F122.5. Tile Installation F125A: Thin-set mortar on crack isolation membrane; TCA F125A.B. Interior Wall Installations, Metal Studs or Furring:1. Tile Installation W244: Thin-set mortar on cementitious backer units or fiber cementunderlayment over cleavage membrane; TCA W244.C. Shower Receptor and Wall Installations, Metal Studs or Furring (TRACON):1. Tile Installation B422: Thin-set mortar on waterproof membrane over cementitiousbacker units or fiber cement underlayment with integrated bonding flange for bondedmembranes; TCA B422.END OF SECTION 09310TILING 09310 - 12

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233TILING 09310 - 13

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 09910 - PAINTINGPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed interior items andsurfaces, including, but not limited to the following:1. Horizontal and vertical wall and ceiling surfaces.2. Metal doors and door frames.3. Metal access doors and frames, non-stainless steel surfaces.4. Exterior elements, including ductwork, pipes, conduits, hand-railings where indicated.5. Interior ductwork which is exposed in occupied spaces and which is not externally insulatedwhere indicated to be painted.6. Exposed interior metal piping, not externally insulated, in occupied spaces where indicated.Do not paint copper or PVC pipe.B. Paint exposed surfaces, except where these Specifications indicate that the surface or material isnot to be painted or is to remain natural. If an item or a surface is not specifically mentioned,paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If a color of finishis not indicated, COTR will select from standard colors and finishes available.C. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, andlabels.1. Prefinished items include the following factory-finished components:a. Architectural woodwork.b. Acoustical wall panels.c. Metal toilet enclosures.d. Metal lockers.e. Elevator entrance doors and frames.f. Elevator equipment.g. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment.h. Light fixtures.2. Concealed surfaces include walls or ceilings in the following generally inaccessiblespaces:a. Foundation spaces.b. Furred areas.c. Ceiling plenums.d. Utility tunnels.e. Pipe spaces.f. Duct shafts.g. Elevator shafts.3. Finished metal surfaces include the following:PAINTING 09910 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233a. Anodized aluminum.b. Stainless steel.c. Chromium plate.d. Copper and copper alloys.e. Bronze and brass.4. Operating parts include moving parts of operating equipment and the following:a. Valve and damper operators.b. Linkages.c. Sensing devices.d. Motor and fan shafts.5. Labels: Do not paint over UL, FMG, or other code-required labels or equipment name,identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.1.2 DEFINITIONSA. General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section.1. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an85-degree meter.2. Eggshell refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 20 and 35 when measuredat a 60-degree meter.3. Semigloss refers to medium-sheen finish with a gloss range between 35 and 70 whenmeasured at a 60-degree meter.4. Pearl is a Benjamin Moore designation for a low-luster (satin) finish.1.3 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each paint system indicated. Include block fillers and primers.1. Material List: An inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material andcross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material bymanufacturer's catalog number and general classification.2. Manufacturer's Information: Manufacturer's technical information, including labelanalysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material.3. Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulationscontrolling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs).4. For interior primers and finish coats to be applied in occupied portions of a building, allmaterials submitted shall be products identified by the manufacture as “low VOC”.5. MSDS for each paint product used.B. Qualification Data: For Applicator.PAINTING 09910 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Applicator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in applying paints and coatingssimilar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project, whose work hasresulted in applications with a record of successful in-service performance.B. Source Limitations: Obtain primers for each coating system from the same manufacturer as thefinish coats.1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containersbearing manufacturer's name and label and the following information:1. Product name or title of material.2. Product description (generic classification or binder type).3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents.5. Thinning instructions.6. Application instructions.7. Color name and number.8. VOC content.B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimumambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain storage containers in a clean condition, free offoreign materials and residue.1. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and wastedaily.1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONSA. Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding airare between 50 and 90 deg F.B. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; orat temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted areenclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer duringapplication and drying periods.1.7 EXTRA MATERIALSA. Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied and in thequantities described below. Package with protective covering for storage and identify withlabels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to FAA.PAINTING 09910 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331. Quantity: Furnish FAA with extra paint materials in quantities indicated below:a. Interior, Low-Luster Acrylic Finish: 1 gallon of each color applied.b. Interior, Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: 1 gallon of each color applied.c. Exterior, Direct To Metal Acrylic: 1 gallon.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 MANUFACTURERSA. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in otherPart 2 articles.2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERALA. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish-coat materials that arecompatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service andapplication, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience.B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coatingtypes specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for applicationindicated. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification willnot be acceptable.1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colorsor materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to theexclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's materialdata and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions.C. Chemical Components of Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide products that comply with thefollowing limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPAMethod 24) and the following chemical restrictions:1. Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC content of not more than 50 g/L.2. Non-Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC content of not more than 150 g/L.3. Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings shall not contain more than 1.0 percent byweight of total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or morebenzene rings).4. Restricted Components: Paints and coatings shall not contain any of the following:a. Acroleinb. Acrylonitrilec. Antimonyd. Benzenee. Butyl benzyl phthalatef. Cadmiumg. Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalateh. Di-n-butyl phthalatePAINTING 09910 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233i. Di-n-octyl phthalatej. 1,2-dichlorobenzenek. Diethyl phthalatel. Dimethyl phthalatem. Ethylbenzenen. Formaldehydeo. Hexavalent chromiump. Isophoroneq. Leadr. Mercurys. Methyl ethyl ketonet. Methyl isobutyl ketoneu. Methylene chloridev. Naphthalenew. Toluene (methylbenzene).D. Colors: Provide color selections as specified in Material and Finish Schedule. If not on Materialand Finish Schedule, provide colors to match adjacent surfaces.2.3 INTERIOR PRIMERSA. Interior Concrete and Masonry Primer: Factory-formulated alkali-resistant acrylic-latex interiorprimer for interior application.1. Benjamin Moore; Regal FirstCoat Interior Latex Primer & Underbody No. 216: Appliedat a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil.2. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-2 SpeedHide Interior Quick-Drying Latex Sealer: Applied at a dryfilm thickness of not less than 1.0 mil.3. Sherwin-Williams; PrepRite Masonry Primer B28W300: Applied at a dry film thicknessof not less than 3.0 mils.B. Interior Gypsum Board Primer: Factory-formulated latex-based primer for interior application.1. Benjamin Moore; Regal FirstCoat Interior Latex Primer & Underbody No. 216: Appliedat a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil.2. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-2 SpeedHide Interior Quick-Drying Latex Sealer: Applied at a dryfilm thickness of not less than 1.0 mil.3. Sherwin-Williams; PrepRite 200 Latex Wall Primer B28W200 Series: Applied at a dryfilm thickness of not less than 1.6 mils.C. Interior Ferrous-Metal Primer: Factory-formulated quick-drying rust-inhibitive alkyd-basedmetal primer.1. Benjamin Moore; IronClad Alkyd Low Lustre Medal and Wood Enamel No. 163:Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils.2. Pittsburgh Paints; 7-858 Pittsburgh Paints Industrial Rust Inhibitive Steel Primer:Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils.3. Sherwin-Williams; Kem Kromik Universal Metal Primer B50NZ6/B50WZ1: Applied ata dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils.PAINTING 09910 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233D. Interior Zinc-Coated Metal Primer: Factory-formulated galvanized metal primer.1. Benjamin Moore; IronClad Latex Low Lustre Metal and Wood Enamel No. 363:Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils.2. Pittsburgh Paints; 90-709 Pitt-Tech One Pack Interior/Exterior Primer/Finish DTMIndustrial Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils.3. Sherwin-Williams; Galvite Paint B50W3: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than2.0 mils.2.4 INTERIOR FINISH COATSA. Interior Flat Acrylic Paint: Factory-formulated flat acrylic-emulsion latex paint for interiorapplication.1. Benjamin Moore; Regal Wall Satin No. 215 Premium Interior Finishes Flat Finish:Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils.2. Pittsburgh Paints; 80-Line Wallhide Interior Wall Flat Latex Paint: Applied at a dry filmthickness of not less than 1.2 mils.3. Sherwin-Williams; SuperPaint Interior Latex Flat Wall Paint, A86 Series: Applied at adry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils.B. Interior Latex Enamel: Factory-formulated, proprietary latex enamel interior paint.1. Benjamin Moore; Aqua Pearl No. 310. Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than1.3 mils.C. Interior Low-Luster Acrylic Enamel: Factory-formulated eggshell acrylic-latex interior enamel.1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's Regal AquaVelvet No. 319: Applied at a dry film thickness ofnot less than 1.4 mils.2. Pittsburgh Paints; 89-Line Manor Hall Interior Eggshell Wall and Trim: Applied at a dryfilm thickness of not less than 1.4 mils.3. Sherwin-Williams; SuperPaint Interior Latex Satin Wall Paint A87 Series: Applied at adry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils.D. Interior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: Factory-formulated semigloss acrylic-latex enamel forinterior application.1. Benjamin Moore; Regal AquaGlo No. 333 Premium Interior Finishes Latex Semi-Gloss:Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils.2. Pittsburgh Paints; 88-110 Satinhide Interior Enamel Wall & Trim Lo-Lustre Semi-GlossLatex: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.1 mils.3. Sherwin-Williams; SuperPaint Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel A88 Series: Applied ata dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils.2.5 EXTERIOR COATINGSA. Direct to Metal (DTM) Acrylic coating; semi-gloss or gloss as approved by COTR.PAINTING 09910 - 6

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331. Benjamin Moore; Industrial Maintenance Coatings M29 DTM: Applied at a dry filmthickness of not less than 1.5 mils.2. Pittsburgh Paints; Pitt-Tech DTM Industrial Enamels 90 Series: Applied at a dry filmthickness of not less than 1.5 mils.3. Sherwin-Williams; DTM Acrylic Coating, B66-100 or B66-200 Series: Applied at a dryfilm thickness of not less than 2.5 mils.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 EXAMINATIONA. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance withrequirements for paint application.1. Proceed with paint application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been correctedand surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry.2. Start of painting will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditionswithin a particular area.B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensurecompatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information oncharacteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers.1. Notify COTR about anticipated problems when using the materials specified oversubstrates primed by others.3.2 PREPARATIONA. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lightingfixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impracticalor impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide surface-applied protection beforesurface preparation and painting.1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed usingworkers skilled in the trades involved.B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean substrates of substances thatcould impair bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning.1. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning processwill not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces.C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer'swritten instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified.1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime.2. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete unit masonry, cement plaster, andmineral-fiber-reinforced cement panel surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence,PAINTING 09910 - 7

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze.If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods ofsurface preparation.a. Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by paint manufacturer.b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriatetests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister andburn, correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces if moisturecontent exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions.3. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shopcoated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Usesolvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's recommendations.a. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coatbefore priming.b. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wirebrush,clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up withsame primer as the shop coat.4. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents sosurface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanizedsheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. Lightly etch surface ifnecessary to promote adhesion of paints.D. Material Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's writteninstructions.1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free offoreign materials and residue.2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as requiredduring application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surfacefilm and strain material before using.3. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits.E. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat whenmultiple coats of same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finishcoat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.3.3 APPLICATIONA. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators andtechniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied.1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the paint schedules.2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditionsdetrimental to formation of a durable paint film.3. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used.4. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures,grilles, convector covers, covers for finned-tube radiation, and similar components are inPAINTING 09910 - 8

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity andprovide desired protection.5. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposedsurfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixedequipment or furniture with prime coat only.6. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible throughregisters or grilles.7. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposedsurfaces.B. Scheduling Painting: Coordinate with COTR application of paint. Apply first coat to surfacesthat have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicableafter preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration.1. The number of coats and film thickness required are the same regardless of applicationmethod. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured as recommended bymanufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according tomanufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications.2. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted.3. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, applyadditional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give specialattention to ensure that edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive adry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces.4. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoatsurfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, and does not deform or feel stickyunder moderate thumb pressure, and until application of another coat of paint does notcause undercoat to lift or lose adhesion.C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicatorsaccording to manufacturer's written instructions.1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for type of material applied. Use brush of appropriatesize for surface or item being painted.2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet-back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended bymanufacturer for material and texture required.3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended bymanufacturer for material and texture required. Use of spray equipment in Control WingBasement may be restricted or prohibited. Coordinate with COTR.D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer'srecommended spreading rate to achieve dry film thickness indicated. Provide total dry filmthickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer.E. Mechanical Work: Painting mechanical work is limited to items exposed in occupied spaces.Mechanical items to be painted include the following:1. Metal piping where indicated. Do not paint copper and PVC.2. Ductwork, non-insulated externally where indicated.3. Primed equipment supports where indicated.4. Accessory items where indicatedPAINTING 09910 - 9

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233F. Telecommunication items to be painted include, but are not limited to the following:1. Metal racks, which are not pre-finished and are exposed in occupied space, whereindicated.G. Fire Alarm and Sprinkler Systems: Refer to Division 13 Sections for requirements.H. Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure completecoverage with pores filled.I. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended bymanufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been primecoated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots orunsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defectsdue to insufficient sealing.J. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth,opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting,holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not beacceptable.K. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish,or repaint work not complying with requirements.3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. The FAA reserves the right to invoke the following test procedure at any time and as often asthe FAA deems necessary during the period when paint is being applied:1. The FAA will engage the services of an independent testing agency to sample the paint materialbeing used. Samples of material delivered to the Project will be taken, identified,sealed, and certified in the presence of the Contractor.2. The testing agency will perform appropriate tests for the following characteristics as requiredby the FAA:a. Quantitative materials analysisb. Abrasion resistancec. Apparent reflectivityd. Flexibilitye. Washabilityf. Absorptiong. Accelerated weatheringh. Dry opacityi. Accelerated yellownessj. Recoatingk. Skinningl. Color retentionm. Alkali and mildew resistancePAINTING 09910 - 10

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082333. If test results show material being used does not comply with specified requirements, theContractor may be directed to stop painting, remove non-complying paint, pay for testing,repaint surfaces coated with rejected paint, and remove rejected paint from previouslypainted surfaces if, upon repainting with specified paint, the two coatings are incompatible.3.5 CLEANINGA. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discardedpaint materials from Project site.1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spatteredpaint by washing and scraping without scratching or damaging adjacent finished surfaces.3.6 PROTECTIONA. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting.Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by COTR.B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing paintingoperations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work.1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced paintedsurfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1.3.7 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULEA. Concrete and Masonry (Other Than Concrete Unit Masonry): Provide the following paintsystems over interior concrete and brick masonry substrates:1. Low-Luster Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.a. Primer: Interior concrete and masonry primer.b. Finish Coats: Interior low-luster acrylic enamel.B. Concrete Unit Masonry: Provide the following finish systems over interior concrete masonry:1. Low-Luster Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a block filler.a. Block Filler: Concrete unit masonry block filler.b. Finish Coats: Interior low-luster acrylic enamel.C. Gypsum Board: Provide the following finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces:1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer.b. Finish Coats: Interior flat acrylic paint.2. Low-Luster Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.PAINTING 09910 - 11

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer.b. Finish Coats: Interior low-luster acrylic enamel.D. Plaster: Provide the following finish systems over new interior plaster surfaces:1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.a. Primer: Interior plaster primer.b. Finish Coats: Interior flat acrylic paint.2. Low-Luster Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.a. Primer: Interior plaster primer.b. Finish Coats: Interior low-luster acrylic enamel.E. Wood and MBO: Provide the following paint finish systems over new interior wood surfaces:1. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a wood undercoater.a. Primer: Interior wood primer for acrylic-enamel and semigloss alkyd-enamelfinishes.b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel.F. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over ferrous metal:1. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.a. Primer: Interior ferrous-metal primer.b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel.G. Zinc-Coated Metal: Provide the following finish systems over interior zinc-coated metalsurfaces:1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.a. Primer: Interior zinc-coated metal primer.b. Finish Coats: Interior flat acrylic paint.H. All-Service Jacket over Insulation: Provide the following finish system on cotton or canvasinsulation covering:1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildewproof.a. Finish Coats: Interior flat latex-emulsion size.3.8 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULEA. Galvanized-Metal Substrates:PAINTING 09910 - 12

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331. Semi-Gloss or Gloss Acrylic Finish. Provide two coats.a. Primer: Direct to Metal product is self-priming.b. Finish: Direct to Metal gloss or semi-gloss.END OF SECTION 09 91 00PAINTING 09910 - 13

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLAKPAINTING 09910 - 14

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 10135 - TOILET COMPARTMENTSPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. Section Includes:1. Solid phenolic toilet compartments configured as toilet enclosures.1.2 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, materialdescriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes.B. Shop Drawings: For toilet compartments. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, andattachments to other work.1. Show locations of cutouts for compartment-mounted toilet accessories.2. Show locations of reinforcements for compartment-mounted grab bars.3. Show locations of centerlines of toilet fixtures.4. Show overhead support or bracing locations.C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of unit indicated. Include Samples of hardware andaccessories involving material and color selection.D. Product Certificates: For each type of toilet compartment, from manufacturer.E. Maintenance Data: For toilet compartments to include in maintenance manuals.1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Comply with requirements in GSA's CID-A-A-60003, "Partitions, Toilets, Complete."B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according toASTM E 84, or another standard acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, by a qualifiedtesting agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.1. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less.2. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less.C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural &Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) andArchitectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities" fortoilet compartments designated as accessible.TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10135 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331.4 PROJECT CONDITIONSA. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of toilet fixtures, walls, columns, ceilings, andother construction contiguous with toilet compartments by field measurements beforefabrication.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 MATERIALSA. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 26/B 26M.B. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221.C. Brass Castings: ASTM B 584.D. Brass Extrusions: ASTM B 455.E. Stainless-Steel Castings: ASTM A 743/A 743M.F. Zamac: ASTM B 86, commercial zinc-alloy die castings.2.2 SOLID-PHENOLIC COREA. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offeringproducts that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:1. Accurate Partitions Corporation.2. American Sanitary Partition Corporation.3. Ampco, Inc.4. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.5. Bradley Corporation; Mills Partitions.6. Flush Metal Partition Corp.7. General Partitions Mfg. Corp.8. Global Steel Products Corp.9. Knickerbocker Partition Corporation.10. Metpar Corp.11. Partition Systems Incorporated of South Carolina.12. Rockville Partitions Incorporated.13. Sanymetal; a Crane Plumbing company.14. Shanahan's Limited.15. Tex-Lam Manufacturing, Inc.16. Weis-Robart Partitions, Inc.17. Young Group Ltd. (The); Fabricated Products Division; DesignRite Partitions.B. Toilet-Enclosure Style: Floor mounted, overhead braced.TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10135 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233C. Some manufacturers weld face-sheets together at corners; others do not. Before retainingoption, verify availability with manufacturers selected.D. Door, Panel and Pilaster Construction: Solid phenolic-core panel material with melaminefacing on both sides fused to substrate during panel manufacture (not separately laminated), andwith eased and polished edges. Provide minimum 3/4-inch- thick doors and pilasters andminimum 1/2-inch- thick panels.E. Pilaster shoes and sleeve caps: Fabricated from stainless-steel sheet, not less than 3 inches high,finished to match hardware.F. Brackets (Fittings):1. Stirrup Type: Ear or U-brackets; stainless steelG. Phenolic-Panel Finish: Facing sheet of one color and pattern in each room.1. Color and Pattern: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range, withmanufacturer's standard through-color core matching face sheet.2.3 ACCESSORIESA. Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard design, heavy-duty operating hardwareand accessories.1. Material: Chrome-plated steel or Stainless steel.2. Hinges: Manufacturer's standard paired, self-closing type that can be adjusted to holddoors open at any angle up to 90 degrees.3. Latch and Keeper: Manufacturer's standard surface-mounted latch unit designed foremergency access and with combination rubber-faced door strike and keeper. Provideunits that comply with regulatory requirements for accessibility at compartmentsdesignated as accessible.4. Coat Hook: Manufacturer's standard combination hook and rubber-tipped bumper, sizedto prevent in-swinging door from hitting compartment-mounted accessories.5. Door Bumper: Manufacturer's standard rubber-tipped bumper at out-swinging doors.6. Door Pull: Manufacturer's standard unit at out-swinging doors that complies withregulatory requirements for accessibility. Provide units on both sides of doors atcompartments designated as accessible.B. Overhead Bracing: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded-aluminum head rail withantigrip profile and in manufacturer's standard finish.C. Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel orchrome-plated steel or brass, finished to match the items they are securing, with theft-resistanttypeheads. Provide sex-type bolts for through-bolt applications. For concealed anchors, usestainless steel, hot-dip galvanized steel, or other rust-resistant, protective-coated steel.TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10135 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082332.4 FABRICATIONA. Overhead-Braced Units: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant supports, levelingmechanism, and anchors at pilasters to suit floor conditions. Provide shoes at pilasters toconceal supports and leveling mechanism.B. Door Size and Swings: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 24-inch- wide, in-swinging doorsfor standard toilet compartments and 36-inch- wide, out-swinging doors with a minimum 32-inch- wide, clear opening for compartments designated as accessible.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 INSTALLATIONA. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install units rigid,straight, level, and plumb. Secure units in position with manufacturer's recommendedanchoring devices.B. Clearances: Maximum 1/2 inch between pilasters and panels; 1 inch between panels and walls.C. Stirrup Brackets: Secure panels to walls and to pilasters with no fewer than three bracketsattached at midpoint and near top and bottom of panel. Locate wall brackets so holes for wallanchors occur in masonry or tile joints. Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls.3.2 ADJUSTINGA. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware according to hardware manufacturer'swritten instructions for proper operation. Set hinges on in-swinging doors to hold doors openapproximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out-swingingdoors to return doors to fully closed position.END OF SECTION 10135TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10135 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT APRIL 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 10500 – PHENOLIC LOCKERSPART 1 – GENERAL1.01 WORK INCLUDEDA. Phenolic Lockers.B. Locker Hardware and Accessories.1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTSA. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General andSupplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to thisSection.B. Wall backing to anchor Lockers.1.03 REFERENCESA. American Society for Testing and Materials:1. ASTM E84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristicsof Building Material2. ASTM D6578 Standard Practice for Determination of GraffitiResistance3. ASTM D1037 Direct Screw Withdrawal Test4. ASTM D570 Standard Test Method for Water Absorption5. ASTM A167, 18-8, Type 304 Cast Stainless SteelB. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).C. UBC – Requirements for Handicapped.D. ADA, Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities.E. Southern Building Code.F. 2005 LD-3 NEMA Standard Test, Chemical Resistance, Modulus of Elasticity,Shear Strength and Compression Strength.1.04 QUALITY STANDARDSA. Flame Spread: When tested in accordance with ASTM E84, Lockers, AthleticLockers, Wardrobe Cabinets, School Cubbies and Locker Bench materials shallmeet or exceed all requirements for Class B Flame Spread Rating and SmokeDeveloped and shall carry a Class B Fire Rating Certification in accordancewith the requirements of NFPA and ICC. Class B Fire Rating Certification shallPHENOLIC LOCKERS 10500-1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT APRIL 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233be in the name of the Locker Manufacturer and shall be less than six (6) monthsold.1. Flame Spread shall not exceed 75.2. Smoke Developed shall not exceed 450.B. Locker Doors: Locker Door shall be the full width of the Locker Body and shallbe frameless, allowing access to the entire width of the Locker. Framed Doorsare unacceptable. Perimeter ventilation shall provide superior ventilationproperties to traditional framed doors.C. Locker Body: Locker Body shall incorporate the Uni-Box® LockerConstruction to allow for multiple Locker configurations within the sameLocker Body. The Locker Body shall be white in color. The Uni-Box® shallincorporate mortise and tenon construction and shall be mechanically fastenedwith Stainless Steel fasteners. Shelves shall be mortised into side walls of theUni-Box® and shall be secured with Stainless Steel fasteners.D. Graffiti Resistance Requirements: When tested in accordance with ASTMD6578, Locker materials shall prove resistant to all chemicals tested for a periodof 1 to 10 minutes and shall leave no mar or blemish on the surface whencleaned. Locker materials shall have guaranteed surface clean ability frompermanent markers and shall have Non-Ghosting properties.E. Scratch Resistance Requirements: When tested in accordance with ASTMD2197, Locker materials shall prove to be scratch resistant when the maximumLoad Value exceeds 10 kilograms.F. Impact Resistance Requirements: When tested in accordance with ASTMD2794, Locker materials shall withstand an Impact Force Value in excess of 45inch-lbs.G. Screw Holding Strength: When tested in accordance with ASTM D1037, DirectScrew Withdrawal Test, Locker materials shall withstand a direct pull force thatexceeds 2,500 lbs per fastener.H. Tensile Strength: Locker materials shall have a Modulus of Elasticity of 1.55Million PSI.I. Shear Strength: Locker materials shall have a Shear Strength of 2,000 PSIminimum.J. Compression Strength: Locker materials shall have a Compression Strength of24,000 PSI minimum.K. Water Absorption Requirements: When tested in accordance with ASTM D570Locker materials shall have a Water Absorption Rate of less than 0.37%.PHENOLIC LOCKERS 10500-2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT APRIL 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331.05 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s detailed technical data for materials,fabrication, and installation, including catalog cuts of anchors, hardware,fasteners, and accessories in accordance with Section 01330 – SubmittalProcedures.B. Shop Drawings: Furnish Shop Drawings in quantities requested for fabricationand installation of Solid Phenolic Lockers. Include plans, elevations, sections,numbering, colors, details, and anchorages/ attachments to other work.C. Samples for Initial Selection:1. Submit manufacturer’s color chart with manufacturer’s full range ofStandard Colors.2. Submit certification that materials furnished comply with requirementsspecified.D. Submit two (2) 6” square Samples of each color and finish for color verificationafter selections have been made.E. Maintenance Instructions: Provide manufacturer’s printed Instructions forCleaning and Maintenance of installed Work.F. Manufacturer's Written Warranty: Provide manufacturer’s Written Warranty asdetailed herein.1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONSA. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions in areas of installation by fieldmeasurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying theWork.1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be madewithout delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed withfabricating units without field measurements. Coordinate supports,adjacent construction, and wall openings to ensure actual dimensionscorrespond to Established Dimensions.1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLINGA. Deliver materials in manufacturer’s original packaging to protect from damage.B. Store materials in manufacturer’s original packaging in accordance withmanufacturer’s instructions. Store Lockers indoors, protected from the elementsand construction hazards.C. Handle materials in a manner that will protect the finished product.PHENOLIC LOCKERS 10500-3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT APRIL 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331.08 MANUFACTURER’S WARRANTYA. Provide manufacturer’s Twenty (20) year written limited warranty againstbreakage, corrosion, delamination and defects in workmanship of all Phenoliccomponents; to be replaced without charge, excluding labor.PART 2 – PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERSA. Series Numbers and Model Descriptions for Solid Phenolic Lockers byColumbia Lockers®, a Division of PSiSC®, are listed below to provide astandard of quality. Other manufacturers may be submitted for evaluation bythe architect. All submittals for approval shall be presented in accordance withthe submittals clause of this document and must be presented at least ten (10)days prior to the bid date. All bids shall be based on the standard of qualityestablished herein.B. Solid Phenolic Lockers shall be Series 5811L, manufactured by COLUMBIALOCKERS®, a Division of PSiSC®, P.O. Box 181, Columbia, S.C. 29202,866-337-7286, Fax: 866-337-7291.2.02 MANUFACTURED LOCKER UNITSA. Phenolic Single Tier to Six Tier and “Z” Lockers.2.03 MATERIALSA. Material shall be Solid Phenolic with a High Pressure Melamine matte finishsurface made as an integral part of the core material. Laminated surfaces are notacceptable. Surface and edges shall be non-porous and shall not support fungusor bacteria. Provide material which has been selected for uniform color, surfaceflatness and smoothness. Exposed surfaces which exhibit discolorations, pitting,seam marks, roller marks, stains, telegraphing of core material, or otherimperfections on finished units are not acceptable. Defects such as chippingalong edges and corners are unacceptable. Columbia Solid Phenolic shall meetor exceed all requirements for Class B Flame Spread Rating and SmokeDeveloped calculated according to ASTM E84, and shall carry a Class B FireRating Certification. Class B Fire Rating Certification shall be in the name ofthe Locker Manufacturer and shall be less than six (6) months old.B. Material Thicknesses:1. Doors, Slope Tops, End Panels, and Toe Kick Plates – Minimum .50”(13 mm) Finished Thickness.PHENOLIC LOCKERS 10500-4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT APRIL 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082332. Locker Uni-Box®, Tops, Bottoms, and Shelves – Minimum .375” (10mm) Finished Thickness. Sides and Locker Backs – Minimum .3125”(8 mm) Finished Thickness.C. Colors: To be selected by Project Architect from Manufacturer’s StandardColors.D. Locker Doors: Locker Door shall be the full width of the Locker Uni-Box® andshall be frameless, allowing access to the entire width of the Locker. FramedDoors are unacceptable. Perimeter ventilation shall provide superior ventilationproperties to traditional framed doors. Doors shall be attached to the Hinge withStainless Steel Theft Proof Torx Head with Pin fasteners.E. Locker Body: Locker Body shall incorporate the Uni-Box® LockerConstruction to allow for multiple Locker configurations within the sameLocker Body. The Locker Body shall be white in color. The Uni-Box® shallincorporate mortise and tenon construction and shall be mechanically fastenedtogether with Stainless Steel fasteners. Locker Shelves shall be mortised intoside walls of the Uni-Box® at location determined by Architect. Relocation ofShelves in the field shall be possible without the need for special tools orwelders. The Hinge shall be attached to the Uni-Box® with Stainless SteelTheft Proof Torx Head with Pin Bolts. Lockers shall arrive at construction sitefully assembled.F. End Panels: Shall be manufactured of the same color, thickness and material asthe Locker Doors.2.04 HARDWAREA. Locker Hinges: Hinges shall be concealed and shall be made of 14 Gauge Type304 Stainless Steel and have a Satin finish. Hinge shall have five (5) knucklesand shall allow door to open 90°.B. Locker Hasp Bar: Hasp shall be fabricated of 11 Gauge Type 304 StainlessSteel with a Satin Finish. All edges shall be polished and smooth. Hasp shall beattached to the Locker Body with two (2) Stainless Steel Theft Proof Torx Headwith Pin, Through Bolts. Hasp shall extend through a slot in the face of theLocker Door and the Locker Number Plate. Locker Hasp Bar is to be used withpadlocks (padlocks are not included).C. Coat Hooks: Coat Hooks shall be fabricated of 11 Gauge Type 304 StainlessSteel with a Satin Finish. All edges shall be polished and smooth. Coat Hooksshall be attached to the Locker Body with Stainless Steel Theft Proof Torx Headwith Pin fasteners or Through Bolts. Provide three (3) Coat Hooks for SingleTier Lockers and three (3) for Double Tier and “Z” Lockers. Plastic andaluminum Coat Hooks are unacceptable.PHENOLIC LOCKERS 10500-5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT APRIL 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233D. Number Plates: Provide a Number Plate for each Door or opening, in thesequence as indicated on the drawings. Number Plate shall be engraved fromthe back side to prevent the accumulation of dirt and grime.2.05 FABRICATIONA. General: Provide factory pre-assembled Locker units. Lockers shall becomplete with all hardware and accessories listed above. Knock down units areunacceptable.B. End Panels: Provide End Panels as required to complete the installation of theLockers.PART 3 – EXECUTION3.01 SITE INSPECTIONA. Verify that field dimensions are in accordance with Locker Shop Drawings.Inspect walls to insure that they are plumb and suitable for the installation of theLockers.B. Check location of built up bases, built in framing or blocking, and wall openingsto insure that they are in compliance with the approved Locker Shop Drawings.C. Have any inappropriate conditions corrected before beginning installation.3.02 INSTALLATIONA. Comply with manufacturer’s written installation instructions. Install Lockersrigid, straight, plumb, and level.B. Through Bolt Locker Boxes together with Stainless Steel Theft Proof Torx Headwith Pin, Through Bolts.C. Anchor Locker Boxes to the wall with provided anchor devices.D. Install Slope Tops, End Panels, Filler Strips and accessories in accordance withwritten instructions.3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANINGA. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust hardware according to manufacturer’s writteninstructions for proper operation.PHENOLIC LOCKERS 10500-6

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT APRIL 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure Lockers are withoutdamage or deterioration at the time of substantial completion. Clean all exposedsurfaces of Lockers and hardware.END OF SECTION 10500PHENOLIC LOCKERS 10500-7

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 10801 - TOILET ACCESSORIESPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes the following:1. Public-use washroom accessories.1.2 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include the following:1. Construction details and dimensions.2. Anchoring and mounting requirements, including requirements for cutouts in other workand substrate preparation.3. Material and finish descriptions.4. Features that will be included for Project.5. Manufacturer's warranty.B. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of eachaccessory required.1. Identify locations using room designations indicated on Drawings.2. Identify products using designations indicated on Drawings.C. Maintenance Data: For toilet and bath accessories to include in maintenance manuals.1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Source Limitations: For products listed together in the same articles in Part 2, provide productsof same manufacturer unless otherwise approved by COTR.1.4 COORDINATIONA. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances requiredfor access by people with disabilities, and for proper installation, adjustment, operation,cleaning, and servicing of accessories.B. Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry as required to preventdelaying the Work.TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10801 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331.5 WARRANTYA. Special Mirror Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees toreplace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects and that fail in materials orworkmanship within specified warranty period.1. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 MATERIALSA. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, 0.0312-inch minimum nominal thickness, unlessotherwise indicated.B. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A 153M, hot-dip galvanized afterfabrication.C. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit and tamper-andtheftresistant where exposed, and of galvanized steel where concealed.D. Chrome Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service).E. Mirrors: ASTM C 1503, Mirror Glazing Quality, clear-glass mirrors, nominal 6.0 mm thick.2.2 PUBLIC-USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIESA. Basis-of-Design Product: The design for accessories is based on products indicated onDrawings. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or acomparable product by one of the following:1. A & J Washroom Accessories, Inc.2. American Specialties, Inc.3. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.4. Bradley Corporation.5. General Accessory Manufacturing Co. (GAMCO).2.3 FABRICATIONA. General: Fabricate units with tight seams and joints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors andaccess panels with full-length, continuous hinges. Equip units for concealed anchorage andwith corrosion-resistant backing plates.B. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying.Provide minimum of six keys to FAA's representative.TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10801 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 INSTALLATIONA. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriateto substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, andfirmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated.B. Grab Bars: Install to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, when tested according tomethod in ASTM F 446.3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANINGA. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation. Replace damaged or defective items.B. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings.C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations.END OF SECTION 10801TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10801 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10801 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 13850 - FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMSPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This specification section provides the requirements for making minor modifications in theAdministration Wing to the existing analog addressable fire alarm system (Edwards System TechnologyModel EST3, maintained by Convergint Technologies, 1346 Oakbrook Parkway Suite 100, Norcross GA30093 – Phone 678-205-2112 that serves the entire Atlanta Air Route Traffic Control Center. Operationof the existing system is available on site. Completion of the work will not change the system operation,except to integrate the new circuits and devices into the existing system. These minor modifications to theexisting Fire Alarm system shall be designed, installed, and tested in accordance with this specification.1. Provide new addressable heat detectors EST-3 SIGA-HRS. The heat detector shall be connected tothe Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) with a Class A circuit.2. Provide heat detector address identification and label in the FACP.3. Provide updated programming in the FACP to identify alarm function requirements for the heatdetectors.B. Related Sections1. Section 01300, "Submittal"2. Section 01782, "Operations and Maintenance"3. Section 16050, "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."4. Section 16100, "Raceways, Boxes, and Cabinets."5. Section 16120, "Wire and Cables."6. Section 16195, "Electrical Identification."7. Section 16452, "Grounding."1.2 AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONSA. Job conditions: Do not permit interference with the air traffic control function at the Center. Scheduleand plan work to permit normal facility operations to continue with a minimum of disruption. Access tothe facility shall be kept unobstructed at all times. If interference with the existing facility operationsseems to be unavoidable, advise the COTR 10 days prior to such interference. Proceed as directed by theCOTR.B. Equipment Shutdown: Each ARTCC maintains air traffic control continuously without shutdown.Various techniques are employed to achieve maximum system availability. Mechanical and electricalsystems in direct support of air traffic operation and environmental systems have redundantconfigurations. Shutdown of equipment shall be scheduled with the COTR at least 10 days prior to thecontractor's need. The reliability of mechanical and electrical systems is compromised when redundantequipment is not available. Every effort will be made by the Government to allow work to beaccomplished during the Contractor's normal working hours; however, the COTR may require that certainequipment be shut down during off normal hours and be restored to service immediately after this period.Government personnel shall accomplish shutdown of equipment.FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS 13850 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233C. Interruptions of the existing addressable fire alarm system shall be requested in writing to the COTR atleast five (5) days prior to the Contractor’s needs. The fire alarm systems, or portions thereof, shall onlybe taken out of service during off-normal hours, for intervals of no more than four (4) hours out of everyeight (8) hours. The COTR shall be contacted if these criteria cannot be met, so that alternate protectioncan be provided.1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. The current issues of the following documents, in effect on the date of the invitation for bid, form a partof this specification and are applicable to the extent specified herein. NFPA Appendices shall beconsidered mandatory for the purposes of this specification. In referenced NFPA publications, theadvisory provisions shall be mandatory, as though the word "shall" had been substituted for "should"wherever it appears.B. Factory Mutual (FM)1. Factory Mutual Approval Guide.C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)1. 70: National Electrical Code.2. 72: National Fire Alarm Code.3. 101: Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures.D. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)1. 1481: Power Supplies for Fire Protective Signaling Systems.1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTSA. In the case of a conflict within this specification, applicable codes, accompanying drawings, and othersupplemental specifications, the Contractor shall submit the matter in writing to the Contracting Officer’sTechnical Representative (COTR) who will provide written clarification. Alert the COTR to anydiscrepancies found.1.5 NEW CIRCUITS AND DEVICESA. Comply with NFPA 72 to maintain circuit classifications.B. All new alarm, supervisory and trouble points shall be added to the existing FACP.C. Trouble signal initiation shall be by the following actions and trouble signals shall initiate the actionsdescribed in 1.5D and E below:1. Open circuits, shorts and grounds of wiring for initiating device, and signaling line circuits.2. Opening, tampering, or removal of alarm-initiating and supervisory signal-initiating devices.D. System alarm detection: When a confirmed fire condition is detected by the heat detectors in thebathroom , the following indications are required:FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS 13850 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082331. System alarm LED lights on the FACP.2. Sounding of the local alarm sounding device in the FACP.3. Activation of the audible and visual alarm appliances in the ARTCC (except in the Control Room)–see item 4.4. Activation of the Stage I visual alarm appliances in the Control Room.5. FACP indicates the pertinent information associated with the alarm on the Liquid Crystal Display(LCD), address and label location.E. System trouble detection: When a trouble condition is indicated by a malfunction of an initiating devicecircuit, signaling line circuit, or notification appliance circuit, the following functions occur immediately:1. System trouble LED lights on the FACP.2. Sounding of the local trouble sounding device in the FACP.3. FACP indicates the pertinent information associated with the alarm on the LCD.1.6 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: Submit product data to include, but not be limited to, manufacturers catalog cuts, wiringrequirements, technical data, and warranty data for each component or device used in the system.Manufacturers literature and technical data shall indicate the type, size, rating, style, catalog number,product names, photos, and catalog data for the following:1. Heat detectors shall match existing manufacturer2. System components to be placed within existing FACP;3. Conduit, wire and cable; and4. Signs and labels.B. Calculations: Provide calculations required to verify compliance with NFPA 72 and this SpecificationSection for all new and affected existing fire alarm detection loop.1. Battery and battery charger calculations;2. Signaling circuit power calculations; and3. Conduit fill calculations.4. Detector spacing calculations.C. Shop Drawings: Drawings shall indicate locations, installation details and sequence of operation ofdevices and equipment associated with the system and existing circuits. Floor plans showing equipmentlocations, conduit sizes and runs, wire counts and sizes, and other details shall be provided. Wiringdiagrams shall include diagrams for equipment and for the system with terminals and interconnectionsidentified. Make diagrams specific to this Project and distinguish between field and factory wiring.D. Installer Qualifications: Submit resume listing installer’s qualifications including manufacturer’scertification as an approved system installer and a list of recently completed projects demonstrating 5years of system installation experience.E. Startup Personnel Qualifications: Submit resume listing startup personnel qualifications includingmanufacturer’s certification as an approved system technician and a list of recently completed projectsdemonstrating 5 years of system startup experience.F. As-Built Drawings: Upon completion of system, update existing as-built drawings showing actualinstallation conditions. If adequate existing as-built drawings do not exist, notify COTR. Provide a softcopy for as-built.FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS 13850 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233G. Test Plan: A test plan that describes the methods to be used for system testing shall be submitted.Include a step-by-step description of the tests, and indicate type and location of test apparatus to beemployed. Demonstrate that the operation and installation requirements specified have been met. Testdevices and appliances serving the Administration Wing Bathroom (Basement).H. System Operation Description: Update the existing system operation description covering this specificProject, including method of operation and supervision of each type of circuit and sequence of operationsfor manually and automatically initiated system inputs and outputs. If adequate existing system operationdescription does not exist, notify COTR. Manufacturer's standard descriptions for generic systems areunacceptable.I. Record of Field Tests of System: Submit a record of field tests for devices tested. Record shall includedevice location, type, address, and other relevant data as well as date of test and signature of startuppersonnel performing tests.J. Inspection documents are specified in 3.6 of this Section.1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Installer Qualifications: Engage a factory-authorized Installer to perform work of this Section. Installershall have a minimum of 5 years experience in design, installation, and testing of fire detection and alarmsystems. Submit a list of systems of similar nature and scope, successfully completed within the last twoyears and provide proof of available telephone communications on a 24 hour, seven day a week basis. Beable to provide replacement parts on an emergency basis, and have experienced service personnelavailable for emergency service.B. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain fire alarm components from existing manufacturer who assumesresponsibility for compatibility of system components.C. Comply with NFPA 70 and 72.D. Listing and Labeling: Provide fire alarm systems and components specified in this Section that are listedand labeled and maintain the overall listing for the entire fire detection and alarm system.1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100.2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory"(NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Store equipment and materials inside and protected from weather.1.9 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULINGA. Existing Addressable Fire Alarm Equipment: The existing addressable fire alarm system protects otherareas of the ARTCC. The FACP shall remain operational at all times.B. Equipment Installation: After installation of new equipment, label all devices “Not in Service” untiltested and accepted by the COTR.FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS 13850 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082331.10 EXTRA MATERIALSA. Furnish extra materials described below; that match products installed, are packaged with protectivecovering for storage, and are identified with labels clearly describing contents. Furnish a quantity equalto the percentage (rounded up to the next whole number) of the number of units installed under thiscontract as listed below, but not less than one. Turn over extra materials to the COTR prior to the start ofthe final acceptance testing.1. Heat detector: provide one spare.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 GENERALA. Provide new system components designed and fabricated by one manufacturer with the followingcharacteristics:1. Equipment and materials: Design and fabricate in accordance with NFPA 13, 70, 72, 90A, and101.2. Provide standard products of the manufacturer's latest design that are suitable to perform thefunctions intended. The name of the manufacturer and the serial number shall appear on majorcomponents. Equipment, material, devices, and accessories shall be NRTL listed and labeled fortheir intended use.3. Manufacturers of NRTL listed or approved addressable fire detection systems shall have anestablished record of working installations and shall be capable of providing documentationshowing experience with addressable systems.4. Compatible with existing site FACP maintaining NRTL listing or approval (such as UL 864) ofthe overall system.2.2 ADDRESSABLE DEVICESA. General: Provide the following new detection and alarm circuit devices, designed to interface withexisting FACP for central alarm capability, and suitable for use in a Class A electrically supervised 24VDC circuit:1. Heat Detectors: Addressable, spot-type, combination fixed temperature and rate of risedetectors shall monitor ambient temperature and give a fast response to rapid increase intemperature. The detectors shall comply with UL 521. Coordinate with the existing sprinklersystems to verify the actual temperature rating of sprinkler heads. The heat detectors shall be set toactivate at 135ºF.2.3 CABLE AND WIRINGA. Cable shall comply with Section 16120 “Wires and Cables” except as listed below. Provide powerlimited300V, 105 C cable of the type indicated for the use below. Bell wire, intercom, or telephone wireis not acceptable. Comply with NEC Article 760 requirements and manufacturer’s recommendations.B. For initiating device circuits, provide type FPL cable with red PVC jacket and 18 to 12 AWG, solid,twisted conductors.1. Known Acceptable Source for this Cable: Belden 9571, 9572, 9580, and 9582.FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS 13850 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233C. For signaling line circuits, provide type FPL cable with red PVC jacket, aluminum-polyester shield and18 to 12 AWG, solid, twisted conductors. Known Acceptable Source(s) for this Cable: Belden 9574,9575, 9581 and 9583. If the fire alarm system manufacturer specifically requires unshielded cable,provide cable as specified for initiating device circuits.D. Power wiring shall be 12 AWG, Type THHN/THWN, solid wire in separate raceway.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERALA. Install system according to NFPA standards referenced in Parts 1 and 2 of this Section andmanufacturer’s recommendations. Except where noted otherwise, comply with Section 16050, “BasicElectrical Materials and Methods”, Section 16100, “Raceways, Boxes, and Cabinets”, Section 16120,“Wires and Cables” and Section 16195, “Electrical Identification”.B. New system devices and appliances shall be wired to the FACP. Connection to the FACP shall providethe sequence of operation required by this specification.C. Circuit conductors entering or leaving the FACP shall be connected to screw type terminals with eachterminal/ conductors marked for identification. Conductors shall be color coded to match existinginstallation.D. When adding devices to an existing signaling line circuit, the existing circuit shall be interrupted betweentwo existing devices. The circuit shall be re-routed from one existing device, to each successive newdevice, and then to the other (next) existing device. All circuit routing shall meet the NFPA requirementsfor a “Class A” circuit.3.2 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATIONA. Heat Detectors:1. Heat detectors shall be centrally located per plans.3.3 WIRING INSTALLATIONA. Wiring Method: Conceal raceway except in unfinished spaces and as indicated. Do not splice wireexcept where required to connect to a device. Where lengths of wire must be joined together to completea long run, join them at a terminal strip mounted in a hinged or screw cover junction box. Do nottranspose or change colors.1. Install cable and wire in appropriately sized raceway, but not less than 3/4 inch diameter.2. Install cable of the type indicated for the use, and install in accordance with NEC Article 760.3. Leave eight-inch wire tails at each device box.4. Loop the cable for initiating device circuits from the addressable interface device to the initiatingdevice, then back to addressable interface device.5. Loop the cable for signaling line circuits from the FACP to the first addressable initiating device,then on to each successive addressable device, and then back to the FACP. Maintain shieldcontinuity and connect to earth ground only at the FACP. Do not route intelligent detector wiringadjacent to, or in the same conduit with audio-visual power wiring, 120/240 VAC power wiring orother high current circuits.FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS 13850 - 6

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082336. Provide a minimum of two inches of separation between cable and open conductors, light, power,or class one circuits. Do not place cable in outlet boxes or raceways containing non-fire alarmconductors.B. Wiring within Enclosures: Install conductors parallel with or at right angles to the sides and back of theenclosure. Bundle, lace, and train the conductors to terminal points. Connect conductors that areterminated, spliced, or interrupted in any enclosure associated with the fire alarm system to terminalblocks. Mark each terminal according to the system's wiring diagrams. Make connections with approvedcrimp-on terminal spade lugs, pressure-type terminal blocks, or plug connectors.C. Cable Connections: Use numbered terminal strips in junction, pull or outlet boxes, cabinets, orequipment enclosures where circuit connections are made.D. Color Coding: Color-code fire alarm conductors differently from the normal building power wiring.Paint fire alarm system junction boxes and covers red.E. UL listed through-penetration firestop systems: Provide at fire alarm conduit penetrations through firerated floors and walls in accordance with requirements of Section 07840, “Through-Penetration FirestopSystems”.3.4 IDENTIFICATIONA. Identify system components, raceway, wiring, cabling, and terminals according to Section 16195,“Electrical Identification”.B. Signs and Labels: Permanent nameplates shall be used in the FACP to identify new control logic units,contacts and major circuits. Lettering except for within FACP shall be bold face of minimum 1 inch inheight and shall be of the engraved type. Provide a contrasting red background with white lettering.Match style of existing signs and labels.C. Mark fire alarm conduit with a 1 inch red band every 25 feet and on each side of walls.3.5 GROUNDINGA. Ground cable shields and equipment according to system manufacturer's instructions to eliminate shockhazard and to minimize, to the greatest extent possible, ground loops, common mode returns, noisepickup, cross talk, and other impairments.3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. General: Demonstrate operation of the fire alarm in accordance with Test Plan in 1.6G.B. Manufacturers Field Service: Provide services of factory-authorized startup personnel to supervise thefield assembly and connection of components and the pretesting, testing, and adjustment of the system.C. Pretesting: After the installation is complete, have factory trained personnel inspect the system inaccordance with the manufacturers recommended procedures, include testing the wiring for properconnection, continuity and resistance to ground. After installation, align, adjust, and balance the systemand perform complete pretesting. Determine, through pretesting, the conformance of the system to therequirements of the Drawings and Specifications. Correct deficiencies observed in pretesting. Replacemalfunctioning or damaged items with new ones and retest until satisfactory performance and conditionsare achieved. Prepare forms for systematic recording of acceptance test results.FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS 13850 - 7

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233D. Report of Pretesting: After pretesting is complete, provide a letter certifying the installation is completeand fully operable, including the names and titles of the witnesses to the preliminary tests.E. Final Test Notice: Provide a 10-day minimum notice in writing when the system is ready for finalacceptance testing.F. Operations Test: Test each newly installed detector and properly set sensitivity in accordance with themanufacturer's recommended procedures. Verify the audible and visual alarms. Test each circuit fortrouble by inducing a trouble condition to the system.G. Retesting: correct deficiencies indicated by tests and completely retest work affected by suchdeficiencies. Verify by the system test that the total system meets the Specifications and complies withapplicable standards.H. Report of Tests and Inspections: Provide a written record of inspections, tests, and detailed test results inthe form of a test log. Submit log upon the satisfactory completion of tests.I. Tag equipment, stations, and other components at which tests have been satisfactorily completed.3.7 CLEANING AND ADJUSTINGA. Cleaning: Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and marred finishto match original finish. Clean unit internally using methods and materials recommended bymanufacturer.3.8 WARRANTYA. Include a service and parts guarantee of the new system components for a period of one year and provideany services and equipment incidental to the proper performance of the system under warranty at noadditional cost to the Government. Contractor shall be available on a 24-hour, 7-day a week basis duringthe warranty period. Response to the warranty request shall be within four hours of the initial contact.END OF SECTION 13850FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS 13850 - 8

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 13930 - WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMSPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. Section Includes :1. Pipes, fittings, and specialties.2. Sprinklers.1.2 DEFINITIONSA. Standard-Pressure Sprinkler Piping/fittings: Wet-pipe sprinkler system piping/fittings designedto operate at working pressure of 175 psig maximum.1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONSA. Wet-Pipe Sprinkler System: Automatic sprinklers are attached to piping containing water,electric-driven fire pump and that is connected to water supply through alarm valve. Waterdischarges immediately from sprinklers when they are opened. Sprinklers open when heatmelts fusible link or destroys frangible device.1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTSA. Sprinkler system design shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction.B. Delegated Design: Design sprinkler system(s), including comprehensive engineering analysisby a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteriaindicated.1. Fire Protection water supply is from a 330,800 gallon above ground water storage tankwith a 240,000 gallon fire protection reserve. For hydraulic calculations, the sprinklercontractor shall use a supply of 5 psi static with a residual pressure of 4 psi at 500 gpm.Contact the LPA Group Incorporated in Ocean Springs, Mississippi at 228-233-7743 forfurther water supply information.2. Margin of Safety for Available Water Flow and Pressure: 10 percent or 10 psi whichever is greater (including losses through water-service piping, valves).3. Sprinkler Occupancy Hazard Classifications:a. Office and Public Areas: Light Hazard.4. Minimum Density for Automatic-Sprinkler Piping Design:a. Light-Hazard Occupancy: 0.10 gpm over 1500-sq. ft.b. Ordinary-Hazard, Group 1 Occupancy: 0.15 gpm over 1500-sq. ft.WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 13930 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082335. Maximum Protection Area per Sprinkler:a. Office Spaces: 225 sq. ft.b. Other Areas: According to NFPA 13 recommendations unless otherwise indicated.C. Seismic Performance: Sprinkler piping shall withstand the effects of earthquake motionsdetermined according to NFPA 13.1.5 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operatingcharacteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories.B. Shop Drawings: For wet-pipe sprinkler systems. Include plans, elevations, sections, details,and attachments to other work.C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For sprinkler systems indicated to comply with performancerequirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualifiedprofessional engineer responsible for their preparation.D. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer and fire professional engineer.E. Approved Sprinkler Piping Drawings: Working plans, prepared according to NFPA 13, thathave been approved by authorities having jurisdiction, including hydraulic calculations ifapplicable.F. Field Test Reports and Certificates: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance withperformance requirements and as described in NFPA 13. Include "Contractor's Material andTest Certificate for Aboveground Piping."G. Field quality-control reports.1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Installer Qualifications:1. Installer's responsibilities include designing, fabricating, and installing sprinkler systemsand providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineeringresponsibility.B. NFPA Standards: Sprinkler system equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and testingshall comply with the following:1. NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems."2. NFPA 72, “National Fire Alarm Code.”WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 13930 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331.7 PROJECT CONDITIONSA. Interruption of Existing Sprinkler Service: Do not interrupt sprinkler service to facilitiesoccupied by FAA or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only afterarranging to provide temporary sprinkler service according to requirements indicated:1. Notify COTR no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of sprinklerservice.2. Do not proceed with interruption of sprinkler service without COTR's written permission.1.8 COORDINATIONA. Coordinate layout and installation of sprinklers with other construction that penetrates ceilings,including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, and partition assemblies.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 PIPING MATERIALSA. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, andfitting materials, and for joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes.2.2 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGSA. Standard Weight, Galvanized and Black Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M. Pipe ends may befactory or field formed to match joining method.B. Schedule 10, Black-Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795/A 795M, Schedule 10 in NPS 5and smaller; and NFPA 13-specified wall thickness in NPS 6 to NPS 10, plain end.C. Black-Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard-weight,seamless steel pipe with threaded ends.D. Steel Couplings: ASTM A 865, threaded.E. Gray-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern.F. Malleable- or Ductile-Iron Unions: UL 860.2.3 SPRINKLERSA. General Requirements:1. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" listing or "Approval Guide,"published by FM Global.2. Pressure Rating for Automatic Sprinklers: 175 psig minimum.WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 13930 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233B. Automatic Sprinklers with Heat-Responsive Element:1. Early-Suppression, Fast-Response Applications: UL 1767.2. Nonresidential Applications: UL 199.3. Characteristics: Nominal 1/2-inch orifice with Discharge Coefficient K of 5.6, and for"Ordinary" temperature classification rating unless otherwise indicated or required byapplication.C. Sprinkler Finishes:1. Painted.D. Special Coatings:1. Corrosion-resistant paint.E. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types, and finishes for the following sprinkler mountingapplications. Escutcheons for concealed, flush, and recessed-type sprinklers are specified withsprinklers.1. Ceiling Mounting: Chrome-plated steel, one piece, flat and Chrome-plated steel, twopiece,with 1-inch vertical adjustment.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 PIPING INSTALLATIONA. Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate generallocation and arrangement of piping. Install piping as indicated, as far as practical.1. Deviations from approved working plans for piping require written approval fromauthorities having jurisdiction. File written approval with COTR before deviating fromapproved working plans.B. Piping Standard: Comply with requirements for installation of sprinkler piping in NFPA 13.C. Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devicematerials and installation in NFPA 13.D. Use listed fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions inpipe sizes.E. Install hangers and supports for sprinkler system piping according to NFPA 13. Comply withrequirements for hanger materials in NFPA 13.F. Fill sprinkler system piping with water.WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 13930 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082333.2 JOINT CONSTRUCTIONA. Install couplings, unions, nipples, and transition and special fittings that have finish andpressure ratings same as or higher than system's pressure rating for aboveground applicationsunless otherwise indicated.B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs.C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings beforeassembly.D. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cutthreads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restorefull ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads.2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded ordamaged.3.3 SPRINKLER INSTALLATIONA. Install sprinklers in suspended drywall ceilings without cutting or modifying the suspendedceiling grid members.B. All sprinkler piping from the existing sprinkler main to the new sprinkler head locations shall beinstalled with the bottom of piping no lower than 9’-5” above the finished floor and the top ofthe piping no higher than 9’-10½” above the finished floor. Vertical connections to the mainand sprinkler heads are excluded from these elevation requirements.C. Installation of sprinkler piping shall be coordinated with HVAC, plumbing, and lightinginstallers.3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Perform tests and inspections.B. Tests and Inspections:1. Leak Test: After installation, charge systems and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retestuntil no leaks exist.2. Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler systems according to NFPA 13, "Systems Acceptance"Chapter.C. Sprinkler piping system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.D. Prepare test and inspection reports.WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 13930 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082333.5 CLEANINGA. Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers.B. Remove and replace sprinklers with paint other than factory finish.3.6 PIPING SCHEDULEA. Wet-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 4 and smaller , shall be the following:1. Standard-weight, black-steel pipe with threaded ends; uncoated, gray-iron threadedfittings; and threaded joints.3.7 SPRINKLER SCHEDULEA. Use sprinkler types in subparagraphs below for the following applications:1. Rooms with Suspended Ceilings: Concealed sprinklers as indicated.B. Finishes indicated.1. Concealed Sprinklers: Rough brass, with factory-painted white cover plate.END OF SECTION 13930WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 13930 - 6

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 15010MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONSPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General Requirements andDivision 1 sections apply to this section.B. Provisions of this Section apply to all sections of Division 15. All electrical work willcomply with provisions of Division 16.1.2 CODE REQUIREMENTS: All mechanical work for this project shall be performed in accordancewith applicable Federal and local statutes, ordinances, codes, and commercial standards of theissues in effect during the construction period. Any code violation and/or discrepanciesdiscovered in the contract documents shall be brought to the attention of the Contracting Officerprior to award of the contract. All work shall be in accordance with NFPA and applicablestate/local Codes, unless otherwise specified. Other referenced publications/standards are alsospecified in each individual section of Division 15.1.3 CONTRACT DRAWINGS: The Subcontractor shall verify exact locations and dimensions fromfield measurements. Contract drawings are diagrammatic only, and may not give fullydimensioned locations of various elements of work.1.4 SUBMITTALS:A. Shop drawings shall be provided for all equipment specified in each section of Division 15and shall be in accordance with Division 1, General Requirements. Provide shopdrawings and submittals for the following:1. Fans, including performance data.2. Dampers3. Equipment support systems.4. Air distribution devices.1.5 SPACE REQUIREMENTS: Consider space limitations imposed by contiguous work in selectionand location of equipment and material. Provide access doors in ductwork, walls, or ceilings toallow access to equipment and apparatus such as motors and fire dampers requiring operation,service, or maintenance within the life of the system.1.6 PROTECTION: All new and existing work, equipment, fixtures, and materials shall be adequatelyprotected. At work completion, all work must be clean and in good condition. All new equipmentshall be free from damage such as scratches, chips, corrosion, dents, etc.1.7 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE:MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010-1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233A. The subcontractor shall lay out all work sufficiently in advance to avoid conflicts orinterferences with other work in progress so that in case of interference the mechanicallayout may be altered to suite the conditions, prior to the installation of any work andwithout additional cost to the government.B. The subcontractor shall be responsible to coordinate all work and take all action asrequired to avoid conflicts between the work of this trade and that of other trades. Unlessspecifically noted otherwise, establish the exact location of mechanical equipment basedon actual dimensions of equipment furnished. Mechanical and electrical work shall becoordinated so that work may proceed according to the following sequence to avoidconflict:1. Duct, conduit and pipe routing.1.8 CONTINUITY OF SERVICE: Schedule work so that existing systems will not be interruptedwhen they are required for normal usage of the existing building. Obtain approval from theContracting Officer at least seven (7) days prior to any utility interruption, connection ordisconnection. Perform work at such time and in such manner as to cause minimuminconvenience.1.9 EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: Motor sizes and equipment wattageratings specified herein or scheduled on the drawings are the minimum requirements. Largermotor sizes and equipment wattage ratings may be provided if necessary to meet the performancerequirements specified herein or scheduled on the drawings. Provide the corresponding increasedcapacity of feeders and other electrical equipment serving them at no additional cost to the FAA.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 MATERIALS: All materials and equipment shall be the standard products of the manufacturer(s)regularly engaged in the manufacture of such products for not less than one (1) year and shall meetthe requirements specified herein and all other sections of these specifications. Where two or moreunits of same type or class of equipment are required, provide units of a single manufacturer. Allitems furnished shall meet physical space and weight requirements. Material and constructionshall be equal to or better than the specified model for the intended service.2.2 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE: Where materials or equipment are specified to comply withrequirements of a referenced standard or code, proof of such compliance shall be submitted. Thelabel or listing of the specified agency will be acceptable evidence. In lieu of the label or listing, awritten certificate may be submitted from an approved and nationally recognized testingorganization to perform such services, stating the item(s) have been tested and conform to therequirements and testing methods of the specified agency.MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010-2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 OPERATING TESTS:A. After all mechanical systems have been completed and put into operation, subject eachsystem to an operating test under design conditions to insure proper sequence andoperation throughout the range of the system’s intended operation.B. Testing shall include demonstrating that the correct outputs are produced for a given inputfor each control sequence specified in section 15950 testing, adjusting and balancing.C. Make adjustments as required to insure proper functioning of all systems. Special tests onindividual systems are specified under individual sections. All labor and expensesrequired for operating tests shall be the contractor's responsibility.3.2 LUBRICATION AND OIL: All equipment requiring lubrication shall be properly lubricated asrecommended by the manufacturer.3.3 IDENTIFICATION: Each fan shall have a 1-inch high by 3-inch wide black laminate nameplatedesignating its use. Nameplates shall be cut through to the white background and shall havebeveled edges. Mounting screws shall be chrome plated oval head. Lettering on nameplates shallbe as directed by the Contracting Officer.3.4 FINAL ACCEPTANCE INSPECTION: Prior to final acceptance of all Division 15, mechanicalequipment, materials, systems, and sub- systems, the contractor shall demonstrate to theContracting Officer that all equipment, systems and sub-systems, including accessories,appurtenances, controls, safety devices, interlocks, etc., function in accordance with the contractdrawings and specifications. The contractor shall be responsible for any and all costs associatedwith the demonstrations, including making available manufacturer's service representatives toperform those demonstrations that are beyond his capability.3.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE:A. Guarantee: The work and equipment furnished under this section shall be guaranteed for aperiod of one (1) year from the date of acceptance thereof, either for beneficial use or finalacceptance, whichever is earlier, against defective materials, design, and workmanship.Upon receipt of notice from the Contracting Officer of failure of any part of theguaranteed equipment or work during the guaranty period, the affected parts, service orsystem shall be replaced and returned to normal operation promptly with new parts andlabor at the expense of the contractor.B. Noise and Vibration: Equipment shall operate with minimum noise and vibration. Ifobjectionable noise or vibration is produced or transmitted to or through the buildingstructure by equipment, ductwork, or other parts of work to rectify such conditions withoutcost to the government. If the item of equipment is judged to produce objectionable noiseor vibration, demonstrate without cost to the government that equipment performs withindesignated limits on the equipment's vibration chart. Highest allowed levels ofbackground noise due to operating equipment provided under this specification shall beNC 50 for an equipment rooms.MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010-3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082333.6 OBSTRUCTIONS:A. The drawings indicate certain information pertaining to surface and subsurfaceobstructions which have been taken from available “as-built” drawings. Such informationis not guaranteed as to completeness or accuracy of locationB. Before any cutting or trenching operations are begun, verify with the COR, utilitycompanies, municipalities, and other applicable parties that all available information hasbeen provided. Verify locations prior to commencing operations. The subcontractor shallbe responsible for repair of any damage to the existing facility.C. Where unknown obstructions are encountered, alter routing of new work as directed by theCOR.END OF SECTION 15010MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010-4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 15052 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBINGPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes the following:1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems.2. Escutcheons.3. Plumbing demolition.4. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections.1.2 DEFINITIONSA. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than plumbing and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces,pipe chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavatedspaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupiedspaces and plumbing equipment rooms.C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambienttemperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact bybuilding occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in chases.E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditionsand physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures.Examples include installations within unheated shelters.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGSA. Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joiningmethods.B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings.COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 15052 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082332.2 JOINING MATERIALSA. Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below.B. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according toASTM B 813.C. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping:1. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493.2. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656.2.3 ESCUTCHEONSA. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closelyfit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely coversopening.B. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with polished chrome-platedfinish.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 PLUMBING DEMOLITIONA. Refer to Division 1 Sections "Cutting and Patching" and "Selective Demolition" for generaldemolition requirements and procedures.B. Disconnect, demolish, and remove plumbing systems, equipment, and components indicated tobe removed.1. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap orplug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material.2. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same orcompatible piping material.3. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment.C. If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable,remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacityand quality.3.2 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTSCOMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 15052 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sections specifyingpiping systems.B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of pipingsystems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate frictionloss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicatedunless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment roomsand service areas.D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at rightangles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicatedotherwise.E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.F. Install piping to permit valve servicing.G. Install piping at indicated slopes.H. Install piping free of sags and bends.I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.J. Install piping to allow application of insulation.K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operatingpressure.L. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors.Q. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.R. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-inrequirements.3.3 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTIONA. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sectionsspecifying piping systems.B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs.C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings beforeassembly.COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 15052 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tubeend. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," usinglead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.E. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cutthreads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restorefull ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry sealthreading is specified.2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded ordamaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.F. Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittingsaccording to the following:1. Comply with ASTM F 402, for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solventcements.2. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix.3. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855.3.4 PIPING CONNECTIONSA. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2” and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at finalconnection to each piece of equipment.3.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTSA. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights arenot indicated.B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems andcomponents in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.C. Install plumbing equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement ofcomponents. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to otherinstallations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations.D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope.END OF SECTION 15052COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 15052 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 15058 - COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENTPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-purpose,horizontal, small and medium, squirrel-cage induction motors for use on ac power systems upto 600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped separately by equipmentmanufacturer for field installation.1.2 COORDINATIONA. Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with thefollowing:1. Motor controllers.2. Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load.3. Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence.4. Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTSA. Comply with requirements in this Section except when stricter requirements are specified inHVAC equipment schedules or Sections.B. Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated.2.2 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICSA. Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 40 deg C and at altitude of 3300 feet abovesea level.B. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connectedloads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operatingsequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor.2.3 POLYPHASE MOTORSA. Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor.COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 15058 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233B. Efficiency: Energy efficient, as defined in NEMA MG 1.C. Service Factor: 1.15.D. Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motor frame sizes 324T and larger; rolled steel for motorframe sizes smaller than 324T.E. Rotor: Random-wound, squirrel cage.F. Bearings: Regreasable, shielded, antifriction ball bearings suitable for radial and thrustloading.G. Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating.H. Insulation: Class F.I. Code Letter Designation:1. Motors Smaller than 15 HP: Manufacturer's standard starting characteristic.2.4 SINGLE-PHASE MOTORSA. Motors larger than 1/20 hp shall be one of the following, to suit starting torque andrequirements of specific motor application:1. Permanent-split capacitor.2. Split phase.3. Capacitor start, inductor run.4. Capacitor start, capacitor run.B. Multispeed Motors: Variable-torque, permanent-split-capacitor type.C. Bearings: Prelubricated, antifriction ball bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial andthrust loading.D. Motors 1/20 HP and Smaller: Shaded-pole type.E. Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motorwhen winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motorinsulation. Thermal-protection device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returnsto normal range.PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)END OF SECTION 15058COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 15058 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 15061 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTSPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes the following:1. Steel pipe hangers and supports.2. Fastener systems.B. See Division 15 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment"for vibration isolation devices.1.2 DEFINITIONSA. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers andSupports."1.3 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For the following:1. Steel pipe hangers and supports.2. Powder-actuated fastener systems.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 MANUFACTURERSA. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply toproduct selection:1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,manufacturers specified.2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of themanufacturers specified.2.2 STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTSHANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15061 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233A. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. Refer to Part 3"Hanger and Support Applications" Article for where to use specific hanger and support types.B. Available Manufacturers:1. AAA Technology & Specialties Co., Inc.2. Bergen-Power Pipe Supports.3. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.4. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc.5. Empire Industries, Inc.6. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co.7. Globe Pipe Hanger Products, Inc.8. Grinnell Corp.9. GS Metals Corp.10. National Pipe Hanger Corporation.11. PHD Manufacturing, Inc.12. PHS Industries, Inc.13. Piping Technology & Products, Inc.14. Tolco Inc.C. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped.D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner.2.3 FASTENER SYSTEMSA. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concretewith pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and buildingmaterials where used.1. Available Manufacturers:a. Hilti, Inc.b. ITW Ramset/Red Head.c. Masterset Fastening Systems, Inc.B. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type zinc-coated steel, for use in hardenedportland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supportedloads and building materials where used.1. Available Manufacturers:a. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries.b. Empire Industries, Inc.c. Hilti, Inc.d. ITW Ramset/Red Head.HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15061 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONSA. Specific hanger and support requirements are specified in Sections specifying piping systemsand equipment.B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified inpiping system Sections.C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized, metallic coatings for piping and equipment that willnot have field-applied finish.D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are indirect contact with copper tubing.E. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching.F. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified inpiping system Sections, install the following types:1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated orinsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 4.2. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulatedstationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 4.G. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping systemSections, install the following types:1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 toNPS 42. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers,NPS 3/4 to NPS 4 if longer ends are required for riser clamps.H. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping systemSections, install the following types:1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspendpipe hangers from concrete ceiling.I. Use powder-actuated fasteners or mechanical-expansion anchors instead of buildingattachments where required in concrete construction.3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATIONHANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15061 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233A. Steel Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers,supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from buildingstructure.B. Fastener System Installation:1. Install powder-actuated fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completelycured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Installfasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual.2. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completelycured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.C. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, andother accessories.D. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additionalattachments at concentrated loads, and at changes in direction of pipingE. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loads and stresses frommovement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.F. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximumpipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 (for building services piping) are not exceeded.3.3 ADJUSTINGA. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieveindicated slope of pipe.3.4 PAINTINGB. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and applygalvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.END OF SECTION 15061HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15061 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 15076 - IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPINGPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. Section Includes:1. Pipe labels.1.2 SUBMITTALA. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 PIPE LABELSA. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with letteringindicating service, and showing flow direction.B. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference ofpipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive.C. Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing.D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations orabbreviations as used on Drawings and an arrow indicating flow direction.1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodateboth directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction.2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 PREPARATIONA. Clean piping surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, includingdirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants.IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING 15076 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082333.2 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATIONA. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces;machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; andexterior exposed locations as follows:1. Near each valve and control device.2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures. Where flow patternis not obvious, mark each pipe at branch.3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures.4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealedpiping.5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet inareas of congested piping and equipment.7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels.B. Pipe Label Color Schedule:1. Domestic Cold Water Piping:a. Background Color: Blue.b. Letter Color: White2. Domestic Hot Water Piping:a. Background Color: Red.b. Letter Color: White3. Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping:a. Background Color: Green.b. Letter Color: White.END OF SECTION 15076IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING 15076 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 15080 - MECHANICAL INSULATIONPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes pipe, duct, and equipment insulation.1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)1. A666: Specification for Annealed or Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, StripPlate, and Flat Bar.2. C518: Steady-state heat flux measurements and thermal transmission properties by meansof the heat flow meter apparatus.3. C552: Specification for cellular glass thermal insulation.4. C553: Mineral fiber blanket thermal insulation for commercial and industrialapplications.5. C921: Specification for determining the properties of jacketing materials for thermalinsulation.6. C1136: Flexible, low permeance vapor retarders for thermal insulation.7. E84: Standard test method for surface burning characteristics of building materials.8. E96: Standard test methods for water vapor transmission of materials.9. G21: Standard practice for determining resistance of synthetic polymeric materials tofungi.10. G22: Standard Practice for determining resistance of plastics to bacteria.B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)1. 255: Surface burning characteristics of building materials.C. Underwriters Laboratories(UL)1. 723: Surface burning characteristics of building materials.D. Federal Specifications (FS)1. HH-I-558B: Insulation, blocks, boards, blankets, felts, sleeving (pipe and tube covering),and pipefitting covering, thermal (mineral fiber, industrial type).1.3 DEFINITIONSA. Hot Surfaces: Normal operating temperatures of 100 deg F or higher.B. Dual-Temperature Surfaces: Normal operating temperatures that vary from hot to cold.C. Cold Surfaces: Normal operating temperatures less than 75 deg F.MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233D. Thermal resistivity is designated by an r-value that represents the reciprocal of thermalconductivity (k-value). Thermal conductivity is the rate of heat flow through a homogenousmaterial exactly 1 inch thick. Thermal resistivity (r-value) is expressed by the temperaturedifference in deg Fahrenheit (Kelvin) between the two exposed faces required to cause 1 BTUper hour to flow through 1 square foot at mean temperatures indicated.E. Thermal Conductivity (k-value): Measure of heat flow through a material at a giventemperature difference; conductivity is expressed in units of BTU x inch/h x sq. ft. x deg F.F. Density: Expressed in pcf.G. Exposed Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupiedspaces and mechanical equipment rooms.H. Concealed Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact bybuilding occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts.I. Exposed Exterior Installations: Exposed to ambient outdoor conditions.1.4 SUBMITTALSA. Submit product data for insulation type, adhesive, fastening devices, and finish to be used inthe work. Include installation instructions for each type of insulation. Also submit a scheduleindicating manufacturer’s product number, K-value, thickness, and accessories furnished foreach mechanical system requiring insulation.B. Submit manufacturers sample of each type of insulation and jacket required and for each duct,pipe, and equipment insulation type required. Affix label to sample completely describingproduct.1. Pre-Formed Cellular Glass Pipe Insulation: 12- inches long, 2-inch NPS.C. Submit Manufacturers Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for the indicated products:1. Lagging Adhesive2. PVC Jacket Lap Adhesive3. Vapor Barrier Joint Compound4. Vapor Barrier Mastic1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Fire Performance Characteristics: Conform to the following characteristics for insulationincluding facings, cements, and adhesives, when tested according to ASTM E84, by UL orother testing or inspecting organization acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. Labelinsulation with appropriate markings of testing laboratory.1. Interior and Exterior Insulation: Flame spread rating of 25 or less and a smoke developedrating of 50 or less.MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULINGA. Schedule insulation application after testing of piping systems.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 MATERIALSA. Pipe insulation shall have a flame spread rating not exceeding 25 and a smoke developmentrating not exceeding 50 as determined by test procedures specified in ASTM E84, NFPA 255and UL 723.1. Ratings shall be determined from tests performed on the composite of insulation, jacket orfacing, and adhesive. Adhesives, mastics and cements shall meet the same individualratings as the minimum requirements.B. Use fiberglass reinforced tape and spacing as specified or in accordance with manufacturer’srequirements for securing insulating materials to pipe, valves, fittings, vessels and other items.2.2 CELLULAR GLASSA. Material: Inorganic, foamed or cellulated glass, annealed, rigid, hermetically sealed cells,incombustible. Known acceptable source: “FOAMGLAS Insulation by Pittsburgh CorningCorporation.B. Form: The following as indicated:1. Preformed Pipe: ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 1 (uncovered)2. Preformed Pipe: ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 2 (jacketed)3. Special Shapes: ASTM C 552, Type III, in shapes and thickness as indicated.C. Thermal Conductivity: 0.33 BTU x inch/h x sq. ft. x deg F. average maximum at 75 deg F.mean temperature.D. Density: Minimum 7 pcf, maximum 9.5 pcf.E. Construction:1. Insulation for pipes smaller than 4 inches diameter: Insulation shall be fabricated from asingle block with no through joints.2. Adhesives: Joints shall be adhered using a non-combustible, gypsum adhesive. Asphalticand bitumastic adhesives are not acceptable. Known Source: United States GypsumCompany, Hydrocal B-11.F. Refer to schedule in Part 3 of this Section for required insulation thickness.G. Use pre-formed insulation fittings or size fitting insulation to match adjacent straight runpiping.MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082332.3 JACKETSA. PVC Jacketing: High-impact, ultra-violet-resistant PVC, 20 mils thick, roll stock ready forshop or field cutting and forming to indicated sizes. Jacket shall have a flame spread rating notexceeding 25 and a smoke development rating not exceeding 50 as determined by testprocedures specified in ASTM E84, NFPA 255 and UL 723. Non white color shall be selectedby COR. Known Acceptable Source: Zeston 2000, Johns Manville.B. PVC Fitting Covers: Factory-fabricated fitting covers manufactured from 20 mil thick, highimpact,ultra-violet-resistant PVC. Jacket shall have a flame spread rating not exceeding 25 anda smoke development rating not exceeding 50 as determined by test procedures specified inASTM E84, NFPA 255 and UL 723. Non white color shall be selected by COR. KnownAcceptable Source: Zeston 2000, Johns Manville.2.4 ADHESIVESA. PVC Jacket Lap Adhesive: As recommended by jacket manufacturer.2.5 SEALING COMPOUNDSA. Vapor Barrier Joint Compound: Water based, used on Cellular Glass Insulation joints.1. Water Vapor Permeance: 0.13 perms maximum, tested per ASTM E 96.2. Temperature Range: Minus 20 to 180 deg F.3. Known Acceptable Source: Foster Flextra 95-60.2.6 MASTICSA. Vapor Barrier Mastic: Used on Cellular Glass Insulation where PVC fitting covers notavailable.0.4 perm-in per ASTM E96. Acrylic latex. Known Acceptable Source: Pittcote 404, PittsburgCorning.2.7 ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTSA. PVC Tape: 10 mils thickness, 30oz./inch adhesion to backing, 27 lb./in.-width tensile strengthused to seal PVC lap seams.B. Glass Cloth and Tape: Woven glass fiber fabrics, plain weave, presized a minimum of 8ounces per sq. yd.1. Tape Width: 4 inches.2. Cloth Standard: MIL-C-20079H, Type I.3. Tape Standard: MIL-C-20079H, Type II.C. Polyester Fabric: For use with mastic on cellular glass. Polyester, minimum 2.78 oz. /sq. yd.1. Known Acceptable Source: PC fabric 79, Pittsburg Corning.D. Anchor Pins: Capable of supporting 20 pounds each. Provide anchor pins and speed washersMECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233of sizes and diameters as recommended by the manufacturer for insulation type and thickness.E. Stainless steel thumb tacks: annular, serrated. For use on hot service insulation jackets.G. Wire: 14 gauge nickel copper alloy, 16 gauge, soft-annealed stainless steel, or 16 gauge, softannealedgalvanized steel.H. Corner Angles: 28 gauge, 1 inch by 1 inch aluminum, adhered to 2 inches by 2 inches Kraftpaper.2.8 SUPPORTSA. Refer to section 15145, “Hangers and Supports.”B. Provide ductwork insulation accessories including staples, bands, wires, tape, anchors, cornerangles, and similar accessories as recommended by insulation manufacturer for applicationsindicated.C. Provide water-based sealant coatings and cements as required for applications indicated.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 PREPARATIONA. Surface Preparation: Clean, dry, and remove foreign materials such as rust, scale, and dirt.B. Prepare mastics according to manufacturer's printed instructions for mixing and portions.3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERALA. Insulate equipment, valves, fittings, flanges, supply air ductwork and special items to the fullthickness required for corresponding piping or duct. Replace insulation damaged by moistureor other means which cannot be repaired satisfactorily, including unit with vapor barrierdamage. Insulation that has been wet, whether dried or not, is considered damaged. Makerepairs where condensation is caused by improper installation of insulation. Also repair anydamage caused by condensation. Where existing insulated piping or other insulated surface arehot tapped, remove existing insulation back to undamaged sections and replace it with newinsulation of the same type and thickness as existing insulation, and apply as specified forinsulation of the same service. Install insulation in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstructions and the following:1. Apply insulation to clean and dry surfaces; free of oil, grease, rust, scale and dirt.2. Insulate valves, fittings, and flanges. Refer to individual specification sections for otherinsulated items.3. Provide complete moisture and vapor seal wherever insulation terminates against metalhangers.4. Maintain integrity of vapor barrier on equipment insulation. Protect against puncture.5. Neatly level edges at interruptions of insulation. Do not extend insulation over nameplate.6. Install contraction joints, as necessary, to prevent vapor barrier and insulation damage.MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233B. Fire-Rated Walls, Floors and Partitions Penetrations: Terminate insulation at penetrationsthrough fire-rated walls, floors and partitions. Seal insulation ends with vapor barrier coating.Seal around penetration with UL listed through penetration firestop. Refer to Division 7 forfirestopping and fire-resistant joint sealers.C. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated do not apply insulation to the followingsystems, materials, and equipment:1. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings, except for plumbing fixtures for the disabled.2. Piping specialties including air chambers, unions, strainers, check valves, plug valves, andflow regulators.3. Factory-insulated plenums, casings, terminal boxes, and filter boxes and sections.4. Flexible connectors for pipes, except chilled water pipes and valves.5. Vibration control devices.6. Nameplates, data plates, testing laboratory labels and stamps.3.3 HIGH TEMPERATURE PIPING INSULATIONA. Materials shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations.B. Insulation shall be applied to clean and dry surfaces after tests and approvals have beencompleted.C. Surface finishes shall be extended in such a manner as to protect raw edges, ends, and surfacesof insulation.D. Pipe insulation shall be continuous through walls, floor openings, or sleeves, except where firestoppingmaterials are required. Joints shall be firmly butted and adhered using a water basedmastic.E. Omit insulation at screwed unions and at valves smaller than 1-1/2 inches. On piping 2 inchesand larger, fittings and valves shall be insulated with preformed cellular glass fittings, ormitered sections of pipe insulation. Insulation shall be of equal thickness to the adjacent pipeinsulation.3.4 LOW TEMPERATURE PIPING INSULATIONA. Materials shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.B. Insulation shall be applied to clean and dry surfaces after tests and approvals have beencompleted.C. On cold surfaces where a vapor barrier must be maintained, insulation shall be applied with acontinuous joint seal at all insulation section mating surfaces. Hangers, supports, anchors,flanges or other projections that are secured to cold surfaces shall be insulated and vaporsealed to prevent condensation.D. Surface finishes shall be extended in such a manner as to protect raw edges, ends, and surfacesof insulation.MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-6

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233E. Pipe insulation shall be continuous through walls, floor openings, or sleeves, except where firestopping materials are required. Joints shall have a minimum 2 inches lap at longitudinal jointsand circumferential joints should butt as close as possible. Lap and butt joints shall be sealedby field application of appropriate PVC adhesive.F. Provide vapor stops at flanged connections.G. Install contraction joints as necessary, to prevent vapor barrier and insulation damage.H. Vapor barriers shall be reinforced, mastic construction, installed in accordance with theinsulation manufacturer recommendations.I. Tape and seal vapor barrier on all low temperature applications.J. Maintain integrity of the vapor barrier on pipe insulation and prevent puncture and otherdamage.K. Apply sealant where piping is interrupted by fittings, flanges or valves.L. Unless otherwise indicated, extend piping insulation without interruptions through walls, floorsand similar piping penetrations.M. Butt pipe insulation against pipe hanger insulation inserts. Apply wet coat of vapor barrier lapcement on butt joints.N. On pipe smaller than 4 inches, match to thickness of adjoining insulation. Fittings and valvesshall be insulated with preformed cellular glass fittings, mitered sections of pipe insulationshall be installed at screwed unions and at valves smaller than 1-1/2 inches.3.5 JACKETSA. Insulation for Interior Low and High Temperature Piping, Valves, and Fittings: Installcontinuous PVC jackets with minimum 2 inch overlap at longitudinal and butt joints and sealwith manufacturer recommended adhesive.PIPE COLOR SCHEDULEPIPE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION COLOR JACKET MATERIALDomestic Hot Water Orange PVCDomestic Cold Water Green PVC3.6 INSULATION APPLICATIONA. Apply insulation using staggered joint method for both single and double layer application.3.7 REMOVABLE INSULATION SECTIONSA. Provide removable insulation sections to cover parts of equipment requiring periodicMECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-7

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233maintenance; include metal vessel covers, fasteners, flanges, frames and accessories.3.8 REPLACE DAMAGED INSULATIONA. Replace damaged insulation, which cannot be repaired satisfactorily, including units withvapor barrier damage and moisture saturated units.3.9 REPAIR EXISTING INSULATIONA. Repair damaged sections of existing mechanical insulation, both previously damaged ordamaged during this construction period. Use insulation of same thickness as existinginsulation, install new jacket lapping and seal over existing.3.10 PROTECTION OF INSULATIONA. Protect insulation work during the remainder of construction period to avoid damage anddeterioration.3.11 VENTILATION DURING INSTALLATIONA. Refer to Section 15050 for ventilation requirements during installation of insulation.3.12 PIPE INSULATION SCHEDULESA. General: Abbreviations used in the following schedules include:1. Field-Applied Jackets: PVC2. Pipe Sizes: NPS - Nominal Pipe Size.B. Domestic Cold Water Piping:PIPE SIZES(NPS)MATERIALSTHICKNESSINCHESVAPOR BARRIERREQ'DFIELD- APPLIEDJACKET1/2 to 1-1/2 CELLULAR GLASS 1/2 YES PVC2 to 4 CELLULAR GLASS 1 YES PVCC. Domestic Hot Water Piping:PIPE SIZES(NPS)MATERIALSTHICKNESSINCHESVAPOR BARRIERREQ'DFIELD- APPLIEDJACKET1/2 to 1-1/2 CELLULAR GLASS 1/2 YES PVC2 to 4 CELLULAR GLASS 1 YES PVCEND OF SECTION 15080MECHANICAL INSULATION 15080-8

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 15110 - VALVESPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes general duty valves common to several mechanical piping systems.1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)1. B16.10: Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dimensions of Valves.2. B16.18: Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings.3. B16.34: Valves - Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End.B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)1. B1.20.1:Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch).2. B31.9: Building Services Piping.C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)1. B62: Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings.2. B371: Specification for Copper-Zinc Silicon Alloy Rod.3. B584: Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications.D. Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS)1. SP25: Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges, and Unions.2. SP80: Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves.3. SP110: Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welded, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends.1.3 SUBMITTALSA. Prepare submittal data as specified in Section 01300, “Submittals.” In addition, provide the following.B. Product Data for each valve type. Include body material, valve design, pressure and temperatureclassification, end connection details, seating materials, trim material and arrangement, dimensionsand required clearances, and installation instructions. Include list indicating valve and itsapplication.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9 for building services piping and ASME B31.1for power piping.B. MSS Compliance: Comply with the various MSS Standard Practice documents referenced.C. Warranty: The Warranty shall include a service and parts warrantee for one year from the date ofacceptance of installation, without charge to the FAA. After completion of the original installation,provide service parts incidental to the performance of the equipment under the warranty forVALVES 15110 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233a period of one year. Calibrate and adjust the equipment provided under this contract. Placethem in complete operating condition subject to the approval of the COTR.1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Prepare valves for shipping as follows:1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion.2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends.B. Use the following precautions during storage:1. Maintain valve end protection.2. Store indoors and maintain valve temperature higher than ambient dew-point temperature.If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 GENERALA. Valves: Provide valves from the valve table indicated in the Index of Systems and Services foreach piping system.B. General: Furnish valves of each type, made by one manufacturer.C. Ball Valves, 4 Inches and Smaller: MSS SP-110, Class 150, 600-psi CWP, ASTM B 584 bronzebody and bonnet, 2-piece construction; 316SS ball, full port for all size valves; blowout proof;316SS stem; Teflon seats and seals; threaded or soldered end connections:1. Manufacturer: Jamesbury, Watts, and Crane.2. Operator: Lever operators with lock.3. Stem Extension: For valves installed in insulated piping.4. Memory Stop: For operator handles.5. Self-aligning.6. Quarter turn operation.7. Internals removable without removing valve from line.7. Top or end loaded.8. Leak tight without using springs.D. Unless otherwise indicated, valves installed in connection with mechanical piping shall complywith the following and as specified in Section 15050, “Basic Mechanical Material and Methods”:1. Furnish one make throughout the project. Known acceptable manufacturers are Jamesbury,Watts, and Crane. All valves of a given type shall be provided by the same manufacturer.2. Properly pack stems.3. Mark each valve at the factory with the following minimum information, engraved, stamped,or cast on each valve or metal tag permanently attached to the valve indicating manufacturer’sname, catalog or figure no., size and pressure class and arrows to indicate direction offlow on check, globe, angle and eccentric plug valves.4. Valves shall be furnished with TFE, tetrafluoroethylene coating (or TEFLON trademark coating)on seats and gaskets. Packing materials shall be impregnated with material to preventsticking or freezing of valve operation.VALVES 15110 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 EXAMINATIONA. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves.B. Examine piping system for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and otherconditions affecting performance of valves. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactoryconditions have been corrected.C. Examine valves interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Removespecial packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping andhandling.D. Operate valves from fully open to fully closed positions. Examine guides and seats made accessibleby such operation.E. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness.3.2 INSTALLATIONA. Install valves as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions.B. Coordinate piping installation and specialties arrangement requirements with schematics onDrawings and requirements specified in Specifications.C. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicatethe general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.D. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow servicing,maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown.E. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.F. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above the center of the pipe.G. Install valves in a position to allow full stem movement.3.3 SOLDERED CONNECTIONSA. Cut tube square and to exact lengths.B. Clean end of tube to depth of valve socket with steel wool, sand cloth, or a steel wire brush to abright finish. Clean valve socket.C. Apply proper soldering flux in an even coat to inside of valve socket and outside of tube.VALVES 15110 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233D. Insert tube into valve socket, making sure the end rests against the shoulder inside valve. Rotatetube or valve slightly to ensure even distribution of the flux.E. Apply heat evenly to outside of valve around joint until solder melts on contact. Feed solder untilit completely fills the joint around tube. Avoid hot spots or overheating valve. Once the solderstarts cooling, remove excess amounts around the joint with a cloth or brush.3.4 THREADED CONNECTIONSA. Note the internal length of threads in valve ends and proximity of valve internal seat or wall todetermine how far pipe should be threaded into valve.B. Align threads at point of assembly.C. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads, except where dry sealthreading is specified.D. Assemble joint, wrench tight. Wrench on valve shall be on the valve end into which the pipe isbeing threaded.3.6 VALVE END SELECTIONA. Select valves with the following ends or types of pipe/tube connections:B. Copper Tube Size, 2 Inches and Smaller: Solder ends.3.7 ADJUSTINGA. Adjust or replace packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service, but beforefinal adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if leak persists.B. Cleaning: Clean factory finished surfaces, and repairs marred or scratched surfaces.3.4 INDEX OF SYSTEMS AND SERVICESMaximumOperatingTemperature( o F)System or ServiceLineSymbolValveTableDomestic Hot Water HW 140 I 150Domestic Cold Water CW Ambient I 1503.5 VALVE TABLE IHydrostaticTestPressurepsigItem Size (inches) DescriptionBall 3 and smaller Body, 3 piece, bronze; Ball, hard chrome plated brass;Seats, TFE; End prep, solder joint; Recommended ser-VALVES 15110 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233Item Size (inches) Descriptionvice, Water; Rated for nonshock pressure of 200 psig at200 F.END OF SECTION 15110VALVES 15110 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 15140 – DOMESTIC WATER PIPINGPART 1 - GENERAL1.2 SUMMARYA. This Section includes water distribution piping from locations indicated to fixtures andequipment inside and outside of the building1.3 DEFINATIONSA. Water Distribution Piping: Water piping inside building that conveys water to fixtures andequipment throughout the building.1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTSA. Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with the followingminimum working pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated.1. Water Distribution Piping: 100 psig1.5 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on piping made to specified standards.B. Comply with ASME B31.9, “Building Services Piping,” for materials, products, andinstallation.C. Comply with NSF 61, “Drinking Water System Components----Health Effects,” Section 1through 9 for potable-water piping and components.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 PIPES AND TUBESA. General: Applications of the following pipe and tube materials are indicated in part 3 “PipingApplications” Article.B. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B88, Types L water tube, drawn temper.DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140-1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082332.2 PIPE AND TUBE FITTINGSA. General: Applications of the following pipe and tube fitting materials are indicated in Part 3“Piping Applications” Article.B. Copper, Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings: ASTM B16.18, cast-copper alloy or ASME B16.22wrought copper.C. Copper Unions: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body with ball-and-socketjoint, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint, threaded, or solder-joint, thread, orsolder-joint and threaded ends. Included threads conforming to ASME B1.20.1 on threadedends.2.3 JOINING MATERIALSA. General: Applications of the following pipe and tube fitting materials are indicated in Part 3“Piping Applications” Article.B. Refer to Section 15050, “Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods” for commonly usedjoining materials.C. Solder: ASTM B32, Alloy Sn95, Sn94, or E; lead free.2.4 VALVESA. Refer to Section 15110, “Valves” for general-duty valves.B. Refer to Section 15145, “Domestic Water Piping Specialties” for special-duty valves .PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONSA. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure rating maybe used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated.B. Water Distribution Piping: Use the following:1. 2-Inch NPS and Smaller: Hard Copper tube, Type L; Copper, solder-joint fittings;and soldered joints.3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONSA. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, thefollowing requirements apply:1. Shutoff Duty: Use ball valves.DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140-2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082333.3 PIPING INSTALLATION GENERALA. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic pipinginstallation.3.4 VALVE INSTALLATIONA. Isolation Valves: Install sectional valves close to main on each branch and riser servingplumbing fixtures or equipment, and where indicated. Use ball valves for piping 3-inch NPSand smaller. Use butterfly valves for piping 4-inch NPS and larger.3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATIONA. Refer to Section 15061, “Hangers and Supports For Plumbing Piping” for pipe hanger andsupport devices.3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Inspect water distribution piping.B. Inspect service entrance piping and water distribution piping as indicated.1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved byauthorities having jurisdiction.2. During installation, notify authorities, having jurisdiction at least 24 hours beforeinspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities incharge.a. Roughing-In Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-inafter roughing-in and before setting fixtures.b. Final inspection: Arrange for inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe testsspecified below and to ensure compliance with requirement.3. Re-inspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test orinspection, make required corrections and arrange for re-inspection.4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities havingjurisdiction.C. Test water distribution piping as indicated:1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have beenaltered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed sin segments, submit separatereport for each test, complete with diagram of option of piping tested.DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140-3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082332. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced water piping untilit has been tested and approved. Expose work that has been covered before it has beentested and approved.3. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure,without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source andallow to stand for 4 hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must berepaired.4. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof untilsatisfactory results are obtained.5. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.3.7 CLEANINGA. Clean and disinfect service entrance piping and water distribution piping as indicated.1. Purge new piping and parts of existing water piping that have been altered, extended, orrepaired before using.3.8 COMMISSIONINGA. Fill water Piping. Check components to determine they are not air bound and that piping is fullof waterB. Perform the following steps before putting into operation1. Open shutoff valves to fully open position2. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugsEND OF SECTION 15411DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140-4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 15145 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIESPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes the following domestic water piping specialties:1. Trap-seal primer valves.1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTSA. Minimum Working Pressure for Domestic Water Piping Specialties: 100 psig, unless otherwiseindicated.1.3 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.B. Operation and maintenance data.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. NSF Compliance:1. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections 1through 9."PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 TRAP-SEAL PRIMER VALVESA. Supply-Type, Trap-Seal Primer Valves:1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:a. MIFAB, Inc.b. PPP Inc.c. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc.d. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233e. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.3. Standard: ASSE 1018.4. Pressure Rating: 100 minimum.5. Body: Bronze.6. Inlet and Outlet Connections: NPS 1/2 threaded, union, or solder joint.7. Gravity Drain Outlet Connection: NPS 1/2 threaded or solder joint.8. Finish: Chrome plated.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 INSTALLATIONA. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for piping joiningmaterials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements.H. Install supply-type, trap-seal primer valves with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap aminimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust valve forproper flow.I. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicategeneral arrangement of piping and specialties.3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Remove and replace malfunctioning domestic water piping specialties and retest as specifiedabove.END OF SECTION 15145DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 15145 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 15150 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPINGPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes the following soil and waste, sanitary drainage and vent piping inside thebuilding:1. Pipe, tube, and fittings.2. Special pipe fittings.1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTSA. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum workingpressure, unless otherwise indicated:1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10 feet of head.1.3 SUBMITTALSA. Field quality-control inspection and test reports.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 PIPING MATERIALSA. Hub-and-Spigot, Cast-Iron Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service class.1. Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber.B. Cellular-Core PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, solid-wall drain, waste, and vent.1. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, socket type, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste,and vent patterns.SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONSA. Special pipe fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure ratings may be usedin applications below, unless otherwise indicated.B. Aboveground, soil, waste, and vent piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be any of]the following:1. Service class, hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and compressionjoints.2. Solid-wall Cellular-core PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.C. Underground, soil, waste, and vent piping NPS 6 and smaller shall be any of the following:1. Service class, hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and compressionjoints.2. Cellular-core PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.3.2 PIPING INSTALLATIONA. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic MechanicalMaterials and Methods."B. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook,"Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings."C. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriatebranches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be usedon vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn,double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if 2 fixtures are installed back to back or side by sidewith common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do notchange direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers andreducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in directionof flow is prohibited.D. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true togrades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of pipingupstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use oflubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull pasteach joint as completed.E. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the minimum slope of 1/8 inch per foot,unless otherwise indicated:F. Sleeves are not required for cast-iron soil piping passing through concrete slabs-on-grade if slabis without membrane waterproofing.SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233G. Install above ground PVC soil and waste drainage and vent piping according to ASTM D 2665.M. Install underground PVC soil and waste drainage piping according to ASTM D 2321.N. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by COTR.3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTIONA. Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "BasicMechanical Materials and Methods."B. Cast-Iron, Soil-Piping Joints: Make joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe andFittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings."1. Gasketed Joints: Make with rubber gasket matching class of pipe and fittings.2. Hubless Joints: Make with rubber gasket and sleeve or clamp.C. PVC Nonpressure Piping Joints: Join piping according to ASTM D 2665.3.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATIONA. Install supports according to Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports."B. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.C. Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing andminimum rod diameters:1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod.2. NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2-inch rod.3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 60 inches with 5/8-inch rod.4. NPS 6: 60 inches with 3/4-inch rod.5. Spacing for 10-foot lengths may be increased to 10 feet. Spacing for fittings is limited to60 inches.D. Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet.E. Install hangers for PVC piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimumrod diameters:1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 48 inches with 3/8-inch rod.2. NPS 3: 48 inches with 1/2-inch rod.3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 48 inches with 5/8-inch rod.4. NPS 6: 48 inches with 3/4-inch rod.F. Install supports for vertical PVC piping every 48 inches.SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082333.6 CONNECTIONSA. Connect soil and waste piping to existing sanitary piping. Use transition fitting to joindissimilar piping materials.B. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following:1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller thanrequired by plumbing code.2. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smallerthan required by IPC-2006.3. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but notsmaller than required by plumbing code3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. During installation, notify COTR at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Performtests specified below in presence of COTR.1. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closinginafter roughing-in and before setting fixtures.2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by COTR to observe tests specified belowand to ensure compliance with requirements.B. Reinspection: If COTR finds that piping will not pass test or inspection, make requiredcorrections and arrange for reinspection.C. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of IPC-2006.1. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, untilsatisfactory results are obtained.2. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.3.8 CLEANINGA. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debrisand to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops.END OF SECTION 15150SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 15155 - SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIESPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes the following sanitary drainage piping specialties:1. Cleanouts.2. Floor drains.1.2 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 CLEANOUTSA. Wall Cleanouts:1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide JR SmithModel #4472T or a comparable product by one of the following:a. Josam Company; Josam Div.b. MIFAB, Inc.c. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div.d. Watts Drainage Products Inc.f. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.3. Size: Same as connected drainage piping.4. Closure: Bronze counter sunk plug.5. Wall Access: Round stainless-steel cover plate with screw.2.2 FLOOR DRAINSA. Cast-Iron Floor Drains:1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 15155 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082332. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide JR SmithModel #2005V03-A06NB or a comparable product by one of the following:a. Commercial Enameling Co.b. Josam Company; Josam Div.c. MIFAB, Inc.d. Prier Products, Inc.e. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div.f. Watts Drainage Products Inc.g. Zurn Plumbing Products Group.3. Standard: ASME A112.6.3 with Backwater Valve.4. Body Material: Gray iron5. Seepage Flange: Required.6. Outlet: Bottom.7. Backwater Valve: Flapper Type8. Top or Strainer Material: Nickel Bronze.9. Top of Body and Strainer Finish: Nickel bronze10. Top Shape: Round.11. Dimensions of Top or Strainer: 6 inch diameter12. Inlet Fitting: Cast iron, with NPS 1/2 threaded trap-seal primer valve connection.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 INSTALLATIONA. Refer to Division 15 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for piping joiningmaterials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements.B. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush withfinished floor, unless otherwise indicated.1. Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance.2. Set floor drains below elevation of surrounding finished floor to allow floor drainage.Set with grates depressed according to the following drainage area radii:a. Radius, 30 Inches or Less: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not less than1/4-inch total depression.b. Radius, 30 to 60 Inches: Equivalent to 1 percent slope.3. Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain.END OF SECTION 15155SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 15155 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 15410 - PLUMBING FIXTURESPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes the following:1. Faucets for lavatories and showers.2. Flushometers.3. Toilet seats.4. Protective shielding guards.5. Fixture supports.6. Water closets.7. Urinals.8. Lavatories.9. Individual showers.1.2 DEFINITIONSA. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic.B. Accessible Fixture: Plumbing fixture that can be approached, entered, and used by people withdisabilities.C. FRP: Fiberglass-reinforced plastic.D. PMMA: Polymethyl methacrylate (acrylic) plastic.E. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.F. Solid Surface: Nonporous, homogeneous, cast-polymer-plastic material with heat-, impact-,scratch-, and stain-resistance qualities.1.3 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.B. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring.C. Operation and maintenance data.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEPLUMBING FIXTURES 15410 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked forintended use.B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC A117.1, "Accessible and UsableBuildings and Facilities"; Public Law 90-480, "Architectural Barriers Act"; and PublicLaw 101-336, "Americans with Disabilities Act"; for plumbing fixtures for people withdisabilities.C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in Public Law 102-486, "Energy PolicyAct," about water flow and consumption rates for plumbing fixtures.D. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health Effects,"for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water.E. Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that arecompatible.F. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for plumbingfixtures:1. Enameled, Cast-Iron Fixtures: ASME A112.19.1M.2. Water-Closet, Flush Valve, Tank Trim: ASME A112.19.5.3. Water-Closet, Flushometer Tank Trim: ASSE 1037.G. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for lavatoryfaucets:1. Faucets: ASME A112.18.1.2. NSF Potable-Water Materials: NSF 61.3. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.4. Sensor-Actuated Faucets and Electrical Devices: UL 1951.5. Supply Fittings: ASME A112.18.1.H. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for showerfaucets:1. Faucets: ASME A112.18.1.2. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.3. Pressure-Equalizing-Control Antiscald Faucets: ASTM F 444 and ASSE 1016.I. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified formiscellaneous fittings:1. Brass and Copper Supplies: ASME A112.18.1.2. Sensor-Operation Flushometers: ASSE 1037 and UL 1951.PLUMBING FIXTURES 15410 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233J. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified formiscellaneous components:1. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.2. Plastic Toilet Seats: ANSI Z124.5.3. Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC A117.1.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 LAVATORY FAUCETSA. Lavatory Faucets:1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide SloanFaucets Model # SF-2400-BDM or a comparable product by one of the following:a. American Standard Companies, Inc.b. Delta Faucet Company.c. Kohler Co.d. Moen, Inc.e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Commercial Brass Operation.3. Description: Single-control nonmixing valve. Include hot- and cold-water indicators;coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture holes; coordinate outlet with spout andfixture receptor.a. Body Material: Commercial, solid brassb. Finish: Polished chrome plate.c. Maximum Flow Rate: 0.5 gpm.d. Centers: Single hole.e. Mounting: Deck, concealed.f. Valve Handle(s): Not applicable.g. Inlet(s): NPS 1/2 female shank.h. Spout: Rigid, gooseneck type.i. Spout Outlet: Aerator.j. Operation: Sensor.k. Drain: Not required.l. Tempering Device: MechanicalPLUMBING FIXTURES 15410 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082332.2 SHOWER FAUCETSA. Shower Faucets:1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide DeltaModel No. T13H162 or a comparable product by one of the following:a. American Standard Companies, Inc.b. Kohler Co.c. Moen, Inc.d. Sloan Valve Company.e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Commercial Brass Operation.3. Description: Single-handle pressure-balance valve. Include hot- and cold-waterindicators; check stops; and shower head, arm, and flange. Coordinate faucet inlets withsupplies and outlet with diverter valve.a. Body Material: Solid brass.b. Finish: Polished chrome plate.c. Maximum Flow Rate: 2.5 gpm.d. Diverter Valve: Not requirede. Mounting: Concealed.f. Operation: Manual.g. Antiscald Device: Integral with mixing valve.h. Check Stops: Check-valve type, integral with or attached to body; on hot- andcold-water supply connections.i. Supply Connections: NPS ½.j. Shower Head Type: Integral with mounting flange.k. Shower Head Material: Metallic with chrome-plated finish.l. Spray Pattern: Fixed.2.3 FLUSHOMETERSA. Flushometers:1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide SloanModel No. 180-SMO and Model No. 110-SMO or a comparable product by one of thefollowing:a. Delta Faucet Company.b. Sloan Valve Company.c. TOTO USA, Inc.PLUMBING FIXTURES 15410 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233d. Zurn Plumbing Products Group.3. Description: Flushometer for urinal and water-closet type fixtures. Include brass bodywith corrosion-resistant internal components, non-hold-open feature, control stop withcheck valve, vacuum breaker, copper or brass tubing, and polished chrome-plated finishon exposed parts.a. Internal Design: Diaphragm or piston operation.b. Style: Exposed.c. Inlet Size: NPS 3/4 and NPS 1.d. Trip Mechanism: Battery-operated sensor actuator.e. Consumption: 1.0 gal./flush and 1.6 gal./flush.f. Tailpiece Size: NPS 3/4 and NPS 1-1/2 and standard length to top of bowl.2.4 TOILET SEATSA. Toilet Seats:1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Toto ModelNo. SC534 or a comparable product by one of the following:a. American Standard Companies, Inc.b. Bemis Manufacturing Company.c. Eljer.d. Kohler Co.3. Description: Toilet seat for water-closet-type fixture.a. Material: Molded, solid plastic.b. Configuration: Open front without cover.c. Size: Elongated.d. Hinge Type: Self-sustaining.e. Class: Standard commercial.f. Color: White.2.5 WATER CLOSETSA. Water Closets1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Toto ModelNo. CT705H and CT705LH or a comparable product by one of the following:PLUMBING FIXTURES 15410 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233a. American Standard Companies, Inc.b. Eljer.c. Kohler Co.3. Description: Floor mounting, floor-outlet, vitreous-china fixture designed forflushometer valve operation.4. Style: One piece.a. Bowl Type: Elongated with siphon-jet design. Include bolt caps matching fixture.b. Height: Standard and Accessible.c. Design Consumption: 1.6 gal./flush.d. Color: White.2.6 URINALSA. Urinals:1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Toto ModelNo. or a comparable product by one of the following:a. American Standard Companies, Inc.b. Eljer.c. Kohler Co.4. Description: Accessible, wall-mounting, back-outlet, vitreous-china fixture designed forflushometer valve operation.a. Type: Washout with extended shields.b. Strainer or Trapway: Open trapway with integral trap.c. Design Consumption: 1 gal./flush.d. Color: White.e. Supply Spud Size: NPS 3/4.f. Outlet Size: NPS 2.h. Fixture Support: Urinal wall brackets.2.7 LAVATORIESA. Lavatories:1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:PLUMBING FIXTURES 15410 - 6

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082332. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide KohlerModel No. K-2824 or a comparable product by one of the following:a. American Standard Companies, Inc.b. Eljer.c. TOTO USA, Inc.3. Description: Undercounter, enameled, cast-iron fixture.a. Size: 20 x 15 inch oval.b. Faucet Hole Punching: None.c. Color: White.d. Drain: Grid.e. Drain Piping: NPS 1-1/4 P-trap; NPS 1-1/4, tubular waste to wall; and wallescutcheon.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 INSTALLATIONA. Assemble plumbing fixtures, trim, fittings, and other components according to manufacturers'written instructions.B. Install back-outlet, wall-mounting fixtures onto waste fitting seals and attach to supports.C. Install floor-mounting fixtures on closet flanges or other attachments to piping or buildingsubstrate.D. Install fixtures level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings.E. Install water-supply piping with stop on each supply to each fixture to be connected to waterdistribution piping. Attach supplies to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures.Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation.F. Install trap and tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be directly connected tosanitary drainage system.G. Install toilet seats on water closets.H. Install escutcheons at piping wall and ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations andwithin cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protrudingfittings. Escutcheons are specified in other Division 15 sections.I. Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and countertops using sanitary-type, one-part,mildew-resistant sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Sealants are specified inDivision 7 Section "Joint Sealants."PLUMBING FIXTURES 15410 - 7

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082333.2 CONNECTIONSA. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicategeneral arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.B. Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and ventpiping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures.3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Verify that installed plumbing fixtures are categories and types specified for locations whereinstalled.B. Check that plumbing fixtures are complete with trim, faucets, fittings, and other specifiedcomponents.C. Inspect installed plumbing fixtures for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components.D. Test installed fixtures after water systems are pressurized for proper operation. Replacemalfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operateproperly.E. Install fresh batteries in sensor-operated mechanisms.3.4 PROTECTIONA. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings.B. Do not allow use of plumbing fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing byCOTR.END OF SECTION 15410PLUMBING FIXTURES 15410 - 8

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 15815 - METAL DUCTSPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. Section Includes:1. Rectangular ducts and fittings.2. Round ducts and fittings.3. Sheet metal materials.4. Sealants and gaskets.5. Hangers and supports.6. Seismic-restraint devices.B. Related Sections:1. Division 15 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for testing, adjusting, andbalancing requirements for metal ducts.1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTSA. Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports and seismic restraints shall withstand theeffects of gravity and seismic loads and stresses within limits and under conditions described inSMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" and SMACNA's"Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems."1. Seismic Hazard Level B.1.3 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.B. Shop Drawings:1. Fabrication, assembly, and installation, including plans, elevations, sections,components, and attachments to other work.2. Factory- and shop-fabricated ducts and fittings.3. Duct layout indicating sizes, configuration, and static-pressure classes.4. Elevation of top of ducts.5. Fittings.6. Seam and joint construction.7. Locations for dampers.METAL DUCTS 15815 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082338. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment, seismicrestraints, and vibration isolation.D. Coordination Drawings: Plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown andcoordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved:1. Duct installation in congested spaces, indicating coordination with general construction,building components, and other building services. Indicate proposed changes to ductlayout.2. Suspended ceiling components.3. Structural members to which duct will be attached.4. Items penetrating finished ceiling including the following:a. Lighting fixtures.b. Air outlets and inlets.d. Sprinklers.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGSA. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct ConstructionStandards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwiseindicated.B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC DuctConstruction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, "Transverse (Girth) Joints," forstatic-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-supportintervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal andFlexible."C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC DuctConstruction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-5, "Longitudinal Seams - RectangularDucts," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, ductsupportintervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible."D. Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select typesand fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal andFlexible," Chapter 2, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static-pressure class, applicablesealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions inSMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."METAL DUCTS 15815 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082332.2 ROUND DUCTS AND FITTINGSA. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct ConstructionStandards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct," based onindicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated.B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC DuctConstruction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2, "Transverse Joints - Round Duct,"for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-supportintervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal andFlexible."C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC DuctConstruction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-1, "Seams - Round Duct and Fittings,"for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-supportintervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal andFlexible."D. Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC DuctConstruction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-4, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," andFigure 3-5, "Conical Tees," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materialsinvolved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC DuctConstruction Standards - Metal and Flexible."2.3 SHEET METAL MATERIALSA. General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct ConstructionStandards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and ductconstruction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting,seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections.B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M.1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G60.2. Finishes for Surfaces Exposed to View: Mill phosphatized.2.4 SEALANT AND GASKETSA. General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface-burning characteristics for sealants andgaskets shall be a maximum flame-spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke-developed indexof 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL.B. Water-Based Joint and Seam Sealant:1. Application Method: Brush on.2. Solids Content: Minimum 65 percent.3. Shore A Hardness: Minimum 20.METAL DUCTS 15815 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082334. Water resistant.5. Mold and mildew resistant.6. VOC: Maximum 75 g/L (less water).7. Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg , positive and negative.8. Service: Indoor or outdoor.9. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainlesssteel, or aluminum sheets.2.5 HANGERS AND SUPPORTSA. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metaland Flexible," "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and "Minimum Hanger Sizes forRound Duct."B. Steel Cables for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 603.C. Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, andbolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic-locking and clamping device.D. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatiblewith duct materials.2.6 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICESA. General Requirements for Restraint Components: Rated strengths, features, and applicationsshall be as defined in reports by an evaluation service member of the ICC Evaluation Service.1. Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear, and pullout force ofcomponents shall be at least four times the maximum seismic forces to which they willbe subjected.B. Restraint Cables: ASTM A 603, galvanized-steel cables with end connections made ofcadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for restraining cableservice; and with an automatic-locking and clamping device or double-cable clips.F. Mechanical Anchor Bolts: Drilled-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type. Select anchorbolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 DUCT INSTALLATIONA. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of ductsystem. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and arrangements were used to size ducts andcalculate friction loss for air-handling equipment sizing and for other design considerations.METAL DUCTS 15815 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawingsand Coordination Drawings.B. Install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal andFlexible" unless otherwise indicated.C. Install round ducts in maximum practical lengths.D. Install ducts with fewest possible joints.E. Install factory- or shop-fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and forbranch connections.F. Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel andperpendicular to building lines.G. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanentenclosure elements of building.H. Install ducts with a minimum clearance of 1 inch.3.3 SEAM AND JOINT SEALINGA. Seal duct seams and joints for duct static-pressure and leakage classes specified in"Performance Requirements" Article, according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct ConstructionStandards - Metal and Flexible," "Standard Duct Sealing Requirements," unless otherwiseindicated.B. Seal Classes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal andFlexible," Table 1-2, "Standard Duct Sealing Requirements."3.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATIONA. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible,"Chapter 4, "Hangers and Supports."B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fastenersappropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached.1. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or forslabs more than 4 inches (100 mm) thick.2. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints.C. Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal andFlexible," "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 4-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizesfor Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing; install hangers and supports within 24 inchesof each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection.METAL DUCTS 15815 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233F. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out,tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials whereused.3.5 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT-DEVICE INSTALLATIONA. Install ducts with hangers and braces designed to support the duct and to restrain againstseismic forces required by applicable building codes. Comply with SMACNA's "SeismicRestraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems.B. Select seismic-restraint devices with capacities adequate to carry present and future static andseismic loads.C. Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure.. Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an evaluation service member ofthe ICC Evaluation Service.D. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing and restraintsto structure.G. Setting Anchors:1. Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-dutysleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element towhich anchor is to be fastened.2. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench.5. Install zinc-coated steel anchors.3.6 CONNECTIONSA. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" forbranch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections.3.7 DUCT SCHEDULEA. Fabricate ducts with galvanized sheet steel except as follows:END OF SECTION 15815METAL DUCTS 15815 - 6

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010HAMPTON, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 15838 - POWER VENTILATORSPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes the following:1. Centrifugal roof ventilators.1.2 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: Include rated capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories for each type ofproduct indicated and include the following:B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads,required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each fieldconnection.C. Operation and maintenance data.1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked forintended use.B. NEMA Compliance: Motors and electrical accessories shall comply with NEMA standards.C. UL Standard: Power ventilators shall comply with UL 705.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 CENTRIFUGAL ROOF VENTILATORSA. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Greenheck modelH-GB-161-7 set to operate at 1175 rpm or a comparable product by one of the following:1. Acme Engineering & Mfg. Corp.2. Aerovent; a Twin City Fan Company.3. American Coolair Corp.4. Broan Mfg. Co., Inc.POWER VENTILATORS 15838 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010HAMPTON, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082335. Central Blower Co.6. Delhi Industries Inc.7. Loren Cook Company.8. NuTone Inc.B. Description: Belt-driven centrifugal fans consisting of housing, wheel, fan shaft, bearings,motor and disconnect switch, drive assembly, curb adapter, and accessories.C. Housing: Removable, spun-aluminum, dome top and outlet baffle; square, one-piece,aluminum base with venturi inlet cone.1. Hinged Subbase: Galvanized-steel hinged arrangement permitting service andmaintenance.D. Fan Wheels: Aluminum hub and wheel with backward-inclined blades.E. Belt-Driven Drive Assembly: Resiliently mounted to housing, with the following features:1. Fan Shaft: Turned, ground, and polished steel; keyed to wheel hub.2. Shaft Bearings: Permanently lubricated, permanently sealed, self-aligning ball bearings.3. Pulleys: Cast-iron, adjustable-pitch motor pulley.4. Fan and motor isolated from exhaust airstream.F. Accessories:1. Disconnect Switch: Nonfusible type factory wired through an internal aluminumconduit.2. Bird Screens: Removable, 1/2-inch mesh, aluminum or brass wire.3. Dampers: Counterbalanced, parallel-blade, backdraft dampers mounted in curb base;factory set to close when fan stops.G. Roof Curb Adapter: Galvanized steel; mitered and welded corners. Size as required to suitroof curb opening and fan base.2.5 MOTORSA. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors."B. Enclosure Type: Totally enclosed, fan cooled.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 INSTALLATIONA. Install power ventilators level and plumb.POWER VENTILATORS 15838 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010HAMPTON, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233B. Secure roof-mounting fans to roof curbs with cadmium-plated hardware.C. Install units with clearances for service and maintenance.D. Label units according to requirements specified in Division 15 Section "MechanicalIdentification."E. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."F. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:1. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed.2. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections toducts and electrical components are complete.3. Verify that cleaning and adjusting are complete.4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and verify fanwheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. Reconnect fan drive system, align andadjust belts, and install belt guards.5. Adjust belt tension.6. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation.7. Verify lubrication for bearings and other moving parts.8. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.B. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls andequipment.END OF SECTION 15838POWER VENTILATORS 15838 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010HAMPTON, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233POWER VENTILATORS 15838 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 15950TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCINGPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. Section Includes:1. Testing, adjusting, and balancing of air systems.1.2 REFERENCESA. Associated Air Balance Council:1. AABC MN-1 - National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating,Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems.B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers:1. ASHRAE 111 - Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing ofBuilding Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Systems.1.3 SUBMITTALSA. Submit the following to the engineer for approval:1. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) Certification2. Written step by step procedures for the testing and balancing of each systemthirty days before starting work. Step by step procedures shall include specificreference to components and sequence of testing, adjusting and back checking.Include estimated start and completion dates for testing and balancing eachsystem.3. List instruments used for each test. Include instrument calibration dates.4. Testing and Balancing Report: Submit to Engineer for approval.B. Field Reports: Indicate deficiencies preventing proper testing, adjusting, and balancing ofsystems and equipment to achieve specified performance.C. Submit draft copies of report for review prior to final acceptance of Project.D. Furnish reports in soft cover, letter size, 3-ring binder manuals, complete with table ofcontents page and indexing tabs, with cover identification at front and side. Include setof reduced drawings with air outlets and equipment identified to correspond with datasheets.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. The TAB Contractor shall be certified by the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC).B. The work shall be performed by regular employees of the TAB Contractor specificallytrained in the total balancing of air systems.TESTING. ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15950 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331.5 QUALIFICATIONSA. Agency: Company specializing in the testing, adjusting, and balancing of systemsspecified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience certified byAABC.B. Perform work under supervision of AABC Certified Test and Balancing Engineer at theplace where the project is located.1.6 SEQUENCINGA. Sequence work to commence after completion of systems and schedule completion ofwork before Substantial Completion of Project.1.7 SCHEDULINGA. Schedule and provide assistance in final adjustment and test of life safety, smokeevacuation, and smoke control system with Fire Authority.PART 2 - PRODUCTS(NOT USED)PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 EXAMINATIONA. Verify systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Verify thefollowing:1. Systems are started and operating in safe and normal condition.2. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment.3. Duct systems are clean of debris.4. Fans are rotating correctly.5. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place.6. Air outlets are installed and connected.7. Duct system leakage is minimized.B. Submit field reports. Report defects and deficiencies noted during performance ofservices which prevent system balance.C. Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions.D. Adjust, test and confirm air flow rates, pressure drops, and pressures, of all HVACsystems provided under this contract.E. Perform the testing and balancing work using methods and test forms published byAABC National Standards and Instrumentation (No. 71679, 2nd Edition or latest edition.)F. Attend coordination meetings as required.TESTING. ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15950 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233G. Do not start final testing and balancing until each system has been certified by themechanical contractor and engineer to be complete. The entire HVAC system shall be inoperation for at least 48 hours before tests and measurements are performed.3.2 PREPARATIONA. Provide written certification of the accuracy of all instruments furnished or used by theTAB Contractor. Show date and method of calibration. All instruments shall have beencalibrated not more than six months prior to the estimated completion date of balancingwork.3.3 INSTALLATION TOLERANCESA. Balancing shall achieve all design air, steam, and hydronic flow rates within a toleranceof +/- 5%.3.4 GENERAL BALANCE PROCEDURES AND RELATED WORKA. Where variable sheaves are to be replaced with fixed sheaves, and the correct run RPMhas been established, advise the mechanical contractor of the correct fan RPM and therequired fixed-sheave diameter. Check and verify fan RPM following the MechanicalContractor’s sheave replacement with fixed sheaves.B. Record the test data for each motor, fan, and air system. Apply temperature, barometricand other correction factors for non-standard conditions and record in report.C. Permanently mark settings of dampers, and other adjustable devices allowing setting tobe restored. Set and lock memory stops.3.5 ADJUSTINGA. Verify recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions.B. After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted. Ifdisrupted, verify correcting adjustments have been made.C. Report defects and deficiencies noted during performance of services, preventing systembalance.D. Leave systems in proper working order, replacing belt guards, closing access doors,closing doors to electrical switch boxes, and restoring thermostats to specified settings.3.6 SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT TESTING AND BALANCINGA. Equipment requiring testing, adjusting and balancing as applicable for the specificproject:1. Exhaust Fans2. Air Inlets and OutletsB. Report FormsTESTING. ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15950 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331. Title Page:a. Name of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agencyb. Address of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agencyc. Telephone and facsimile numbers of Testing, Adjusting, and BalancingAgencyd. Project namee. Project locationf. Project Engineerg. Project Contractorh. Report date2. Summary Comments:a. Design versus final performanceb. Nomenclature used throughout reportc. Test conditions3. Instrument List:a. Instrumentb. Manufacturerc. Model numberd. Serial numbere. Rangef. Calibration date4. Electric Motors:a. Manufacturerb. Model/Framec. HP/BHP and kWd. Phase, voltage, amperage; nameplate, actual, no loade. RPMf. Service factorg. Starter size, rating, heater elementsh. Sheave Make/Size/Bore5. V-Belt Drive:a. Identification/locationb. Required driven RPMc. Driven sheave, diameter and RPMd. Belt, size and quantitye. Motor sheave diameter and RPMf. Center to center distance, maximum, minimum, and actual6. Air Moving Equipment:a. Locationb. Manufacturerc. Model numberd. Serial numbere. Arrangement/Class/Dischargef. Air flow, specified and actualg. Total static pressure (total external), specified and actualh. Inlet pressurei. Discharge pressurej. Sheave Make/Size/Borek. Number of Belts/Make/Sizel. Fan RPMTESTING. ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15950 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082337. Duct Traverse:a. System zone/branchb. Duct sizec. Aread. Design velocitye. Design air flowf. Test velocityg. Test air flowh. Duct static pressurei. Air temperaturej. Air correction factor8. Air Distribution Test Sheet:a. Air terminal numberb. Room number/locationc. Terminal typed. Terminal sizee. Area factorf. Design velocityg. Design air flowh. Test (final) velocityi. Test (final) air flowj. Percent of design air flow3.7 SPECIFIC TESTING AND BALANCE REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURESA. Air Handling Equipment Adjustment, Measurements and Recordings1. Field adjust air handling equipment to specified air flows and static pressures byadjusting RPM via variable pitch sheaves or settings on variable speed drives asis appropriate.2. Balance air system minimum and maximum damper positions for correctoperation at both maximum design outside air and minimum design return airand for the reverse condition.3. Measure and record the following:a. Total actual CFM by pitot tube traverse. For specific systems, such asones with diversity, see the AABC National Standards. Where inletvanes are utilized, when fan is indexed to full CFM at design staticpressure, the inlet vanes shall be in their maximum open position.b. Suction and Discharge static pressure of each fan.c. Outside air intake, return air and relief air total CFM.d. Actual operating current, voltage, and brake horsepower of each fanmotor.e. Final RPM of each fan.4. For fans systems controlled by static pressure, assure by test and recording thatdevices, including high limit controls are calibrated to perform in accordancewith the contract documents, and provide design static pressure at the mostdemanding location. Furnish and coordinate static pressure set-point controls, asapplicable with controls contractor.B. Ducted Air System Adjustments, Measurements and Recordings:TESTING. ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15950 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331. Adjust zone ducts to within CFM requirements. At least one zone balancingdamper shall be completely open.2. Adjust the main ducts to within design CFM requirements and traverse for totalCFM quantities.3. Adjust all branch ducts to within design CFM Requirements. Multi-diffuserbranch ducts shall have at least one outlet or inlet volume damper completelyopen.4. Test and balance each diffuser, grille, and register to within five percent ofdesign requirements to maintain room pressurization requirements.5. Identify the location of area of each grille, diffuser, and register. Thisinformation shall be recorded on air outlet data sheets.6. Record the size, type and manufacturer of each diffuser, grille, and register onair outlet sheets.7. Adjust all diffusers, grilles, and registers to minimize drafts in all areas.8. Provide required openings for duct traverse. Seal test holes in ducts with snap inplugs. In addition plugs shall be air tight type and/or keep sealed air tight. Tapeis not permitted. Repair insulation where damaged. Mark insulation wherereadings were taken.3.8 TESTING AND BALANCING REPORTSA. Submit preliminary and final testing and balancing reports for approval.B. Arrange recorded data by system using the appropriate designations as established in thecontract documents. Submit five (5) signed bound and indexed copies of bothpreliminary and final reports to the Resident Engineer.C. Where actual measurements recorded for the final balance show deviation of more thanthe specified tolerance from the design and the deviation cannot be corrected bybalancing with the installed layout and elements, note this deviation in the final reportwith recommendations for corrective action.D. In those cases where recorded data can be reasonably interpreted to be inaccurateinconsistent or erroneous, the engineer may request additional testing and balancing. TheTAB Contractor shall at no additional cost to the owner perform such retesting andrebalancing as directed by and in the presence of the engineer.E. Where in the opinion of the TAB Contractor there is excessive vibration movement ornoise from any piece of equipment, ductwork or piping these conditions should be notedin the final report with recommendation for corrective action.END OF SECTION 15950TESTING. ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15950 - 6

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. General:1. Materials and equipment shall comply with all requirements of the contract documents.Materials furnished by the contractor shall be new, the standard products of manufacturersregularly engaged in the production of such materials, and of the manufacturer’s latestdesigns that comply with the specification requirements. If material and equipmentrequirements conflict, the order of precedence for selection shall be as follows: specialcontract provisions, the contract drawings, this specification; and then in continuing orderof precedence, Military specifications, Federal specifications, NFPA publications, IEEEstandards, UL standards and NEMA standards. Wherever standards have been establishedby Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc., the material shall bear the UL label.B. This Section includes the following electrical materials and methods:1. Supporting devices for electrical components.2. Electrical demolition.3. Cutting and patching for electrical construction.4. Touchup painting.C. Applicable provisions of this Project include the following:1. Removal of existing electrical equipment in accordance with demolition drawings andspecifications.2. Equipment, wiring devices, and electrical connections required for installation of electricalequipment.3. Raceways and wiring for power and controls.4. Grounding systems.D. Provide products which conform to and installation that complies with the requirements ofUniform Federal Accessibility Standards (UFAS).E. Space requirements: Electrical equipment sizes indicated on the Drawings are generally basedon specified manufacturer.1. Verify that the equipment proposed will fit in the space indicated on the Drawings.Coordinate building dimensions with architectural and structural drawings. Equipmentfurnished and installed under other Sections of this specification shall be coordinated withelectrical equipment installed under this Section.2. Maintain clearances required by NEC around electrical equipment. Establish the exactlocation of electrical equipment based on the actual field verified dimensions of equipmentfurnished.BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331.2 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. General: Comply with the standards in effect as of the date of the Contract Documents asapplicable to the extent specified in Division 16. The rules, regulations and referencespecifications enumerated in these specifications shall be considered as minimum requirements.Adherence to other standards shall not relieve the contractor from furnishing and installinghigher grades of materials and workmanship when so required by this specification. Adherenceto this specification shall not relieve the Contractor from furnishing and installing higher gradesof materials and workmanship when so required by the contract Drawings or special contractsprovisions. This specification shall govern when conflicts occur between it and the documentsreferenced in Article 1.1 “Summary”.B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)1. 70: National Electric Code, 2008C. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA)1 Standard of Installation.D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)1. WC5: Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distributionof Electrical Energy.2. WC7: Cross Linked Thermosetting Polyethylene Insulated Wire and Cable for theTransmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy.E. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)1. 29CFR-1910.7: Description and Requirements for a Nationally Recognized TestingLaboratory (NRTL).F. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)1. 486A: Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors.1.3 SUBMITTALSA. Product data for each type of product specified as stated in each specification section.B. Project Record Documents: Maintain at the job site a separate set of white prints of theContract Documents for the purpose of recording the system and dimension changes of thoseportions of work in which actual construction is significantly at variance with the ContractDocuments. Upon acceptance of the project, submit documents to the COTR, with verificationBASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233of data accuracy. Mark the Drawings with colored pencil. Prepare the Drawings as the workprogresses. Upon completion of work submit Drawings clearly indicating the following:1. Locations of devices, conduits, equipment and other pertinent items.2. Schematic and interconnection wiring diagrams of the completed power and control systemincorporating the data derived from the equipment shop drawings. The drawings shall bedetailed to wire and terminal block numbers, conductor color coding, device designations,locations, and reflect identifications established at the site.C. Samples of color, lettering style, and other graphic representation required for eachidentification product for Project.D. Operation and Maintenance Instructions:1. Reference Material: Provide copies of operating and maintenance instructions, equipmentservice manuals, catalog cuts. The material shall include equipment model and serialnumbers, performance characteristics, and power and utility requirements. Finalacceptance of this equipment is contingent upon submission of required documents to, andapproval by, the COTR prior to equipment or facility turnover.2. Minimum Data Required: Operating and maintenance instructions shall contain thefollowing minimum data and shall comply with submittal requirements specified inindividual Sections of the Specifications. Training for the operation and maintenance ofspecial equipment shall be conducted by a certified technician from the manufacturer.a. Operating instructions shall include illustrations and explanations for controls, initialset points, and startup and shutdown procedures for both normal and emergencyconditions.b. Maintenance instructions shall include periodic inspection and lubricationrequirements, and when applicable, equipment performance verification requirements.Include a list of required tools and equipment to maintain the system.c. Troubleshooting and fault diagnosis data shall list trouble symptoms, instructionsnecessary to determine cause of trouble and the action required to restore equipment tooperating condition.d. Repair instructions shall include equipment disassembly, repair, replacement, andreassembly. Checkout or test data shall also be provided. Reprogramming instructionsshall be provided for equipment having a programmable memory. Repackinginstructions shall be provided for sending equipment to the manufacturer or to a repairdepot for repairs.e. A parts list shall be furnished that includes part names and part numbers that areshown on illustrations or tables. The parts list shall identify the actual manufacturer ofthe part; replacement cost, and shall also contain a notation of identifying products asCommercial grade for common non-special design hardware.f. The instructions shall contain a list of spare parts recommended by the equipmentmanufacturer to support the operation of the equipment for a one-year time period.BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of all service organizations thatsupply repair parts for the system or systems to be furnished.g. The O&M data shall include overhaul instructions that are required to return theequipment to full operational capability in the event that the machinery stops workingproperly.h. The O&M data shall contain the following:1) Wiring diagrams;2) Electrical schematics;3) Control diagrams;4) Wire terminal assignments;5) Equipment layouts;6) Record Electrical Drawings, modified to record actual conditions andmodifications, including dimensions;7) Approved Shop Drawings; and8) A list of all subcontractors used on the project with address and phone number.i. After final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the COTR andother personnel, as directed by the COTR, in details of operation and maintenance ofspecial equipment, including control system as installed. Submit outline of proposedinstruction course 21 days prior to start for approval by the COTR.E. Operating Tests: An interim operating and performance test shall be performed for each majorequipment item after installation is complete and before the item is placed in service. Aftermechanical systems have been completely installed and balanced, test each system for properoperation. Tests shall be conducted in the presence of the COTR under design conditions toensure proper sequence and operation throughout the range of operation. Make adjustments asrequired to ensure proper functioning of the systems. Special tests on individual systems arespecified under individual sections. Tests shall be scheduled and approved in writing byCOTR at least 21 calendar days prior to conducting tests. Contractor shall demonstrate, to theCOTR’s satisfaction, proper operation of control devices by simulating actual operatingconditions. Devices tested shall include, but not be limited to, flow and pressure controls,temperature controls, and system interlocks and alarms.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Comply with NFPA 70 for components and installation.B. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.1. The Terms "Listed and Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100.2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A NRTL as defined in OSHA Regulation1910.7.BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233C. Summary: Submit a summary of the Electrical Test Report and Motor Test Report, notingdeviations from requirements listed below:1. Maximum plus or minus five percent variation between nominal system voltage and noload voltage and between no load and full load voltage;2. Variation between motor average phase current and measured individual phase currentsdoes not exceed the manufacturer's specified limits; and;3. Maximum plus or minus 20 percent variation between average phase current and measuredindividual phase currents for panelboards.1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULINGA. Coordinate electrical equipment installation with other building components.B. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction toallow for electrical installations.C. Coordinate installing required supporting devices and other structural components as they areconstructed.D. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installing electrical materials and equipment for efficientflow of the Work.E. Coordinate connecting electrical service to components furnished under other Sections.F. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors where electrical items requiring accessare covered by finished surfaces.G. Coordinate installing electrical identification after completion of finishing where identificationis applied to field-finished surfaces.H. Coordinate installing electrical identifying devices and markings prior to installing acousticalceilings and similar finishes that conceal such items.I. Interruption of Power: Contractor is advised that this facility includes a fully operational AirRoute Traffic Control Center (ARTCC). The electrical power system is comprised of thetypes: critical, essential and building service. Work shall be performed on the three types asindicated on drawings. Unscheduled interruptions of the electrical service may cause aircraftaccidents and loss of life. Contractor is advised that failure to establish and maintain propermeans and methods during the Work, resulting in accidents or loss of life, may result incharges of criminal negligence.BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082331. Work requiring a temporary or permanent de-energizing of critical, essential, and buildingservice power systems shall be scheduled and approved in writing by the COTR at least 48hours in advance of performance of work.2. Work may not commence until written authorization is received from the COTR.3. Unscheduled interruptions of power shall not be allowed at any time.4. Only Government personnel are authorized to energize or deenergize equipment, to operatecircuit breakers, switches, or fuses in this facility. Only the FAA shall authorize the UtilityCompany to turn on, or turn off, the commercial power to this facility.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 SUPPORTING DEVICESA. Channel and Angle Supports, Raceways Supports, Sleeves, and Fasteners: As specified insection 16190, “ Supporting Devices”.2.2 TOUCH-UP PAINTA. For Equipment: Provided by equipment manufacturer and selected to match equipment finish.B. For Non-equipment Surfaces: Matching type and color of undamaged, existing adjacent finish.C. For Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc-rich paint recommended by item manufacturer.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTSA. Where manufacturers recommended installation methods conflict with contract requirements,difference shall be resolved by the COTR.B. The installation shall be accomplished by skilled workers regularly engaged in this type ofwork. Where required by local regulation, the workers shall be properly certified and/orlicensed.C. Install components and equipment to provide the maximum possible headroom wheremounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated.D. Install items level, plumb, and parallel and perpendicular to other building systems andcomponents, except where otherwise indicated.BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 6

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233E. Install equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components.Connect for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference with other installations of newand existing equipment.F. Give right of way to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope.3.2 ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING METHODSA. Damp Locations: Hot-dip galvanized materials or nonmetallic, U-channel system components.B. Dry Locations: Steel materials.C. Conform to manufacturers recommendations for selecting supports.3.3 INSTALLATIONA. The rules, regulations, and reference documents indicated shall be considered as minimumrequirements and shall not relieve the Contractor from furnishing and installing higher gradesof materials and workmanship than are specified or when required by the Contract Drawings.Equipment shall be installed in a manner to provide proper working spaces, access, and spacefor removal of the equipment as required by the various equipment.B. Contract Drawings: Where the Drawings schematically indicate the work, diagrammatically orotherwise, furnish and install equipment, material, and labor for a complete and properinstallation. Ensure that electrical and communications Work is coordinated and compatiblewith Architectural, Mechanical and Structural Work.C. Firestopping: Apply to cable and raceway penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies.Perform firestopping to reestablish the original fire-resistance rating of the assembly at thepenetration.D. Fastening: Unless otherwise indicated, securely fasten electrical items and their supportinghardware to the building structure in accordance with Section 16190, “Supporting Devices”,and with National Electrical Code (NEC) requirements.E. Install identification devices where required in accordance with the requirements of Section16195, “Electrical Identification”. Engrave nameplates as indicated, to a maximum of 3 lines.F. Wiring Methods:1. General: All wiring shall consist of insulated copper conductors installed in metallicraceways, unless otherwise specified.2. Conductor routing: Panelboards, disconnect switches, etc., shall not be used as raceway forconductor routing other than conductors that originate or terminate in these enclosures.BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 7

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082333. Conductor separation: Power conductors shall be routed separately from all otherconductor types.a. 480/277V power cables shall be in separate raceways from 208/120V power cables.b. Power cables of less than 600 volts shall not be installed in the same duct with control,telephone, or signal type cables.4. Neutral Conductor: Shared/common neutrals shall not be permitted, i.e., each overcurrentdevice shall have its own separate neutral conductor. Neutral conductor size shall not beless than the phase conductor size.5. Ground Conductor: Shared/common grounding conductors shall not be permitted, i.e., eachovercurrent device shall have its own separate ground conductor.3.4 DEMOLITIONA. Where electrical work to remain is damaged or disturbed in the course of the Work, removedamaged portions and install new products of equal capacity, quality, and functionality.B. Accessible Work Indicated to Be Demolished: Remove exposed electrical installation in itsentirety.C. Abandoned Work: Remove electrical conductors in their entirety. Cap and patch surface tomatch existing finish.D. Removal: Remove demolished material from the Project site.E. Temporary Disconnection: Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnect, and make operationalcomponents indicated for relocation.3.5 CUTTING AND PATCHINGA. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces necessary forelectrical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of the trades involved.B. Repair disturbed surfaces to match adjacent undisturbed surfaces.3.6 TOUCH-UP PAINTINGA. Thoroughly clean damaged areas and provide primer, intermediate, and finish coats to suit thedegree of damage at each location.B. Follow paint manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation and for timing andapplication of successive coats.3.7 FIELD TESTINGBASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 8

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233A. General: Perform the tests specified and other tests necessary to establish the adequacy,quality, safety, completed status, and suitable operation of each system. Repair or replaceequipment that does not meet test requirements and retest. Tests shall be scheduled andapproved in writing by COTR at least 21 calendar days prior to conducting tests. Unlessotherwise indicated, the contractor shall furnish all test instruments, materials and labornecessary to perform tests designated in Division 16 Sections. All tests shall be performed inthe presence of the COTR. All instruments shall have been calibrated within a period of twoyears preceding testing. Calibrations shall be traceable to applicable industry recognizedstandards.B. An interim operating and performance test shall be performed for each major equipment itemafter installation is complete and before the item is placed in service. After mechanicalsystems have been completely installed and balanced, test each system for proper operation.Tests shall be conducted in the presence of the COTR under design conditions to ensure propersequence and operation throughout the range of operation. Make adjustments as required toensure proper functioning of the systems. Special tests on individual systems are specifiedunder individual sections. Provide 21 days written notice to the COTR for major tests.Contractor shall demonstrate, to the COTR’s satisfaction, proper operation of control devicesby simulating actual operating conditions.C. Complete the Electrical Test Report included as Attachment No. 1. Provide the requestedinformation for each panelboard and its power supply conductors. Perform insulationresistance tests in compliance with Section 16120, "Wire and Cables", on wires including theneutral before connection to source and to loads.END OF SECTION 16050BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 9

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233ATTACHMENT NO. 1Electrical Test ReportProject Name Date Sheet No. ___ of ___Project No._____________________Address_____________________________SERVICE TRANSFORMERSIZENL SERVICE VOLTAGEFL SERVICE VOLTAGEPANEL OR SWBD SERVEDFROMPANEL OR SWITCHBOARDLOCATIONMANUFACTURERTYPEFEEDER OC PROTECTIONFEEDER CONDUCTOR SIZEGROUND CONDUCTORSIZEMEASURED CONDITIONSPHASE PHASE PHASEA B C A B C A B CNO LOAD FEEDERVOLTAGEOPERATING LOAD FEEDERVOLTAGEOPERATING LOAD FEEDERCURRENTCONDUCTOR INSULRESISTANCE 0/ ABCONDUCTOR INSULRESISTANCE 0/ BCCONDUCTOR INSULRESISTANCE 0/ CACONDUCTOR INSULRESISTANCE TO GROUNDNEUTRAL INSUL RES TOGR W/GR CONN REMOVEDBASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 10

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 16100 – RACEWAYS AND BOXESPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes raceways, fittings, and boxes, for electrical wiring.B. Raceways include the following:1. Flexible metal conduit (FMC).2. Rigid galvanized steel (RGS).3. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit (LFMC).C. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets include the following:1. Device boxes.2. Outlet boxes.3. Pull and junction boxes.1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)1. C80.1: Rigid Steel ConduitsB. Federal Standards (FS)1. W-C-586: Conduit outlet boxes, bodies, and entrance caps.2. W-C-566 Flexible Metal Conduit.C. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA)D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)1. OS1: Sheet-steel outlet boxes, device boxes, covers, and box supports.E. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)1. 70: National Electrical Code (NEC).F. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)1. 1: Flexible metal conduit.2. 50: Enclosures for electrical equipment.3. 486A: Wire connectors for use with copper conductors.4. 514A: Metallic outlet boxes.5. 514B: Fittings for conduit and outlet boxes.6. 6: Rigid metal conduits.RACEWAYS AND BOXES 16100 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082331.3 SUBMITTALSA. Product catalog cut data for raceway, fittings and boxes. Identify each selection to showcompliance with spec.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Comply with latest edition of the NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code" for components andinstallation.1. Boxes shall be sized in accordance with NEC Article 370.B. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.1. The Terms "Listed and Labeled": As defined in the "National Electrical Code," Article 100.2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A NRTL as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.C. Comply with NECA "Standard of Installation."D. Coordinate layout and installation of raceway and boxes with other construction elements to ensureadequate headroom, working clearance, and access.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 GENERALA. Enclosures shall conform to NEMA standards.2.2 MANUFACTURERSA. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offeringProducts that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:1. Metal Conduit and Tubing:a. Allied Tube and Conduit, Grinnell Co.b. Wheatland2. Conduit Bodies and Fittings:a. Emerson Electric Co., Appleton Electric Co.b. Hubbell, Inc., Killark Electric Manufacturing Co.c. General Signal, O-Z/Gedney Unit.d. Crouse Hinds3. Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets:a. Hoffman Engineering Co., Federal-Hoffman, Inc.b. General Signal, O-Z/Gedney.RACEWAYS AND BOXES 16100 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233c. Raco, Inc., Hubbell Inc.d. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co.e. Thomas & Betts Corp/ Steel City.f. Crouse Hinds2.3 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBINGA. Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1B. Flexible Metal Conduit; Zinc-coated steel: UL 1 and Federal Specification WW-C-566.1. Conduit connectors shall be threaded with insulated throat. Use Steel City XC-342.C. Fittings: UL 514B and NEMA FB 1, compatible with conduit and of the threaded type. Set Screwfittings are not allowed.2.4 OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXESA. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1 and UL 514A.B. Flush Outlet Boxes: UL 514A hot-dip galvanized steel, 2-1/8 inches deep by four inches square,with extension ring where necessary.C. Boxes for exterior lighting fixtures: Surface mounted waterproof with gasket from floodlightmanufacturer as noted on the plans..D. Fittings: UL 514B2.5 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXESA. Small Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1 and UL 514A.B. Cast Metal boxes, gasketedType FSCT/FSDType LBPART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 EXAMINATIONA. Examine surfaces to receive raceways and boxes, for compliance with installation tolerances andother conditions affecting performance of the raceway system. Do not proceed with installationuntil unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.B. Examine raceways prior to installation. No crushed or deformed raceway shall be installed.3.2 WIRING METHODSA. Indoors: Use the following wiring methods:1. Rigid galvanized steel conduit shall be used for all panelboard feeders and branch circuits.RACEWAYS AND BOXES 16100 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082332. Flexible steel metal conduit shall be used under computer raised floors as noted on the drawings.3. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA Type 1B. Outdoors and underground:1. Rigid galvanized steel conduit and fittings with PVC coating.2. LMFC(sealtite) to exterior light fixtures per drawing details.3.3 INSTALLATIONA. Install raceways, boxes, as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions. Install towithstand seismic forces per IBC 2003 Group B Category II as indicated in Section 16190,‘Supporting Devices.”B. The minimum size raceway shall be 3/4 inch except for exterior lighting LFMC shall be ½ inch.C. RACEWAYS:1. Raceways shall not be attached to the ceiling suspension system.2. Do not anchor or strap raceways to wall furring channels or to other raceways.D. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot water pipes.Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.E. Install raceways level and square and at proper elevations. Provide adequate headroom.F. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. Raceways shall be fished andswabbed before conductors are pulled.G. Support raceways and boxes as specified in Section 16190 "Supporting Devices."1. Boxes for fixtures on suspended ceilings shall be supported independently of the ceilingsupports.2. Boxes shall not be supported from sheet-metal roof decks.H. Use temporary closures to prevent foreign matter from entering raceway.I. Make bends and offsets so the inside diameter is not reduced. Unless otherwise indicated, keep thelegs of a bend in the same plane and the straight legs of offsets parallel. No run shall contain morethan four (4) 90 degree bends, or the equivalent. Provide pull-boxes, junction boxes, and conduitbodies as required to meet the bends criteria.J. Use raceway fittings compatible with raceway and suitable for use and location.K. Run concealed raceways with a minimum of bends in the shortest practical distance considering thetype of building construction and obstructions, except as otherwise indicated.L. Wall Penetrations:1. Penetrations through walls shall be sealed.M. Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for the purpose and make joints tight.RACEWAYS AND BOXES 16100 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082331. Use insulating bushings for all conduits to protect conductors.N. Terminations: Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align the raceway toenter squarely, and install the locknuts with dished part against the box. Where terminations cannotbe made secure with one locknut, or where conduits enter enclosures without threaded hubs, use twolocknuts, one inside and one outside the box to securely bond the conduit to the enclosure. Inaddition a bushing shall be installed on the interior threaded end of the conduit to protect conductorinsulation.O. Where terminating in threaded hubs, screw the raceway or fitting tight into the hub so the end bearsagainst the wire protection shoulder. Where chase nipples are used, align the raceway so thecoupling is square to the box, and tighten the chase nipple so no threads are exposed.P. Metal conduits shall be mechanically and electrically continuous between outlets, junction and pullboxes, panels, cabinets and similar equipment. Conduits shall enter and be secured to enclosures sothat each system is electrically continuous throughout.Q. Provide grounding connections for raceway, boxes, and components. Tighten connectors andterminals, including screws and bolts according to equipment manufacturer‘s published torquetightening values. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tightenconnectors and terminals according to tightening torques specified in UL Standard 486A.1. Provide grounding bushings for all feeder conduits at switchgear, switchboards, motor controlcenters, panelboards, transformers, pull boxes, and all other termination points.2. Where knockouts are used, provide double locknuts, one on each side with a grounding bushing orgrounding locknut used on the inside (use grounding bushings on conduit 1” and larger).R. Field Cut Conduit: Where conduit has to be cut in the field, it shall be cut square using a hand orpower hacksaw or approved pipe cutter using cutting knives. The cut ends of the field-cut conduitshall be reamed to remove burrs and sharp edges.S. Boxes: Shall be provided in the wiring or raceway system for pulling wires, making connections,and mounting devices or fixtures. Each box shall have the volume required by NFPA 70 for thenumber and size of conductors in the box.1. Outlet boxes: Each outlet box shall have a machine screw which fits into a tapped hole in thebox for the ground connection.2. Mounting light fixtures: Boxes for mounting fixtures shall be not less than 4 inches square.3. Concealed wiring: Boxes installed for concealed wiring shall be provided with extension ringsor plaster covers. The front edge of the box shall be flush or recessed not more than 1/4” fromthe finished wall surface.T. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use No. 14 AWG zinc-coated steel or monofilament plasticline having not less than 200-lb. tensile strength. Leave not less than 12 inches of slack at each endof the pull wire.3.4 CLEANINGRACEWAYS AND BOXES 16100 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233A. Upon completion of installation of system, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposedfinish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish, including chips,scratches, and abrasions.END OF SECTION 16100RACEWAYS AND BOXES 16100 - 6

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 16120 - WIRES AND CABLESPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes building wires and cables and associated splices, connectors, and terminationsfor wiring systems rated 600 volts and less.1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)WC5:Thermoplastic insulated wire and cable for the transmission and distribution ofelectrical energy.B. Federal Standards (FS)1. W-S-610: Splice connectors2. QQ-W-343: Wire, electrical, copper, insinuated.C. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA)1. Standard of InstallationD. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)1. 70: National Electrical Code (NEC).E. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)1. 486A: Wire connectors for use with copper conductors.2. 486C: Splicing wire connectors.1.3 SUBMITTALSA. Product data for wires and cables. Provide catalog cuts with selections identified to showcompliance with spec.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Comply with NFPA 70, NEC, for components and installation.B. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.1. The Terms "Listed and Labeled": As defined in the NEC, Article 100.2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A NRTL as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.WIRES AND CABLES 16120 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082331.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULINGA. Coordination: Coordinate layout and installation of cable with other installations.1. Revise locations and elevations from those indicated as required to suit field conditions and asapproved by the COR.1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Deliver wire and cable according to NEMA WC-26.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 MANUFACTURERSA. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering productsthat may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:1. Wires and Cables:a. American Insulated Wire Corporation, Leviton Manufacturing Co.b. Brand-Rex Cable Systems, Brintec Corp.c. Carol Cable Company, Inc.d. Senator Wire & Cable Co.e. Southwire Co.2. Connectors for Wires and Cables:a. AFC, Monogram Co.b. AMP, Inc.c. Anderson, Square D Co.d. Electrical Products Division, 3M Co.e. O-Z/Gedney Unit, General Signal.2.2 BUILDING WIRES AND CABLESA. UL-listed building wires and cables with conductor material, insulation type, cable construction, andrating as specified in Part 3.2 "Applications" Article.B. Thermoplastic Insulation: Conform to NEMA WC 5.C. Solid conductor for 10 AWG and smaller; stranded conductor for larger than 10 AWG.D. All wire and conduit sizes are based on copper conductors per NEC 70.WIRES AND CABLES 16120 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233E. Size: Minimum 12 AWG. Minimum 10 AWG for 120 volt circuits where circuit length (one way)exceeds 75 feet from source, and 10 AWG for 277 volt circuits where circuit length (one way)exceeds 150 feet from source.F. Material: Copper onlyG. Conductor Color Codes:1. Feeder conductors to panels and three phase circuits shall be factory color coded as indicated:a. 208/120 Volt System:1) Phase A: Black2) Phase B: Red3) Phase C: Blue4) Neutral: White5) Ground: Greenb. 480/277 Volt System:1) Phase A: Yellow2) Phase B: Brown3) Phase C: Orange4) Neutral: Grey5) Ground: Green2. Single-phase branch circuits shall be factory color coded as stated above.2.3 CONNECTORS AND SPLICESA. UL-listed factory-fabricated wiring connectors of size, ampacity rating, material, and type and classfor application and for service indicated. Select to comply with Project's installation requirementsand as specified in Part 3.2 "Applications" Article.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 EXAMINATIONA. Examine raceways and building finishes to receive wires and cables for compliance with installationtolerances and other conditions. Verify that the duct or conduit is open, continuous, and clear ofdebris before installing cable. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions havebeen corrected.3.2 APPLICATIONSA. Indoor Branch Circuits: Type THHN/THWN, copper conductor, 75 degree C insulation ratingin raceway.B. Exterior Branch Circuits: Type THHN/THWN, copper conductor, 75 degree C insulation ratingin raceway.WIRES AND CABLES 16120 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233C. Feeders: Type THHN/THWN, copper conductor, 75 degree C rating insulation in raceway.3.3 INSTALLATIONA. Install wires and cables as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions and the NECA"Standard of Installation."B. Pull conductors into raceway simultaneously where more than one is being installed in sameraceway.1. Use pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorateconductor nor insulation, and must be non-flammable.2. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips that willnot damage cables or raceway.C. Cable shall be installed in a manner to prevent harmful stretching of the conductor, injury to theinsulation or damage to the outer protective covering.D. The ends of cables shall be sealed with moisture-seal tape before pulling, and shall be left sealeduntil connections are made.E. Conductor Splices:1. Splices shall be made only at outlets, junction boxes, or accessible raceways.2. Splices shall be made with solderless connectors conforming to FS W-S-610.3. Wire nuts may only be used to splice conductors sized No. 10 AWG and smaller.4. Compression connectors shall be used to splice conductors No. 8 and larger.5. All splices, including those made with insulated wire nuts, shall be insulated with electrical tapeor heat-shrink tubing to a level equal to that of the factory insulated conductors.6. Splicing of existing ungrounded feeder conductors in new panelboards if shown on thedrawings is permitted using approved insulated multi -cable connector blocks (i.e. “Polaris).7. Splices shall be made with solderless connectors conforming to UL 486A, UL 486C, and UL486E.8. Install splices and insulating tapes that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength andinsulation ratings than conductors being spliced.9. Use splice and tap connectors that are compatible with conductor material.10. Splicing methods and material shall be of a type recommended by the manufacturer of thesplicing material for the particular type of cable being spliced and shall be approved by theCOR prior to installation.11. Critical power feeders and branch circuits shall not be spliced.F. Wiring at Outlets: Install with at least 3 inches of slack conductor at each outlet, per NEC 300.14.G. Connect outlets and components to wiring and to ground as indicated. Tighten connectors andterminals, including screws and bolts, according to equipment manufacturer's published torquetighteningvalues for equipment connectors. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are notindicated, tighten connectors and terminals according to tightening torques specified in UL Standard486A.WIRES AND CABLES 16120 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233H. Conductors for emergency lighting, telco/LAN, security, and sprinkler alarm systems shall be keptcompletely independent from any other system as well as each other.I. A splice shall not be pulled into a duct or conduit under any circumstance.K. Separate neutral and ground wires shall be provided for each overcurrent protection device. Eachbranch circuit shall have its own neutral and ground conductor. Common neutral or groundconductors are not acceptable.L. Install conductors only after the raceway system is complete.M. Identify each circuit phase conductor and associated neutral with “Brady” markers each end todesignate associated panelboard circuit breaker.3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Insulation Resistance Tests: Feeder and Branch Circuit insulation tests shall be performed afterinstallation, but before connection to equipment.1. Conductors shall test free from short circuits and grounds, and have a minimum phase-to-phaseand phase-to-ground insulation resistance of 30 megohms when measured with a 500-volt DCinsulation resistance. The contractor shall submit a letter type test report to the COR prior tofinal inspection of the Work. The report shall list the tests performed and results obtained.2. Contractor shall use Megger Test Report Form form located at the end of Section 16050, “BasicElectrical materials and Methods”.B. Correct malfunctioning products at site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance;otherwise, remove and replace with new units, and retest.END OF SECTION 16120WIRES AND CABLES 16120 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICESPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes light switches, receptacles, GFCI’s and finish plates.1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. Federal Standards (FS)1. W-S-896E: Switch, toggle, flush mounted.2. W-C-596: General and associated detailed specifications: connector, plug receptacle,and cable outlet, electrical power.B. National Electrical Manufacturer Association (NEMA)1. WD1: General requirements for wiring devices.2. 250: Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts and Below).C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)1. 70: National Electrical Code (NEC)D. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)1. 20: General use Snap Switches2. 498: Electrical attachment plugs and receptacles3. 943: Ground Fault circuit interrupters1.3 SUBMITTALSA. Product catalog cut data for each product specified with selection identified to showcompliance with spec.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Comply with NFPA 70, NEC, for devices and installation.B. Listing and Labeling: Provide products that are listed and labeled for their applications andinstallation conditions and for the environments in which installed.1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the NEC," Article 100.2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A NRTL as defined in OSHA Regulation1910.7.1.5 COORDINATIONA. Coordinate selection of device colors with COR for approval. Device plates shall beWIRING DEVICES 16140- 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233stainless steel, brushed finish.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 MANUFACTURERSA. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of thefollowing:1. Wiring Devices:a. Arrow Hart Div., Cooper Industries.b. Bryant Electric, Inc.c. General Electric Co.d. Hubbell Inc.e. Leviton Mfg. Co., Inc.f. Pass & Seymour/Legrand.g. Slater Electric, Inc.2.2 WIRING DEVICESA. Comply with NEMA Standard WD 1, "General requirements for wiring devices," and ULapproved, specification grade.B. Wall Switches:1. Snap Switches: AC switches, NRTL listed and labeled as complying with UL Standard20 “General Use Snap Switches”, and with Federal Specification W-S-896E.a. Single-pole and three-way wall switches shall be specification grade, rated 120/277volts, and shall be fully rated 20 amperes, AC only.b. Wire terminals shall be of the screw type.c Switches with push-in connections or a combination of screw -type and push-inconnectors are not acceptable.d. Switches shall be quiet-operating.e. Switch color shall be ivory.C. Receptacles, General: All receptacles shall be specification grade in accordance withNEMA WD 1. Wiring terminals shall be of the screw-type. Receptacles with push-inconnections or a combination of screw-type and push-in connectors are not acceptable.Receptacle color: ivory.1 Straight-Blade: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with Federal Specification W-C-596 and heavy-duty grade of UL Standard 498, "Electrical Attachment Plugs andReceptacles." Provide NRTL labeling of devices to verify these compliance’s.2. General Purpose Duplex Receptacle: 125 volt, 20 Ampere, 2 pole, 3 wire grounded,NEMA 5-20R.WIRING DEVICES 16140- 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233a. Outlet grounding shall be accomplished by the installation of a #12 AWG greeninsulated conductor from the ground bus in the panelboard to the receptacle groundingscrew of the receptacle. A pigtail #12 AWG conductor shall also be installed from thereceptacle grounding screw to the grounding lug on the outlet box.D. Receptacles, Straight-Blade, and Special Features: Comply with the basic requirementsspecified above for straight-blade receptacles of the class and type indicted, and with thefollowing additional requirements:1. Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter Receptacles: UL Standard 943, "Ground Fault CircuitInterrupters," feed-through type, with integral NEMA 5-20R (UL Group I, Class A),duplex receptacle arranged to protect connected downstream receptacles on the samecircuit.E. Device Plates:1. Provide stainless steel plates of one-piece type for all outlets and fittings to suit thedevices installed. Plate screw shall be metal with countersunk heads, in a finish tomatch the finish of the plate.a. Plates installed in wet locations shall be gasketed.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 INSTALLATIONA. Install devices and assemblies plumb and secure.B. Install wall plates when painting is complete.C. Arrangement of Devices: Except as otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimensionvertical, and grounding terminal of receptacles on bottom. Group adjacent switches undersingle, multi-gang wall plates.D. Wall Switches:1. Not more than one switch shall be installed in a single gang position.2. Grounding: Where switches have grounding terminals, they shall be grounded with agreen grounding pigtail connected from the switch grounding screw directly to thegrounding lug on the outlet box where the green equipment grounding conductor isterminated.E. Device Plates:1. Plates shall be installed with all four edges in continuous contact with finished wallsurfaces without use of mats or similar devices.2. Use of sectional type device plates shall not be permitted.F. Receptacles shall be installed 18 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise noted. Wallswitches shall be installed 48 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise noted.WIRING DEVICES 16140- 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233G. Protect devices and assemblies during painting.3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Testing: Test wiring devices for proper polarity and ground continuity. Operate eachoperable device at least 6 times.3.3 CLEANINGA. General: Internally clean devices, device outlet boxes, and enclosures. Replace stained orimproperly painted wall plates or devices.END OF SECTION 16140WIRING DEVICES 16140- 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 16190 - SUPPORTING DEVICESPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes secure support from the building structure for electrical items by means ofhangers, supports, anchors and associated fastenings.1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)1. 70: National Electrical Code (NEC)B. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)1.3 SUBMITTALSA. Product catalog cut data for each type of product specified with selection identified to showcompliance with specifications.B. Shop drawings of supports to meet seismic requirements for IBC 2003 Group B Category II.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70.B. Electrical components shall be listed and labeled by UL or other approved, nationally recognizedtesting and listing agency that provides third-party certification follow-up services.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 COATINGSA. Coating: Supports, support hardware, and fasteners shall be protected with zinc coating or withtreatment of equivalent corrosion resistance using approved alternative treatment, finish, or inherentmaterial characteristic.2.2 MANUFACTURED SUPPORTING DEVICESA. Raceway Supports: Clevis hangers, riser clamps, conduit straps, threaded C-clamps with retainers,ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, and spring steel clamps.B. Fasteners: Types, materials, and construction features as indicated.C. U-Channel Systems: 16-gage steel channels, with 9/16-inch-diameter holes, at a minimum of 8inches on center, in top surface. Provide fittings and accessories that mate and match withU-channel and are of the same manufacture.SUPPORTING DEVICES 16190 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233D. Support systems shall be capable of carrying the weight of the box and its contents.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 INSTALLATIONA. Install supporting devices to fasten electrical components securely and permanently in accordancewith NEC requirements.B. Raceway Supports: Comply with the NEC and the following requirements:1. Neither raceways nor boxes shall be fastened to suspended ceiling supports.END OF SECTION 16190SUPPORTING DEVICES 16190 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 16195 - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATIONPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes identification of electrical materials, equipment, and installations.1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. Applicable only to the extent specified.B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)1. A 13.1: Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems.2. C2: National Electrical Safety Code.C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)1. 70: National Electrical Code (NEC).1.3 SUBMITTALSA. Samples for each color, lettering style, and other graphic representation required for tubing, tags,labels, markers, and other identification materials; samples of labels and signs.B. Shop drawings showing installation method for each type of identification device.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70.B. Comply with the requirements of ANSI A13.1 with regard to type and size of lettering forraceway and cable labels.1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULINGA. Coordinate installing electrical identification after completion of finishing where identification isapplied to field-finished surfaces.B. Coordinate installing electrical identifying devices and markings prior to installing acousticalceilings and similar finishes that conceal such items.ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16195 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 RACEWAY AND CABLE LABELSA. Manufacturer's Standard Products: Where more than one type is listed for a specified application,selection is Installer's option. Provide single type for each application category. Use colorsprescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, and these Specifications.B. Conform to ANSI A13.1, Table 3, for minimum size of letters for legend and minimum length ofcolor field for each raceway or cable size.1. Color: Black legend on orange field.2. Legend: Indicates voltage and service.C. Adhesive Labels: Preprinted, flexible, self-adhesive vinyl. Legend over-laminated with clear,weather- and chemical-resistant coating.D. Heat Shrink Tubing: Preprinted, embossed, permatized, 20-year life. Size to suit conductors;lettering shall be legible after heat shrinking.E. Pretensioned, Wraparound Plastic Sleeves: Flexible, preprinted, color-coded, acrylic bands sizedto suit the diameter of the line it identifies and arranged to stay in place by pretensioned grippingaction when placed in position.F. Colored Adhesive Tape: Self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 inch wide.G. Tape Markers: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive, wraparound type with pre-printed numbersand letters.H. Plasticized Card-stock Tags: Vinyl cloth with pre-printed legends. Orange background, except asotherwise indicated, with eyelet for fasteners.I. Brass Tags: Metal tags with stamped legend, punched for fasteners. Dimensions: 2 inches by 2inches by 0.05 inch.2.2 ENGRAVED NAMEPLATES AND SIGNSA. Manufacturer's Standard Products: Where more than one type is listed for a specified application,selection is Installer's option, but provide single type for each application category. Use colorsprescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, and these Specifications.B. Engraving Stock: melamine plastic laminate, 1/16-inch minimum thick for signs up to 20-sq. in.,1/8 inch thick for larger sizes.1. Engraved Legend: White letters on black field.ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16195 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082332. Punched for mechanical fasteners.C. Interior Warning and Caution Signs: Pre-printed aluminum, baked enamel finish with 1/4-inchgrommets in corners for mounting.1. Color, size and legend: appropriate to the application.2. Punched for fasteners.D. Exterior, Metal-Backed, Butyrate Signs: Weather-resistant, non-fading, preprinted, celluloseacetate butyrate signs with 0.0396-inch, galvanized steel backing, with colors, legend, and sizeappropriate to the application. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting.E. Fasteners for Plastic-Laminated and Metal Signs: Self-tapping stainless-steel screws or No. 10/32stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers.2.3 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTSA. Cable Ties: Fungus-inert, self-extinguishing, 1-piece, self-locking, Type 6/6-nylon cable ties withthe following features:1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch.2. Tensile Strength: 50-lb. minimum.3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to 185 deg F.4. Color: As indicated where used for color-coding.B. Paint: Alkyd-urethane enamel over primer as recommended by enamel manufacturer.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 INSTALLATIONA. Install identification devices according to manufacturer's written instructions.B. Install labels where indicated and at locations for best convenience of viewing withoutinterference with operation and maintenance of equipment.C. Lettering, Colors, and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other designationsused for electrical identification with corresponding designations used in the ContractDocuments or required by codes and standards. Use consistent designations throughout theProject.D. Sequence of Work: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require finish, installidentification after completion of finish work.ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16195 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233E. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces of dust, loose material, and oily filmsbefore applying.F. Install painted identification as follows:1. Clean surfaces of dust, loose material, and oily films before painting.2. Prime Surfaces: For galvanized metal, use single-component, acrylic vehicle coatingformulated for galvanized surfaces. For concrete masonry units, use heavy-duty, acrylicresinblock filler. For concrete surfaces, use clear, alkali-resistant, alkyd binder-type sealer.3. Apply one intermediate and one finish coat of silicone alkyd enamel.4. Apply primer and finish materials according to manufacturer's instructions.G. Identify Raceways with Color Banding: Band exposed and accessible raceways of the systemslisted below for identification.1. Bands: Pretensioned, snap-around, colored plastic sleeves; colored adhesive tape; or acombination of both. Make each color band 2 inches wide, completely encircling conduit,and place adjacent bands of 2-color markings in contact, side by side.2. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50-footmaximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25 feet in congested areas.3. Colors: As follows:b) Fire-Suppression Supervisory and Control System: Red and yellow.c) Security System: Blue and yellow.d) Mechanical and Electrical Supervisory System: Green and blue.e) Telecommunications System: Green and yellow.H. Install Circuit Identification Labels on Boxes: Label externally as follows:1. Exposed Boxes: Pressure-sensitive, self-adhesive plastic label on cover.2. Concealed Boxes: Plasticized card-stock tags.3. Labeling Legend: Permanent, waterproof listing of panel and circuit number or equivalent.I. Color-Code Conductors: The following field-applied color-coding methods may be used in lieuof factory-coded wire listed in Section 16120 “Wires and Cables” for sizes larger than No. 4AWG. Contractor shall demonstrate non-availability of factory colored wire before using thisapplication.1. Colored, pressure-sensitive plastic tape in half-lapped turns for a distance of 6 inches fromterminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply the last 2 turns of tapewith no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Use 1-inch-wide tape in colors as specified.Adjust tape bands to avoid obscuring cable identification markings.a. Where conductors are color coded by this method, they shall be color coded inaccessible raceways, panelboards, outlets, and switches, as well as at all terminations.ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16195 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-908233Conductors in accessible raceways shall be color coded so that by removing or openingany cover, the coding will be visible.b. Phase, ground, and neutral conductors shall be color coded in accordance with Section16120, “Wires and Cables.”2. Green insulated conductors shall not be re-identified for purposes other than grounding.3. White or neutral gray conductors shall not be re-identified for purposes other than groundedneutrals.J. Apply identification to conductors as follows:1. Conduits and Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Indicate source and circuit numbers.2. Power and Lighting Circuits at Enclosure and at terminations: Identify each conductor withpanel designation, circuit number, voltage, and phase.3. Control and Communications Circuits at Enclosure and at terminations: Identify eachconductor by its system and circuit designation. Use a consistent system of tags, colorcoding,or cable marking tape.K. Apply warning, caution, and instruction signs and stencils as follows:1. Install warning, caution, and instruction signs where indicated or required to ensure safeoperation and maintenance of electrical systems and of items to which they connect. Installengraved plastic-laminated instruction signs with approved legend where instructions orexplanations are needed for system or equipment operation.2. Emergency-Operating Signs: Install engraved laminate signs with white legend on redbackground with minimum 3/8-inch-high lettering for emergency instructions on powertransfer, and other emergency operations.L. Install identification as follows:1. Apply equipment identification labels of engraved plastic laminate on each major unit ofequipment, including central or master unit of each system. This includes communication,signal, and alarm systems, unless units are specified with their own self-explanatoryidentification. Provide equipment, required under Division 16, as follows: with nameplateindicating equipment name, system voltage(s) and phase (for example: EF203, 480V, 3phase). Except as otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-highlettering on 1-1/2-inch-high label; where 2 lines of text are required, use 2-inch-high label.Apply labels for each unit of the following categories of equipment:a) Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures.b) Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items.c) Motor starters.d) Control devices.2. Label conduit at each end and at pull boxes with characters a minimum 1/4-inch high.ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16195 - 5

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER FAA-ZTL-9082333. Apply designation labels of engraved plastic laminate for disconnect switches, breakers,push buttons, pilot lights, and similar items for power distribution and control componentsabove, except panelboards and alarm/signal components where labeling is specifiedelsewhere. For panelboards, provide framed, typed circuit schedules with explicitdescription and identification of items controlled by each individual breaker.END OF SECTION 16195ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16195 - 6

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 16452 - GROUNDINGPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes solid grounding of electrical systems and equipment and basicrequirements for grounding for protection of life, equipment, circuits, and systems.Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented in other Sectionsof these Specifications.1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)1. 70: National Electrical Code (NEC).B. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)1. 467: Grounding and bonding equipment.2. 486A: Wire connectors and soldering lugs for use with copper conductors.1.3 SUBMITTALSA. Product catalog data for grounding hardware used. Identify selection to show compliancewith the specification.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Comply with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code.B. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed andlabeled.1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code,Article 100.2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A NRTL as defined in OSHARegulation 1910.7.GROUNDING 16452 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 MANUFACTURERSA. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of thefollowing:1. ILSCO.2. Kearney.3. Thomas & Betts, Electrical.2.2 GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTSA. Products: Of types indicated and of sizes and ratings to comply with the NEC. Wheretypes, sizes, ratings, and quantities indicated are in excess of requirements above, themore stringent requirements and the greater size, rating, and quantity indications govern.2.3 WIRE GROUNDING CONDUCTORSA. Comply with Section 16120 "Wires and Cables." Conform to NEC Table 8, except asotherwise indicated, for conductor properties, including stranding.1. Material: Copper. Use only insulated copper wire2. Size: Minimum allowable size shall not be less than #12 AWG, in addition tocompliance with NEC.B. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green color insulation.2.4 MISCELLANEOUS CONDUCTORSA. Raceway Bonding Jumpers: Copper, minimum size #6 AWG unless otherwise noted.B. Ground Strap: Provide a flexible ground strap, #6 AWG or braided equal, for electricalcontinuity at each flexible duct connection of each air handler, and fan.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 APPLICATIONA. General: FAA grounding requirements often exceed those of NEC; therefore, groundingsystem shall be as indicated in Contract Drawings, and as specified herein.GROUNDING 16452 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233B. Equipment Grounding Conductors: All metallic non-current carrying parts of electricalequipment shall be grounded with equipment grounding conductors whether or not shownon the drawings. Equipment grounding conductors shall be green insulated copperconductors unless otherwise indicated. When these conductors are not sized nor shown onthe Contract Drawings, size them in accordance with Table 250-122 of the NEC, “MinimumSize Equipment Grounding Conductors for Grounding Raceway and Equipment. In no case,however, shall these conductors be smaller than No. 12 AWG.1. Install green, equipment grounding conductor with all feeder and branch circuitconductors for each overcurrent device.C. Conduit or cable shields shall not be used as the equipment grounding conductor.3.2 INSTALLATIONA. Bond interior metal piping systems and metal air ducts to equipment groundingconductors of associated pumps, fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Usebraided-type bonding straps.3.3 CONNECTIONSA. General: Make connections so possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis is minimized.Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metalsin direct contact will be galvanically compatible.1. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to assure high conductivity and to makecontact points closer in order of galvanic series.2. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact.B. Terminate insulated equipment grounding conductors for feeders with pressure-typegrounding lugs. Where metallic raceways terminate at non-metallic or non-conductivehousings, terminate each conduit with a grounding bushing. Connect groundingbushings with a bare grounding conductor to the ground bus in the housing. Bondelectrically non-continuous conduits at both entrances and exits with groundingbushings and bare grounding conductors .C. Raceway Grounding: Surface metal raceways, wireways, or cable rack systems shallbe installed in a manner that assures electrical continuity. Insulated copper bondingjumpers shall be installed between adjacent raceway sections to assure proper bonding.Uninsulated conductors shall not be used. Unless otherwise indicated, the minimumsize for these bonding jumpers shall be No. 6 AWG. Where aluminum raceways areused, the jumpers shall be bonded with approved connectors for the dissimilar metals.GROUNDING 16452 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233All metallic raceway penetrations into a facility structure shall be bonded to the earthelectrode system.3.4 SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT GROUNDINGA. Install a grounding conductor for each overcurrent device. The equipment groundingconductor shall be installed in the same conduit as the branch or feeder conductors.Grounding conductor shall have insulation rating equivalent to phase conductorinsulation. Insulated grounding conductors shall be connected to the ground terminal atboth ends and to junction, transition, pull and fixtures boxes along the route. Under nocircumstances shall this conductor be omitted from the electrical system, nor shall aseparate grounding system, such as the signal grounding, be used as a substitute.B. Metallic raceway housing the equipment grounding conductor shall be mechanicallyand electrically continuous.C. Where there are parallel conductors of a feeder installed in more than one raceway, install anequipment grounding conductor in each raceway.D. Ground the ends of all conduit runs using grounding bushings, except for receptacle andlighting branch circuits.B. Splices of grounding conductors inside conduits are not acceptable.END OF SECTION 16452GROUNDING 16452 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233SECTION 16515 - INTERIOR LIGHTINGPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SUMMARYA. This Section includes interior lighting fixtures, lamps, ballasts, emergency ballasts, lighting control,and accessories.1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDSApplicable only to the extent specified.A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)1. C78 Electric Lamps2. C82.2 Fluorescent Lamp Ballast, Methods of MeasurementB. Federal Specifications (FS)1. W-F-414 Fixture, Lighting, Fluorescent2. J-C-30 Cable and Wire, ElectricalC. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)1. 70 National Electrical Code (NEC)D. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)1. 486A Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors2. 542 Lampholders, Starters, and Starter Holders for Fluorescent Lamps.3. 935 Fluorescent Lamps and Ballasts4. 1570 Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures5. 773A Non-Industrial Photoelectric Switches for Lighting Control1.3 DEFINITIONSA. Fixture: A complete lighting unit. Fixtures include lamps and parts required to distribute light,position and protect lamps, and connect lamps to power supply.B. Average Life: The time after which 50 percent fails and 50 percent survives under normal conditions.C. Luminaire: Fixture.1.4 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data describing fixtures, lamps, ballasts, and indoor occupancy sensors. Identify part numberto show compliance with specifications. Arrange Product Data for fixtures in order of fixturedesignation. Include data on features and accessories and the following:INTERIOR LIGHTING 16515 - 1

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082331. Outline drawings indicating dimensions and principal features of fixtures.2. Electrical Ratings and Photometric Data:B. Maintenance data for fixtures1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Electrical Component Standard: Provide components that comply with NFPA 70 and that are listedand labeled by UL..B. Listing and Labeling: Provide fixtures and accessory components that are listed and labeled for theirindicated use and installation conditions on the Project.1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100.2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A NRTL as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.C. Ballast Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer shall have manufactured ballasts for at least tenyears.D. Coordinate fixtures, mounting hardware, and trim with ceiling system and other items, including work ofother trades, required to be mounted on ceiling or in ceiling space.1.6 EXTRA MATERIALSA. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protectivecovering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents.1. Lamps: Furnish one of 42TRT.2 Ballasts: Furnish one of manufacturer ballast.1.7 WARRANTYA. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the government ofother rights the government may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents, and shall bein addition to, and run concurrently with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirementsof the Contract Documents.B. Special Warranty - Ballasts: Provide a written warranty signed by manufacturer and Installer agreeingto replace ballasts against defects in material or workmanship for a period of one year minimum fromthe date of Substantial Completion. Defective ballasts shall be replaced within the warranty period atno cost to the government.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 FIXTURES, GENERALINTERIOR LIGHTING 16515 - 2

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233A. Comply with the requirements specified in the Articles below and lighting fixture schedule indicatedon the drawings.B. The fixtures specified in the lighting fixture schedule on the Drawings establish a level of quality,appearance, and performance that any substituted fixtures must match or exceed. Substitutions for thespecified fixtures will be reviewed by the COR for compliance and approval.C. All lighting fixtures shall be UL approved and shall bear the UL label.2.2 FIXTURE COMPONENTS, GENERAL.A. Metal Parts: Free from burrs and sharp corners and edges.B. Sheet Metal Components: Steel, except as indicated. Components are formed and supported toprevent warping and sagging.C. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free from light leakage under operatingconditions, and arranged to permit relamping without use of tools. Arrange doors, frames, lenses,diffusers, and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during relamping and when secured inoperating position.D. Internal fixture wiring shall be thermoplastic insulated copper, rated for 600 volts, in accordance withF.S. J-C-30 and the NEC.E. Fixture wiring whip shall be 3 #12 in 1/2-inch metal flex.2.3 FLUORESCENT FIXTURES.A. Fixtures conform to UL 1570, “Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures.”B. Ballasts: Conform to UL 935, “Fluorescent-Lamp Ballasts.”1. Certification: By Electrical Testing Laboratory (ETL).2. Labeling: By Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association (CBM).3. Type: Class P, high-power factor type except as indicated otherwise. Shall be type for use inindoor or type 1, outdoor applications4. Sound Rating: A rating, except as indicated otherwise.5. Voltage: Match connected circuits.C. Low Temperature Ballast Minimum Starting Temperature: Minus 0 degrees F.D. Electronic Ballasts: Solid-state, full-light-output, energy-saving type compatible with 42TRT lamps.Conform to FCC regulations Part 18, Subpart J. for electromagnetic interference. Conform to ANSIC62.41, “Guide for Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits,” Location Category A2, forresistance to voltage surges for normal and common modes.1. Minimum Power Factor: 98 percent.2. Minimum Operating Frequency: 20,000 Hz.3. Third Harmonic Content of Ballast Current: Less than 10 percent.4. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): Less than 10 percent.INTERIOR LIGHTING 16515 - 3

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-9082335. Average Input: The minimum required wattage when tested according to ANSI C82.2,“Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts, Methods of Measurement” shall be as indicated on the lightingfixture schedule.6. Ballasts shall be fully encapsulated to ensure maximum thermal and structural integrity.7. Minimum Ballast Factor: 87 percent.E. Lamp holders shall have silver plated contacts, and shall conform to UL 542.F. Recessed Fixtures: Recessed fluorescent fixtures shall have adjustable fittings to permit alignmentwith ceiling panel.2.7 EMERGENCY LIGHTING BALLASTFixtures designated as “Emergency” shall be equipped with a factory provided optional emergencyballasts which provide 90 minutes of illumination. The emergency ballast shall consist of a hightemperature maintenance free nickel-cadmium battery, charger with electronic circuitry, a solid statecharging indicator light and a single pole test switch.2.8 INDOOR OCCUPANCY SENSORSA. Conform to UL 773A “Non-Industrial Photoelectric Switches for Lighting Control.”B. Operation: Turn lights on when coverage area is occupied, and turn them off when unoccupied; with atime delay for turning lights off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes.C. Infrared Type: Leviton Self-Contained Ceiling mounted 360° ODCOS-11W (120V-1000VA); detectoccupants in coverage area by heat and movement.1. Detector Sensitivity: Detect occurrences of 6 inch minimum movement of any portion of a humanbody that presents a target of not less than 36 square inch.2. Detection Coverage (Room): Detect occupancy anywhere in a circular area of 350 square feet whenmounted on a 9 feet 4 inch high ceiling.2.9 LAMPSA. Furnish lamps for all fixtures in accordance with the lighting fixture schedule.B. Fluorescent lamps shall be rated for 130 volts instant start unless otherwise indicated.C. Fluorescent Color Temperature and Minimum Color-Rendering Index (CRI): 3500 K and 70 CRI,except as otherwise indicated.2.11 FINISHESA. Manufacturer's standard finish applied over corrosion-resistant treatment or primer, free of streaks,runs, stains, blisters, and similar defects. Remove fixtures showing evidence of corrosion duringproject warranty period and replace with new fixtures.INTERIOR LIGHTING 16515 - 4

ADMIN WING BASEMENT RESTROOM RENOVATION PROJECT JULY 2010ATLANTA, GEORGIA (ZTL) AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTERFAA-ZTL-908233PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 INSTALLATIONA. Set units plumb, square, and level with ceiling and walls, and secure with manufacturer clips as wellas wire supports from each corner of fixture.B. Support for Compact Fluorescent Downlights: Units shall not be solely supported by gypsum boardceiling support system. In addition, each fixture shall be supported at each corner, with 10 gaugehanger wire to meet latest IBC requirements.1. Install support clips for recessed fixtures, securely fastened to gypsum board ceiling, at or neareach fixture corner.3.2 CONNECTIONSA. Ground lighting units. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections,according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque valuesare not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A.B. External bonding jumpers are not required across lighting fixture flexible conduit.3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components.B. Give advance notice of dates and times for field tests.C. Provide instruments to make and record test results.D. Tests: Verify normal operation of each fixture after fixtures have been installed and circuits havebeen energized with normal power source. All fixtures shall be energized upon completion ofinstallation for a period of 72 hours, upon which contractor shall replace any lamps or ballasts whichare not operating properly.E. Replace or repair malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until allunits operate properly.F. Report results of tests.G. Replace fixtures that show evidence of corrosion during Project warranty period.3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANINGA. Clean fixtures after installation. Use methods and materials recommended by manufacturer.END OF SECTION 16515INTERIOR LIGHTING 16515 - 5